Engström Carestation

Technical Reference Manual

Engström Carestation

Datex-Ohmeda products have unit serial numbers with coded logic which indicates a
product group code, the year of manufacture, and a sequential unit number for
identification. The serial number can be in one of two formats.

A A A X 11111 A A A X X111111A A
The X represents an alpha The X X represents a number
character indicating the year the indicating the year the product
product was manufactured; H = was manufactured; 04 = 2004, 05
2004, J = 2005, etc. = 2005, etc.
I and O are not used.

Engström Carestation, ComWheel, D-fend, SpiroDynamics, INview, EVair03, and

EView are registered trademarks of Datex-Ohmeda Inc.
Other brand names or product names used in this manual are trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective holders.

ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Technical Reference Manual

Engström Carestation

This document is not to be reproduced in any manner, nor are the contents to be
disclosed to anyone, without the express authorization of the product service
department, Datex-Ohmeda, Ohmeda Drive, PO Box 7550, Madison, Wisconsin,
53707.

©
2016 Datex-Ohmeda Inc.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 i

Engström Carestation

Important Notice
The information contained in this Technical Reference manual pertains only to those
models of products which are marketed by Datex-Ohmeda as of the effective date of
this manual or the latest revision thereof. This Technical Reference manual was
prepared for exclusive use by Datex-Ohmeda service personnel in light of their
training and experience as well as the availability to them of parts, proper tools and
test equipment. Consequently, Datex-Ohmeda provides this Technical Reference
manual to its customers purely as a business convenience and for the customer's
general information only without warranty of the results with respect to any application
of such information. Furthermore, because of the wide variety of circumstances under
which maintenance and repair activities may be performed and the unique nature of
each individual's own experience, capacity, and qualifications, the fact that customer
has received such information from Datex-Ohmeda does not imply in anyway that
Datex-Ohmeda deems said individual to be qualified to perform any such
maintenance or repair service. Moreover, it should not be assumed that every
acceptable test and safety procedure or method, precaution, tool, equipment or
device is referred to within, or that abnormal or unusual circumstances, may not
warrant or suggest different or additional procedures or requirements.
This manual is subject to periodic review, update and revision. Customers are
cautioned to obtain and consult the latest revision before undertaking any service of
the equipment. Comments and suggestions on this manual are invited from our
customers. Send your comments and suggestions to the Manager of Technical
Communications, Datex-Ohmeda, Ohmeda Drive, PO Box 7550, Madison, Wisconsin
53707.

CAUTION Servicing of this product in accordance with this Technical Reference

manual should never be undertaken in the absence of proper tools, test
equipment and the most recent revision to this service manual which is
clearly and thoroughly understood.

Technical Competence
The procedures described in this Technical Reference manual should be performed
by trained and authorized personnel only. Maintenance should only be undertaken by
competent individuals who have a general knowledge of and experience with devices
of this nature. No repairs should ever be undertaken or attempted by anyone not
having such qualifications.
Datex-Ohmeda strongly recommends using only genuine replacement parts,
manufactured or sold by Datex-Ohmeda for all repair parts replacements.
Read completely through each step in every procedure before starting the procedure;
any exceptions may result in a failure to properly and safely complete the attempted
procedure.

ii ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Engström Carestation

Table of Contents

Introduction 1

1.1 What this manual includes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2

1.2 User’s Reference Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.3 Conventions used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.4 What is an Engström Carestation? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
1.5 Ventilator overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
1.6 Display controls and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
1.7 Ventilator display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
1.7.1 Using menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10
1.8 Symbols used in the manual or on the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11

Theory of Operation 2

2.1 Pneumatic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2

2.1.1 Primary gas inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
2.1.2 Expiratory circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7
2.1.3 Associated circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9
2.1.4 Electronic micropump nebulizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9
2.2 Electrical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
2.2.1 Display Unit overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
2.2.2 Software requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11
2.2.3 Display Unit system connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11
2.3 System connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
2.3.1 Standard DU connector assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
2.3.2 HPDU connector assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
2.3.3 HPDU enhanced connector assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
2.3.4 Communication channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
2.3.5 Ventilator Control Board – VCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
2.3.6 Ventilator Monitoring Board – VMB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
2.3.7 Power Management Board – PMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
2.3.8 Other electronic items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
2.3.9 Motherboard (backplane) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22
2.3.10 Monitoring Interface Board – Monitoring Module Bays . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 iii

Engström Carestation

Checkout Procedure 3

3.1 Inspect the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2

3.2 Electrical safety tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
3.3 Automated Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
3.4 Backlight test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
3.5 Power failure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4

Installation and Service Menus 4

4.1 Service and Installation menu structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2

4.2 Install/Service Menu (Super User) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
4.2.1 Trends Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
4.2.2 Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
4.2.3 Ventilator Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
4.2.4 Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
4.2.5 Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8
4.2.6 Factory Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
4.2.7 Data Transfer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
4.2.8 Favorites Bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13
4.2.9 Touchscreen On or Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14
4.3 Calibration menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15
4.4 Service menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16
4.4.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17
4.4.2 Options Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
4.4.3 Options List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
4.4.4 Options Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
4.4.5 Copy Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
4.4.6 Service Log menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
4.4.7 Gas Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-20
4.4.8 Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25
4.4.9 Software/Hardware version menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26
4.4.10 Resetting feature option key codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27

iv ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Engström Carestation

Service Tests and Calibration 5

5.1 Calibration (super-user) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2

5.1.1 Calibration procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2
5.2 Service level tests and calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
5.2.1 PC Service application setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
5.2.2 Test setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
5.2.3 Vent engine debris clean-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
5.2.4 Regulator output pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
5.2.5 Vent engine leak test (low pressure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
5.2.6 Vent engine leak test (high O2 pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11
5.2.7 Vent engine leak test (high Air pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
5.2.8 Calibrate airway pressure transducer Zero and Span. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
5.2.9 Verify operation of free-breathing valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
5.2.10 Verify operation of inspiratory effort valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
5.2.11 Verify operation of auxiliary pressure relief valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
5.2.12 VCB buzzer test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
5.2.13 Mechanical overpressure valve test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
5.3 Airway Module Tests and Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
5.3.1 Gas Sampling Leak Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
5.3.2 Spirometry System Leak Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
5.3.3 Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
5.3.4 Sample Flow Rate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
5.3.5 Reference Gas Flow Rate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
5.3.6 Zero Valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
5.3.7 Ambient Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
5.3.8 Fall Time Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
5.3.9 Occlusion Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
5.3.10 Air Leak Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
5.3.11 Spirometry Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
5.3.12 Gas Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
5.4 Touchscreen Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 v

Engström Carestation

Installation and Maintenance 6

6.1 Engström ventilator Installation Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2

6.2 Engström ventilator Planned Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
6.2.1 Every twelve (12) months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
6.2.2 Every forty-eight (48) months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7
6.3 Compact Airway Module Planned Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
6.3.1 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
6.3.2 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
6.3.3 Every twelve (12) months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9
6.3.4 Every forty-eight (48) months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9
6.4 EVair03 Compressor Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10
6.4.1 Every twelve (12) months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10
6.4.2 Every 10, 000 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11
6.5 EVair Compressor Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12
6.5.1 Before and after every use (or every 48 hours of operation) . . . . . . . . .6-12
6.5.2 Every twelve months (or after 5,000 hours of operation) . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12
6.5.3 Every three years (or after 15,000 hours of operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12
6.6 Ventilator maintenance summary and schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
6.6.1 Approved service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
6.6.2 User maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-14
6.6.3 Component replacement schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15
6.7 Planned Maintenance Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15
6.8 Manufacturing date codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-16
6.9 Battery performance test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-17
6.10 Storing the ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-17
6.11 Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-18

vi ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Engström Carestation

Troubleshooting 7

7.1 Troubleshooting Checkout Failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2

7.1.1 Paw transducer check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
7.1.2 Barometric pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
7.1.3 Low pressure leak and compliance check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4
7.1.4 Safety valve relief and back pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5
7.1.5 Exhalation valve calibration check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6
7.1.6 Exhalation flow sensor calibration test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7
7.1.7 Measure breathing circuit resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7
7.1.8 Air inspiratory flow sensor calibration check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8
7.1.9 O2 inspiratory flow sensor calibration check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8
7.1.10 O2 sensor test and calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-9
7.1.11 Neonatal flow sensor calibration check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
7.1.12 Inspiratory Limb Resistance check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-11
7.2 Troubleshooting Vent Engine Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
7.2.1 Vent engine leak test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
7.2.2 Expiratory pressure circuit test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15
7.2.3 Auxiliary pressure circuit test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16
7.3 Troubleshooting Vent Engine Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17
7.3.1 Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17
7.3.2 Flow Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-18
7.4 Troubleshooting Startup Screen (POST) messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19
7.5 Troubleshooting Startup Screen (POST) messages - HPDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20
7.6 Troubleshooting the Display - HPDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-21
7.7 Alarm message troubleshooting chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-23
7.8 Troubleshooting Service Application messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-44
7.9 Troubleshooting Failed State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-61

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 vii

Engström Carestation

Service Diagnostics andSoftware Download 8

8.1 Engström Service Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2

8.1.1 Main menu and system information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2
8.2 Software Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3
8.2.1 Download process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4
8.2.2 Download complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4
8.3 Special Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5
8.3.1 Power Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5
8.3.2 Display Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8
8.3.3 Compatibility Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
8.3.4 System Download Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
8.3.5 CF Card Install Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
8.3.6 View Install Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
8.4 Software upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
8.4.1 Before upgrading software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
8.4.2 Upgrading software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
8.4.3 Checkout procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11
8.5 PC Service Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12
8.5.1 Port setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12
8.5.2 Main menu and system information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13
8.5.3 Log checkout results to file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14
8.5.4 Log calibration results to file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15
8.5.5 VCB diagnostics and calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16
8.5.6 Sensirion sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17
8.5.7 VCB input signal latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17
8.5.8 VCB channel configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18
8.5.9 VCB outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19
8.5.10 VCB calibrations and tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20
8.5.11 Calibration tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22
8.5.12 Neon tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23
8.5.13 Peep stability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24
8.5.14 NVM error log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25
8.5.15 VMB diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26
8.5.16 VMB channel configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27
8.5.17 VMB data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27
8.5.18 Baro P cal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28
8.5.19 Acutronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28

viii ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Engström Carestation

Repair Procedures 9

9.1 Circuit board replacement precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4

9.1.1 Software download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4
9.1.2 Required calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4
9.2 Bleed the system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5
9.3 Access to chassis components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5
9.3.1 Removing the chassis from the housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6
9.3.2 Removing the Vent Engine from the chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6
9.3.3 Replacing chassis mounted components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7
9.3.4 Replacing vent engine components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7
9.3.5 Replacing the vent engine harness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
9.3.6 Replacing the Inspiratory Valve Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
9.3.7 Replacing the free breathing valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
9.3.8 Replacing the Vent Engine assembly, complete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
9.3.9 Replacing the Vent Engine sub-assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13
9.4 Service the High Performance Display Unit (HPDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14
9.4.1 Removing the HPDU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14
9.4.2 Disassembling the HPDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-15
9.4.3 Replacing the CPU Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16
9.4.4 Replacing the CPU board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16
9.4.5 Replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17
9.4.6 Replacing the LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18
9.4.7 Replacing the backlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19
9.4.8 Replacing the inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
9.4.9 Replacing the front enclosure or components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
9.5 Service the High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)/Touchscreen. . . . . . . . . .9-24
9.5.1 Removing the display unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
9.5.2 Disassembling the display unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
9.5.3 Replacing the CPU Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
9.5.4 Replacing the TSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
9.5.5 Replacing the Connector Panel assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
9.5.6 Replacing the CPU board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
9.5.7 Replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
9.5.8 Replacing the LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
9.5.9 Foam to LCD Display Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30
9.5.10 Replacing the backlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
9.5.11 Replacing the inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32
9.5.12 Replacing the front enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33
9.5.13 Replacing a membrane switch and keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33
9.6 Display arm (non-remote mount) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-35
9.6.1 Removing the non-remote display arm from the ventilator chassis . . . .9-35
9.6.2 Removing the non-remote display arm from the display unit . . . . . . . . .9-35

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 ix

Engström Carestation

9.7 Display arm (remote mount) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-36

9.7.1 Mounting the remote display arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-36
9.7.2 Removing the remote display arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-38
9.7.3 Mounting to ISO 19054 Rail System (medi-rail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-38
9.8 Remove the ventilator from the cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-39
9.9 Remove the compressor from the cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-40
9.10 Replacing the cart base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-41
9.11 Replacing the cart casters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-44
9.11.1 Production Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47
9.12 Airway Module Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-48
9.12.1 Mounting and connecting the airway module bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-48
9.13 Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-49
9.13.1 Attaching Key/BID labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-49
9.13.2 Attaching Feature labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-49

Illustrated Parts 10

10.1 Service tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

10.1.1 Software tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
10.1.2 Manual shut-off valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
10.1.3 Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
10.1.4 Leak test devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-4
10.1.5 Lubricants and adhesives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5
10.1.6 Touch-up paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5
10.2 Exhalation valve assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6
10.3 Neonatal Flow Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7
10.4 Exhalation valve heater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8
10.5 External components (current) - front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9
10.6 External components (current) - rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10
10.7 Display arm mounting hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11
10.7.1 Non-remote mount display arm assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11
10.7.2 Remote mount display arm assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-12
10.8 Display Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-13
10.8.1 High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)/Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . .10-13
10.8.2 High Performance Display Unit (HPDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-16
10.9 Main enclosure (external) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-19
10.10 Main enclosure (internal). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-21
10.11 Vent Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-23
10.12 Outlet manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-26

x ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Engström Carestation

10.13 Inlet Manifold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-28

10.14 AC power cords. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-30
10.15 AC Inlet/Outlet Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-31
10.16 Cart (current). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-34
10.17 Module rack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-36
10.18 Compact Airway Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-37
10.18.1 Airway Module Planned Maintenance Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-38
10.19 Compressor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-39
10.19.1 EVair03 Compressor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-39
10.19.2 EVair Compressor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-41
10.20 Feature option labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-43
10.20.1 Vent Housing (current) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-43
10.20.2 Vent Housing (original) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-43
10.21 Key/BID label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-44

EView Electronic Data Logger 11

11.1 What is an EView Data Logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-2

11.1.1 Media Compatibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-3
11.2 EView overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-4
11.3 EView installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-5
11.4 Software download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-7
11.4.1 Verify software download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-7
11.5 Acquire and transfer data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-8
11.5.1 Data Transfer Settings menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-8
11.5.2 Data Transfer Setup menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-9
11.5.3 Transferring EView data to USB or SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-10
11.6 EView functional testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-11
11.6.1 Data Transfer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-11
11.6.2 Transferring EView data to the PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-12
11.7 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13
11.7.1 Troubleshooting table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13
11.7.2 Error Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14
11.8 Service tools and parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16
11.8.1 Software tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16
11.8.2 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16
11.8.3 Label ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16
11.9 External components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-17
11.10 Internal components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-18

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 xi

Engström Carestation

11.11 Repair procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-19

11.11.1 Removing the PCA board from the housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-20
11.11.2 Removing PCA board from back plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-20
11.11.3 Removing and replacing the Turbo XB board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-21
11.11.4 Removing internal Compact Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-21
11.11.5 Re-assembling PCA assembly into housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-22

Schematics and Diagrams 12

12.1 Pneumatic System – original. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-2

12.2 Pneumatic system – current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-3
12.3 Vent engine manifold flow diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4
12.4 System cable/harness interconnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-5
12.5 Electrical architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-6
12.6 Power distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-7
12.7 Motherboard (backplane) block diagram – original . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-8
12.8 Motherboard (backplane) block diagram – current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-9
12.9 PMB block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-10
12.10 VMB block diagram – original . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-11
12.11 VMB block diagram – current (sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-12
12.12 VMB block diagram – current (sheet 2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-13
12.13 VCB block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-14
12.14 Monitoring Module Rack block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-15
12.15 AC outlet module; 100-120 V (with isolated outlets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-16
12.16 AC outlet module; 220-240 V (with isolated outlets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-17

Appendix A - Medical Grade Gases

A.1 Medical-Grade Gases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2

A.1.1 Medical-Grade Air Recommended Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
A.1.2 Medical-Grade Air Auxiliary Filter Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
A.1.3 Medical-Grade Oxygen Recommended Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3

xii ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Engström Carestation

Appendix B - HPDU kits

B.1 HPDU Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2

B.1.1 Replacing a Standard DU or HPDU or HPDU Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . B-2
B.1.2 Upgrading an existing HPDU to a HPDU Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
B.1.3 HPDU Touchscreen Repair Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
B.2 Keypad sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3
B.2.1 Engström Carestation URM and keypad set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3
B.3 Hardware and Software Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4

Appendix C - Original parts

C.1 Carestation Cart (original) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2

C.2 External components (original) - front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
C.3 External components (original) - rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4
C.4 Display Unit (DU) – Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-5
C.4.1 Removing the Display Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-6
C.4.2 Disassembling the Display Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-7
C.4.3 Replacing the CPU board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-8
C.4.4 Replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-9
C.4.5 Replacing the LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-9
C.4.6 Replacing the backlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-10
C.4.7 Replacing the inverters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-11
C.4.8 Replacing the front enclosure or components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-12
C.5 Display Unit (original) – Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-15
C.5.1 Display Unit Keypad sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-16
C.6 Standard Display Arm – Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-17
C.6.1 Adjusting the upper pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-17
C.6.2 Adjusting the lower pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-18
C.6.3 Adjusting the arm bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-18
C.6.4 Removing the Standard display arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-19
C.6.5 Removing Standard display arm from the ventilator chassis . . . . . . . . C-19
C.7 Standard Display Arm – Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-21
C.7.1 Standard display arm mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-21
C.7.2 Standard display arm assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-23

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 xiii

Engström Carestation

Appendix D - Engström Carestation Planned Maintenance and Installa-

tion Checklist forms

D.1 Engström Carestation Planned Maintenance Checklist form

D.2 Engström Carestation Installation Checklist form

xiv ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Introduction

1 Introduction
In this section
This section provides a general overview of the Engström ventilator.
1.1 What this manual includes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.2 User’s Reference Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.3 Conventions used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.4 What is an Engström Carestation? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
1.5 Ventilator overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
1.6 Display controls and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
1.7 Ventilator display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
1.7.1 Using menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10
1.8 Symbols used in the manual or on the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 1-1

Engström Carestation

1.1 What this manual includes

This manual covers the service information for the Engström Carestation.
It covers the following components:
• Display Unit (DU/HPDU/HPDU Touchscreen)
• Integral electronics
• Gas delivery components
• Frame components

Other equipment
Other equipment may be attached to the system. Refer to separate documentation
relative to these items for details.

1.2 User’s Reference Manual

Some sections of this manual refer to the “Engström Carestation User’s Reference
Manual.“To expedite repairs or for additional information about the operation of the
system, have available and be familiar with the user’s reference manual for this
product.

1.3 Conventions used

Hard keys
Names of the hard keys on the display and modules are written in bold typeface; for
example, Normal Screen.

Menu selections
Menu selections are written in bold italic typeface; for example, Patient Setup.

Messages
Messages that are displayed on the screen are enclosed in single quotes; for
example, ‘Check sample gas out.’

Sections and headings

When referring to different sections or headings in this Technical Reference Manual,
the name is written in italic typeface and is enclosed in double quotes. For example,
“System Controls and Menus.”

1-2 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Introduction
What is an Engström Carestation?

1.4 What is an Engström Carestation?

The Engström Carestation is a critical care ventilator that is flexible and physically
adaptable to a variety of work environments. It has an intuitive user interface that is
common to many Datex-Ohmeda products. A wide selection of performance options
gives the user full control of the system configuration. The Engström ventilator is a
complete system featuring patient monitoring, patient ventilation, and the capability of
interfacing with central monitoring.
Note Photos and drawings shown in this manual may not be identical to all variants of the
product. Some photos and drawings show accessories and options that may not be
present or available on all variants. This manual does not cover the operation of every
accessory; refer to the accessory documentation for further information.
The Engström must only be operated by authorized medical personnel well trained in
the use of this product, for patient ventilation in the intensive care environment. It must
be operated according to the instructions in the User’s Reference Manual.
The ventilator is designed to be used with infant through adult patients with a body
weight of 5 kg or greater. If the neonatal option is installed on the ventilator, patients
weighing down to 0.25 kg may be ventilated by the Engström. The Engström is
designed to maintain lung ventilation in the absence of spontaneous breathing effort
as well as in support of the patient’s existing spontaneous breathing effort.

AB.98.366

Figure 1-1: Engström Carestation

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 1-3

Engström Carestation

The system is designed for facility use, including within-facility transport, and should
only be used under the orders of a clinician. It is designed to be operated on medical-
grade gases only and should never be connected to gasses that do not meet the
medical-grade requirements listed in “Medical-Grade Gases” on page A-2.
The Engström Carestation consists of three main components: a display, a ventilator
unit, and an optional module bay. The display allows the user to interface with the
system and control settings. The ventilator unit controls electrical power, nebulization,
and pneumatic gas flow to and from the patient. The module bay allows the integration
of various patient monitoring modules with the ventilator.
Optional accessories include an air compressor, support arm, airway modules,
module bay, auxiliary electrical outlets, a neonatal flow sensor, humidifier and water
trap mounting brackets.

1-4 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Introduction
Ventilator overview

1.5 Ventilator overview

8 9 10 11 12
1

INSP EXP

AB.98.277
2

17 16 15 14 13

6 4
AB.98.336

Figure 1-2: Front view

1 Display 10 Expiratory inlet

2 Ventilator unit 11 Expiratory flow sensor
3 Ventilator lock [locks Ventilator unit (item 2) to Cart (item 4)] 12 Gas exhaust port
4 Cart 13 Leak test plug
5 Caster 14 Exhalation valve housing latch
6 Dovetail rails 15 Water trap
7 Module bay (optional) 16 Auxiliary pressure port
8 Nebulizer connection 17 Inspiratory outlet
9 Exhalation valve housing

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 1-5

Engström Carestation

AB.98.330
21 20 19 19

AB.98.309
25

23 22 20 19

AB.98.308
24
2
18
17 3
16
4
15
5

14 6

13

12 7

11 8

10 9

Figure 1-3: Back view

1 Display fan filter 14 Nurse call/RS232 Serial Communication port (Port 4)

2 Display connection 15 Remote arm holder
3 Module bay connection 16 Neonatal flow sensor connection (Port 1)
4 AC mains inlet and fuse holder 17 Exhalation valve heater (Port 2)
5 System switch 18 Exhalation valve heater (Port 3)
6 Equipotential connector 19 USB port (not currently supported)
7 Mounting thumbscrews 20 Ethernet connection (not currently supported)
8 Oxygen supply connection (pipeline) 21 RS232 Serial communication port
9 O2 high-pressure inlet filter (optional) 22 RS232 Serial communication port (Port 6)
10 Air high-pressure inlet filter 23 EView/RS232 Serial communication port (Port 5)
11 Air supply connection (pipeline or compressor) 24 Enhanced serial port
12 Retaining channel 25 Standard serial port
13 Ventilator unit fan filter

1-6 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Introduction
Display controls and indicators

1.6 Display controls and indicators

3 2

7
4
6

AB.98.326
3 5

Figure 1-4: Controls and indicators

1 Alarm LEDs The red and yellow LEDs indicate the priority of active alarms.
2 Silence Alarm key Push to silence any active, silenceable high and medium priority alarms or to suspend
any non-active high or medium priority alarms. Alarm audio is silenced or suspended for
120 seconds for Adult and Pediatric patient types, and for 30 seconds for Neonatal
patient types. Push to clear resolved alarms.
3 Menu keys Push to show corresponding menu.
4 ComWheel Push to select a menu item or confirm a setting. Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to
scroll menu items or change settings.
5 Normal Screen key Push to remove all menus from the screen.
6 AC mains indicator The green LED lights continuously when the ventilator is connected to an AC mains
source. The internal batteries are charging when the LED is lit.
7 Quick keys Push to change corresponding ventilator setting. Turn the ComWheel to make a
change. Push the Quick key or ComWheel to activate the change.
8 ↑ O2 key Push to deliver increased FiO2 for 2 minutes.
9 Lock/Unlock key Push to lock or unlock the touchscreen. When the touchscreen is locked touch points
are inactive. (Software 7.X or greater)

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 1-7

Engström Carestation

1.7 Ventilator display

1 2 3 4 5 6

AB.98.222
10 9

Figure 1-5: Normal Screen view

1 Alarm silence symbol and Displays the time remaining during an alarm silence or alarm suspend period.
countdown
2 Alarm message fields Alarms will appear in order of priority. See “Alarms and Troubleshooting” in the
User’s Reference Manual for more information on alarm behavior.
3 Waveform fields The top two waveforms are permanently set to Paw and Flow. The third waveform
may be selected as CO2, O2, Vol, Paux, or Off.
4 General message field Displays informational messages.
5 Lock icon Indicates the touchscreen is locked. Press the Lock/Unlock key to unlock the
touchscreen.
6 Patient type icon Displays Neonatal, Pediatric, or Adult patient type mode.
7 Clock The time may be set in 12 or 24 hour format in the Time and Date menu.
8 Measured value fields Displays current measured values corresponding to the waveforms.
9 Digit field Displays information related to Volume, CO2, O2, Compliance, Metabolics,
Spirometry, or Volume per weight.
10 Ventilator settings Displays several of the settings for the current mode of ventilation.

1-8 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Introduction
Ventilator display

When a menu key is selected the waveform fields start at the right edge of the menu.
The entire waveform is always displayed.

AB.98.223
Figure 1-6: Menu view

1 Menu
2 Waveform fields

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 1-9

Engström Carestation

1.7.1 Using menus

Push a menu key to display the corresponding menu. Use the ComWheel to navigate
through the menu.
1 2

Xxxxxx Xxxxxx

AB.91.007
5

Figure 1-7. Example menu

1 Menu title
2 Present selection
3 Adjustment window
4 Indicates submenu
5 Short instructions
6 Menu selections

1. Push the menu key to display the corresponding menu.

2. Turn the ComWheel counterclockwise to highlight the next menu item. (Turn the
ComWheel clockwise to highlight the previous menu item.)
3. Push the ComWheel to enter the adjustment window or a submenu.
4. Turn the ComWheel clockwise or counterclockwise to highlight the desired
selection.
5. Push the ComWheel to confirm the selection.
6. If available, select Previous Menu to return to the last displayed menu.
7. Select Normal Screen or push the Normal Screen key to exit the menu and
return to the normal monitoring display.

1-10 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Introduction
Symbols used in the manual or on the equipment

1.8 Symbols used in the manual or on the equipment

Symbols replace words on the equipment, on the display, or in Datex-Ohmeda
manuals.
Warnings and Cautions tell about the dangerous conditions that can occur if the
instructions in the manual are not followed.
Warnings tell about a condition that can cause injury to the operator or the patient.
Cautions tell about a condition that can cause damage to the equipment. Read and
follow all warnings and cautions.

l On (power)
O Off (power)

p On for part of the equipment

œ Off for part of the equipment

o Standby
m Type B protection against
electrical shock

wW Attention, refer to product instructions

IEC 60601-1 w Caution, ISO 7000-0434

REF Stock number

SN Serial number

† Direct current
? Alternating current

y Earth ground
x Protective earth ground

Y Equipotential connector Fuse

z Lock
To identify on a control that a function Z Unlock
To identify on a control that a
is locked or to show the locked status. function is not locked or to show
the unlocked status.

t Variability
T Variability in steps

+ Plus, positive polarity

- Minus, negative polarity

N Movement in one direction

ˆ Movement in both directions

This way up Warning, dangerous voltage

N
N

Pneumatic inlet Pneumatic outlet

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 1-11

Engström Carestation

Electrical input Electrical output

Inspiratory port Expiratory port

Electrical testing certification Inspiratory breath identifier

Serial port Module data indicator

Module bay port Electronic micropump nebulizer

Auxiliary pressure port Display signal input/output

No battery/battery failure Battery in use. Bar indicates

amount of battery power
remaining.
Silence alarms Submenu

Hourmeter Drain outlet

Air Pump

Heavy object USB port

Ethernet connection Network ID connection

ID
X1 (Datex-Ohmeda proprietary port)

Autoclavable Not autoclavable

Authorized representative in the Systems with this mark agree with

European Community the European Council Directive
(93/42/EEC) for Medical Devices
when they are used as specified
in their User’s Reference
Manuals. The xxxx is the
certification number of the Notified
Body used by Datex-Ohmeda’s
Quality Systems.

1-12 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Introduction
Symbols used in the manual or on the equipment

Date of Manufacture Maximum

Neonatal option in installed Functional Residual Capacity

option is installed

SpiroDynamics option is installed Neonatal patient type

Pediatric patient type Adult patient type

Manufacturer GOST R Russian certification

Indicates that the waste of electrical Non-invasive mode is in use

and electronic equipment must not be
disposed as unsorted municipal waste
and must be collected separately.
Please contact an authorized
representative of the manufacturer for
information concerning the
decommissioning of equipment.
This product consists of devices that
may contain mercury, which must be SD Secure Digital

recycled or disposed of in accordance

with local, state, or country laws.
(Within this system, the backlight
lamps on the monitor display contain
mercury.)
Writing data into storage device Non-invasive option is installed

Consult operating instructions Heat transfer

Union made Temperature limitation

Humidity limitation Do not stack

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 1-13

Engström Carestation

Stacking limit by mass Fragile; handle with care

Keep dry Protect from heat and radioactive

sources

Recyclable material Maximum mass of configured

120 Kg mobile equipment

Electrostatic sensitive devices Oxygen

This device contains phthalates. Single-use devices:

Risks and Precautionary Measures
related to Phthalates: This single-use product is not
designed or validated to be
This instruction pertains to the reused. Reuse may cause a risk
phthalate symbol marked on the of cross-contamination, affect the
device or its packaging. If this is used measurement accuracy, system
for the treatment of children, or performance, or cause a
treatment of pregnant or nursing malfunction as a result of the
women; please note that the following product being physically damaged
types of procedures may increase the due to cleaning, disinfection, re-
risk of exposure to phthalates: sterilization, or reuse.
Exhchange transfusion in neonates,
haemodialysis in peripubal males,
make fetus and make infant of
pregnant women, and lactating
women; and massive blood infusion
into trauma patients. Although these
procedures have the potential for
increased risk of exposure, conclusive
evidence of human health risks has
not been established. As a
precautionary measure, to reduce the
potential for unnecessary exposures to
phtlates, the product must be used in
accordance with the instructions for
use, and practitioners should refrain
from using this product beyond the
period of time the product is medically
necessary or needed.
Eurasian conformity Unique device identifier

1-14 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Introduction
Symbols used in the manual or on the equipment

Ukraine national conformity

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 1-15

Engström Carestation

1-16 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Theory of Operation

2 Theory of Operation
In this section
2.1 Pneumatic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
2.1.1 Primary gas inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
2.1.2 Expiratory circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7
2.1.3 Associated circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9
2.1.4 Electronic micropump nebulizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9
2.2 Electrical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
2.2.1 Display Unit overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
2.2.2 Software requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11
2.2.3 Display Unit system connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11
2.3 System connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
2.3.1 Standard DU connector assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
2.3.2 HPDU connector assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
2.3.3 HPDU enhanced connector assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
2.3.4 Communication channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
2.3.5 Ventilator Control Board – VCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
2.3.6 Ventilator Monitoring Board – VMB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
2.3.7 Power Management Board – PMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
2.3.8 Other electronic items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
2.3.9 Motherboard (backplane) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22
2.3.10 Monitoring Interface Board – Monitoring Module Bays . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 2-1

Engström Carestation

2.1 Pneumatic operation

For a complete diagram of the pneumatic system, see Figure 12.3, "Vent engine
manifold flow diagram" on page 12-4.
The Engström ventilator requires medical-grade oxygen (O2) and medical-grade Air
sources ranging from 2.4 to 6.5 bar (35 to 94 psi). See page A-3 for additional
information regarding medical-grade gasses. Additional filtering will not be necessary
if supplied gasses are medical grade. If the supply gas does not meet specifications,
see Appendix A - Medical Grade Gases for information regarding risks and
recommendations on filters.
The system includes two separate channels (Air and O2) to provide dynamic mixture
control of the delivered O2 percentage.
The air supply can include an optional compressor unit, shown below, for applications
where pipeline air is not available or to provide a continued air supply if the pipeline
supply drops below 225-265 kPa (32.6-38.4 psi).

AB.98.055

Air O2

Air

O2

AB.98.022

2-2 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Theory of Operation
Primary gas inlet

2.1.1 Primary gas inlet

Compressed gas enters the Engström ventilator through an inlet fitting (2) that is
particular to the institution’s supply system. The gas is filtered through a 2-micron
particulate filter (3) and then a 0.5-micron coalescing particulate filter (3a) as it enters
the ventilator’s “pneumatic engine” manifold. The Air Pipeline Inlet filter assembly (3a)
is standard on all configurations. The O2 Pipeline Inlet Filter assembly does not come
standard, but is an orderable option. The 0.5-micron filter protects the ventilator from
pipeline particle and liquid aerosol contamination.
A high-pressure transducer (4) having a dynamic range of 0 to 8.3 bar (0 to 120 psi) is
tapped at the outlet of the filter. This transducer monitors the adequacy of the supply
pressure. Failures of supply gas, coupling hoses or an occluded filter are identified by
the supply pressure transducer.
(4)
High Pressure
Transducer

P
(3)
(2) Inlet (3a) Check
Primary Filter Standard Valve
Inlet

Air

(4)
High Pressure
Transducer

P
(3)
(2) Inlet
(3a) Check

AB.98.344
Filter Optional Valve
Primary
Inlet

O2

Next in the downstream path of flow is a check valve (5). The check valve prevents
backflow from the ventilator that would possibly contaminate the supply pressure
lines. For example, if the O2 supply were to be lost, the check valve in the O2 channel
will prevent Air from moving back into the O2 supply lines.
High Pressure
Transducer

P
(5)
Inlet Check
Primary Filter Standard Valve
Inlet

Air

High Pressure
Transducer

P
(5)
Inlet Check
AB.98.344

Filter Optional Valve

Primary
Inlet

O2

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 2-3

Engström Carestation

Downstream from the check valve is a 172 kPa (25 psi) pressure regulator (6). (The
regulator is a non-relieving type that does not bleed gas into the ventilator’s
enclosure.) The regulator ensures a constant pressure supply to the flow valve (8).
The regulated supply is flow rate dependent, which is compensated for in the flow
valve’s on-site calibration.
(8)
(7)
Flow
High Pressure
Transducer
(6) Flow
Valve

Regulator Sensor
P 25 psi Test
172 kPa Port T H
Inlet Check
Primary Filter Standard Valve
Inlet

Air

(7) (8)
High Pressure (6) Flow
Flow
Valve
Transducer Regulator Sensor
25 psi Test
P 172 kPa Port T H
Inlet Check
Filter Optional Valve
Primary
Inlet

O2

AB.98.345
Between the regulator and the flow valves is the inspiratory flow sensor (7). The
sensor is a thermal mass-flow type that injects heat into the flow stream and monitors
the associated temperature rise at a downstream location. The temperature change is
dependent on the mass flow of the flow stream and the specific heat of the gas
moving through the sensor. Because the composition of gas in the sensor is known, a
conversion of mass-flow rate to volumetric flow at ambient conditions can be made
using the ambient density of the gas. The sensor uses a laminar (two channel) flow
element to split a portion of the flow through the sensor past the heat injection and
temperature sensing elements. The sensor is pre-calibrated and includes an
electronic PCB that produces direct digital output of mass flow through an RS-232
interface.
Individual flow sensors measure the volume of gas dispensed from the O2 and Air
channels during inspiration and expiration. The relative proportion of gas dispensed
from each channel is continuously adjusted to precisely control the percentage of O2
delivered to the patient.

2-4 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Theory of Operation
Primary gas inlet

Downstream of the flow sensor is a flow valve (8) that meters flows from
approximately 0.05 l/min (leakage level) to a full flow value of 160 l/min. The valve is a
normally- closed proportional solenoid that is powered by a current feedback loop.
When calibrated on-site, the flow valve uses both sensors during calibration. Data
comes from the Total Flow Sensor and is verified again by the Air or O2 Flow Sensors.
Using data from the inspiratory flow sensor, a precise volumetric flow versus input
current profile is developed that includes both the valve and regulator characteristics.
A Bleed Resistor (9) is located in parallel with the O2 Flow Control Valve to prevent
pressure build-up between the O2 regulator and the Flow Control Valve. This Bleed
Resistor has a 35 ml/min nominal flow.
(8)
Flow
High Pressure Valve
Transducer Flow
Regulator Sensor
P 25 psi Test
172 kPa Port T H
Inlet Check
Primary Filter Standard Valve
Inlet

Air

(8)
Flow
High Pressure Flow Valve
Transducer Regulator Sensor
25 psi Test
P 172 kPa Port T H
Inlet Check
Filter Optional Valve
Primary
Inlet

O2

AB.98.345
(9)
Following the two individual flow valves is the Total Flow Sensor (10). This sensor is
the same type as the individual flow sensors and is used to measure the combined
inspiratory flow being dispensed from the system. Using the known mixture
composition along with atmospheric pressure and gas temperature information, mass-
flow data from the sensor is converted to delivered volumetric flow towards the
patient. During calibration, the sensor is checked against the output of the O2 and Air
flow sensors to ensure proper operation.
Flow
Sensor

T H

Air (10)
Total Flow

T H

Flow
Flow Valve
Sensor

T H

O2
AB.98.346

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 2-5

Engström Carestation

Following the Total Flow Sensor are the free-breathing check valve (11) and the
inspiratory effort valve (12).
During normal operation, the inspiratory effort valve is open, allowing the free-
breathing check valve to admit flow if the patient draws a significant amount of
inspiratory pressure, causing the airway pressure to become more negative than -0.5
cm H2O. The free-breathing check valve allows the patient to spontaneously breathe
in case of a ventilation delivery failure.
On occasion, to assess the patient’s tolerance to be weaned from the ventilator,
clinicians can determine the amplitude of inspiratory effort that the patient can create.
During this “procedure”, the inspiratory effort valve is closed, effectively locking out the
free breathing valve from the patient circuit.
Flow
Valve
Flow
Sensor

T H

Air Total Flow

(13)
O2 Sensor
T H
O2

Flow
Flow Valve
Sensor
Inspiratory
Effort
T H Valve

(12)
Free Breathing
O2 Check Valve

(11)

AB.98.347
Next in the flow path is the O2 sensor (13). The sensor is used to monitor the O2
concentration produced by the combined O2 and Air flows.
The O2 sensor uses the paramagnetic principle (oxygen molecules are attracted in
magnetic fields) to measure the oxygen concentration. The sensor includes two
nitrogen-filled glass spheres mounted on a suspension containing a conductive coil
that is located in a non-uniform magnetic field. When the system is disturbed by an
impulse of current, the suspension begins to oscillate, inducing an EMF into the coil.
The oscillation period of the induced EMF is dependent on the partial pressure of
oxygen surrounding the suspension.
As sample gas fills the sensor, oxygen that is present in the sample is attracted into
the strongest part of the magnetic field. This congregation of O2 molecules alters the
natural oscillation frequency of the suspension. Calculations based on the difference
between the oscillation period for an oxygen sample and that for nitrogen, and
readings from the absolute pressure transducer, determine the measured O2
percentage.

2-6 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Theory of Operation
Expiratory circuit

As a safety measure, a relief valve (14), located downstream from the O2 sensor, can
be energized to vent the full flow rate of the inspiratory delivery side of the system. If
an overpressure condition is detected, the valve can be opened by either of the
ventilator’s two control processors. To provide redundant safety, independent of the
electronic circuits, the valve begins to mechanically relieve pressure at a nominal 115
cm H2O.
Flow
Sensor

T H
(15)
Inspiratory Pressure
Air
P
Total Flow Inspiratory Zero
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2

Flow
Flow Valve
Sensor
Inspiratory
Effort
T H Valve

Safety
Relief Valve

(14)
Free Breathing
Check Valve
O2

AB.98.348
The inspiratory airway pressure transducer (15), along with its associated zeroing
valve, is located just prior to the inspiratory outlet port. This transducer has a range of
–20 to 120 cm H2O and serves as one of three airway pressure measuring devices in
the ventilator.

2.1.2 Expiratory circuit

At the expiratory side of the ventilator, a solenoid powered exhalation valve (16)
controls exhaust from the breathing circuit. The valve contains an elastomer
diaphragm that is held against a rigid seat by a solenoid (voice coil) driven piston. The
valve achieves a balance between the pressure generated within its 21-mm diameter
seat area and the force applied by the piston, releasing exhalation flow as necessary
to maintain balance. The proportional solenoid controls the exhalation sealing
pressure within a range of 0 to 100 cm H2O. Software control provides continuous
oscillatory movement (dithering) of the exhalation valve to minimize static friction
effects.
(20)
30 mm Male Cone
Air
Pneumatic Exhalation
H

Resistor Flow Sensor

(18) Expiratory Zero

Valve
(19)
(16) From
P Exhalation
Valve
EXP
(28)
22 / 15 mm
Expiratory Pressure Male / Female Neonatal Flow Sensor - Optional

(17)
H
Patient

To
AB.98.349

INSP

22 / 15 mm Micropump
Nebulizer
Male / Female

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 2-7

Engström Carestation

Immediately upstream of the exhalation valve is a tap for the expiratory pressure
transducer (17) and its associated zeroing valve. The expiratory pressure tap is
continuously purged with 35 ml/min of air to ensure that exhaled condensate does not
occlude the tap. The air flow is established from the regulated Air supply using a fixed
orifice (pneumatic resistor) (18).
Downstream of the exhalation valve is the expiratory flow transducer (19). In principle,
the transducer is similar to a hot-wire anemometer. A wire having a large “temperature
to electrical resistance” relationship is placed in the flowstream. The wire is kept at a
constant temperature using a Wheatstone bridge circuit. The current necessary to
maintain the resistance of the sensor portion of the bridge is a function of the flow
through the sensor.
At the output of the flow sensor is a flapper type check valve (20) that prevents gas
from being drawn in through the expiratory valve and minimizes patient rebreathing in
the event of a ventilator failure.
Located downstream on the patient wye is an optional Neonatal Flow Sensor (28).
The sensing elements for the Neonatal Flow Sensor Subsystem consist of two hot
wires each with its own drive circuitry and Wheatstone bridge. The hot wires reside
off-board in a flow tube situated at the patient wye and electrically act as variable
resistors in each of the bridges. The sensors hold a constant temperature at all times
as they contain a linear resistance change with temperature. The Neonatal Flow
sensor is connected to the Ventilator Monitoring Board (VMB) through the
Motherboard via Port 1 and a 2+ meter long shielded cable, detachable at both ends.
The other Wheatstone bridge resistors and all associated drive circuitry reside on the
VMB. As gas (Air and Oxygen) flows, current through the hot wire elements increases.
These currents are converted to a voltage, amplified, offset with a voltage reference
and converted to a digital value by the 12-bit ADC. Because of the bidirectional nature
of gas flow at the patient wye, a post that is situated between the elements serves to
shadow the downstream element and reduce the downstream signal. By comparison
of the individual signal levels of the two hot wire elements, flow direction can be
ascertained.

2-8 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Theory of Operation
Associated circuits

2.1.3 Associated circuits

Associated with the inspiratory and expiratory pressure transducers are two “zeroing”
solenoid valves (21) and (22). These valves are used to disconnect the pressure
transducers from circuit pressure and vent them to atmosphere during zero bias
calibration. This zeroing procedure is conducted routinely (every 12 hours) under the
control of the Vent Engine software.
30 mm Male Cone

Pneumatic
(22) Exhalation

H
Resistor Flow Sensor
Expiratory Zero

(25)
Flow Valve
Valve
Flow
Sensor Pneumatic EXP
Exhalation
Resistor P Valve 22 / 15 mm
T H Expiratory Pressure Male / Female Neonatal Flow Sensor - Optional

(21)
Inspiratory Pressure
Air P
H
Total Flow Inspiratory Zero Patient
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2

INSP

Flow 22 / 15 mm Micropump
Flow Nebulizer
Valve Male / Female
Sensor

(27)
Inspiratory
Effort
T H Valve

Safety
O2 Free Breathing
Relief Valve

Check Valve

(23) (26)
Auxiliary Pressure

(24)
Transducer Relief
Valve

Auxiliary Pressure P

AB.98.351
Purge Valve

Paux

1/8, 3/16,1/4 inch Stepped Hose Barb

A third (auxiliary) pressure channel (23) is used to measure additional patient “airway”
pressures at the discretion of the clinician. This port could be used to measure circuit
pressure directly at the airway, laryngeal cuff pressures or pressures lower in the
airway tract. The transducer circuit includes a valve (24) to provide a 35 ml/min purge
flow as required by the particular clinical application. For example, in measuring
airway pressure at the endotracheal tube the purge would most likely be turned on,
but for measuring laryngeal cuff pressures (closed system) the purge would be turned
off. The purge flow is established from the regulated Air supply using a fixed orifice
(pneumatic resistor) (25). The relief valve (26) limits pressure in the auxiliary channel
to less than 230 cm H2O.

2.1.4 Electronic micropump nebulizer

The Aerogen® Professional Nebulizer System (Aerogen Pro) by Aerogen, Inc. (27) is
integrated into the Engström ventilator. This nebulizer is electrically connected to the
ventilator and uses proprietary technology to produce a fine-droplet, low-velocity
aerosolized drug delivered into the breathing circuit.
The Aergoen Pro is designed to operate in-line with standard ventilator circuits and
mechanical ventilators. It operates without changing the patient ventilator parameters.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 2-9

Engström Carestation

2.2 Electrical operation

For a complete diagram of the electrical system, see Figure 12.5, "Electrical
architecture" on page 12-6.
The system includes 5 major processor control boards:
• Display Unit: DU (1009-8289-000 - obsolete) or HPDU (1009-5933-000)
• Ventilator Control Board (1505-5500-000)
• Ventilation Monitoring Board: original VMB (1505-5501-000-S) or current VMB
(M1052980-S)
• Expiratory Flow Sensor Board (1505-5507-000)
• Power Management Board (1505-5502-000-S)
The system includes 5 analog boards:
• Motherboard/backplane: original Motherboard (1505-5504-000) or current
Motherboard (M1053184)
• Monitoring Module Power Supply Board (M1052831)
• 3 Airway Pressure Transducer boards (1505-5506-000-S)

2.2.1 Display Unit overview

WARNING Liquids on the display may degrade the performance of the

touchscreen. If liquids come in contact with the display, lock the
touchscreen and clean the display. Unlock the touchscreen once the
display has been cleaned to resume use of the touchscreen.
The Engström can use one of the following display units:
• Original Display Unit (DU).
• High Performance Display Unit (HPDU).
• Touchscreen High Performance Display Unit.
The display unit handles most of the machine’s user interface functions through the
front panel controls and the LCD screen. It is the primary interface to external
peripherals.
The main components of the display include:
• An active matrix thin film transistor liquid crystal display (A).
• CPU board (B).
• System Interconnect assembly (C).
The CPU board includes a host processor and three coprocessors to handle display,
front panel, and monitoring interfaces.

2-10 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Theory of Operation
Software requirements

B
A

AB.98P127
2.2.2 Software requirements
The HPDU uses a Compact Flash interface to manage software upgrades and to run
the Engström Service Application diagnostics. The HPDU requires system software
version 4.X or greater.
For standard DU information see “External components (original) - front” on page C-3.

2.2.3 Display Unit system connections

The display unit is physically separate from the ventilator chassis (connected through
a single cable running through the display arm). The display unit contains a CPU
board and three daughter boards. The CPU board provides power and signals for
operating the main audio speaker and the display. One daughter board, the display
unit connector board, provides an interface between the display unit’s CPU and the
remainder of the system. The second daughter board provides hardware connector
interfaces for the Ethernet, USB, and serial ports. The third daughter board provides
touch sensing capability as well as variable speed fan control for reduced audible
noise and internal cooling.
The display unit communicates with the remainder of the system via the Motherboard
using five digital channels. Setting and alarm annunciation information are directly
relayed to the VMB and VCB from the display unit. The display is a 31 cm active
matrix LCD with 6 bits per color.
In the event of a display unit communications failure, the system will continue to
ventilate at the current settings.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 2-11

Engström Carestation

2.3 System connections

2.3.1 Standard DU connector assembly

The following are the standard DU connections.

2 3 4 5

DIS

AB.98.182
1

Figure 2-1: Standard DU Connections

1 Display connection.
2 Dis connector - supports D-O Device Interface Solution (DIS).
3 Network connection - Standard Ethernet port for network connectivity.
4 Network ID - accepts D-O proprietary network identification plug.
5 USB port - standard USB interface for external communication.

2.3.2 HPDU connector assembly

The following are the HPDU connections.

2 3 4 5
AB.98.181

1 Display connection.
2 RS232 Serial communication (port 2)
3 Future expansion.
4 Future expansion.
5 Future expansion.

2-12 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Theory of Operation
HPDU enhanced connector assembly

2.3.3 HPDU enhanced connector assembly

The following are the enhanced HPDU connections.

2 3 4 5

AB.98.258
1

1 Display connection.
2 RS232 Serial communication (port 5).
3 RS232 Serial communication (port 6).
4 Future expansion.
5 Future expansion.

1 2
7
3

AB.98.337
5 9

Port 5: EView/RS232 Serial communication port pin configuration.

Pin 1 ISO 3.3 Vdc
Pin 2 Receive
Pin 3 Transmit
Pin 5 ISO Ground
Pin 7 12.0 Vdc
Pin 9 Ground

2
3
AB.98.338

Port 6: RS232 Serial communication port pin configuration.

Pin 2 Receive
Pin 3 Transmit
Pin 5 ISO Ground

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 2-13

Engström Carestation

2.3.4 Communication channels

The display unit communicates to the remainder of the Engström system through the
Motherboard using 5 digital channels, see Figure 2-1 on page 2-15.
1. A 500 Kbaud, RS-485 interface (Mod Bus: Datex-Ohmeda proprietary module
communication protocol), to external monitoring modules. This link runs through
the Monitoring Module Power supply board which forms the physical interface to
the M-Gas (and ultimately other) monitoring modules.
Additionally, the Mod Bus interfaces with the PSM (Patient Side Module) support
circuitry (future expansion).
2. A 38.4 Kbaud, RS-422 interface relays setting and alarm annunciation information
from the VMB, and receives alarm commands and data.
3. A 38.4 Kbaud, RS-422 interface relays setting and alarm annunciation
information from the VCB, and receives sensor data for presentation to the user
as well as alarm commands. As described later, the VMB also communicates
directly to the VCB, which provides a triangle of bi-directional communication
paths between the display unit, VCB and VMB.
4. An RS-232 Serial port that routes to an external connector directly on the
Motherboard. This link ports data from the display unit to other compatible
equipment via the Ohmeda Com 1.X protocol.
5. A 38.4 Kbaud, RS-232 link to the PMB. Provides display signal input/output,
battery and power information to the display unit. This link is located internally on
the Motherboard and is used to confirm a “hard” power down of the system with
user inputs to the display unit being relayed to the PMB for power down action.

2-14 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Theory of Operation
Communication channels

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)
AB.98.198

Figure 2-1. Communication Channels

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 2-15

Engström Carestation

2.3.5 Ventilator Control Board – VCB

The VCB, shown in Figure 2-2 on page 2-17, is a Motorola Coldfire V4 CPU powered
assembly that collects information from all Engström ventilator system sensors (some
indirectly from the VMB), and controls all actuators necessary to affect ventilation
delivery.
The VCB computes and supplies all ventilation sensor monitoring data for display on
the display unit. If there are alarms to be generated based on this monitoring data, the
VCB notifies the display unit to post the appropriate alarm message and audio
sequence. The VCB observes the display unit’s response to ensure that the alarm is
adequately presented.
To control ventilation, the VCB accepts ventilation parameters from the display unit.
Measured data (waveform and numeric) is also sent to the display unit from the VCB.
This data flow occurs on the 38.4 Kbaud, RS-422 communications link (VCB - display
unit Data I/O).
The VCB also communicates directly with the VMB every 1 ms, receiving expiratory
flow, expiratory pressure and O2 sensor data on the 921.6 Kbaud, RS-422 interface
(VMB Sensor Data I/O). Barometric pressure data is also received from the VMB, but
at a lower data rate.
The following sensor information is acquired directly by the VCB:
• Air Flow/Temp sensor through the RS-232 cable interface @ 200 Hz,
• O2 Flow/Temp sensor through the RS-232 cable interface @ 200 Hz,
• Total Flow/Temp sensor through the RS-232 cable interface @ 200 Hz,
• Inspiratory Pressure sensor via a differential analog signal – 12 bits @ 1000 Hz.
• Auxiliary Pressure sensor via a differential analog signal – 12 bits @ 1000 Hz.
The VCB contains actuator drive circuits for the following:
• Air and O2 Flow Valves
• Exhalation Valve
• Inspiratory Pressure Sensor zeroing valve
• Auxiliary Pressure Sensor purge flow valve
The Flow Valve and Exhalation valve actuators are driven using current drive circuits
and feedback controlled using current sense resistors. The VCB contains digital
control signals for activating the inspiratory effort and safety relief valves (through the
VMB) and the Piezo-Electric Nebulizer.
The VCB receives 12.5 Vdc from the PMB, which it regulates down to various
voltages for use by the board’s digital circuits and analog drivers. These voltage levels
are self-tested on the VCB.
An additional power line is separately connected to an auxiliary buzzer on the VCB
that provides a backup audio alarm source. The buzzer is normally on and must be
kept silent by both the VCB and through a dedicated digital line coming from the VMB.
A reset or failure of either the VCB or VMB is regarded as a system fault and the
buzzer is activated.
The VCB includes 1 MB of SRAM and 8 MB of Flash memory. The CPU is connected
to a digital watchdog circuit to monitor continuous and properly sequenced execution
of software code.
As the core processor unit for the ventilator, the VCB includes two external serial I/O
channels: one 19.2 Kbaud RS-422 channel (Expansion Port I/O #1 to External
Connector 3) and one 19.2 Kbaud RS-422 channel (Expansion Port I/O #2 to External
Connector 2).

2-16 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Theory of Operation
Ventilator Control Board – VCB

For additional details, see Figure 12.13, "VCB block diagram" on page 12-14.

VCB
Vent Control Board

1 MB V Checks
SRAM
Coldfire Piezo-Electric
Nebulizer
V4 CPU Neb Board
8 MB
Watchdog
Flash
Air
Circuit Power
Exhal Valve Flow Valve
Power Drive w/ V & I
VMB Sensor Regs Sense O2
Data I/O Flow Valve
Expansion Port I/O #1 Air Valve Drive
Expansion Port I/O #2 w/ I Sense
12 Bit
Exhal Valve
Insp Effort Valve ADC O2 Valve Drive
Exh Valve Closed w/ I Sense
16 CH
Safety Valve On/Off MUX
Exh Valve On/Off RS-232 Air Flow/
Temp
RS-422 VCB - DU Data I/O
38.4Kb RS-232 O2 Flow/
Temp
Power for Buzzer
8 UARTS
RS-232 Total Flow/
Buzzer Control Temp
Serial
Buzzer Sense XCVRs

Current Lmt Control Backup

Insp P
Buzzer

Expansion Signals
Insp P Zero
Valve

Aux P

AB.98.076
Aux P Purge
Valve

Figure 2-2. Ventilator Control Board

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 2-17

Engström Carestation

2.3.6 Ventilator Monitoring Board – VMB

The Engström Carestation can use one of two Ventilator Monitoring Boards:
• Original VMB, (1505-5501-000-S)
(original VMB units do not support the Neonatal option)
• Current VMB, (M1052980-S)
(current VMB units support Neonatal hardware and expansion capability;
Port 2 (RS-422) via the Motherboard.)
Note If replacing the original VMB with a current VMB, it is required to also replace the
original Motherboard (1505-5504-000) with the current Motherboard (M1053184). See
“Hardware and Software Compatibility” on page B-4.

1 2

AB.98p186

AB.98p187
Figure 2-3. VMB types

1 Original VMB 1505-5501-000-S

2 Current VMB M1052980-S

The VMB is based on an Atmel Atmega 128 CPU. The VMB performs as an
independent monitoring system that provides computational and oversight
redundancy to the display unit and VCB (see Figure 2-4).
The VMB independently acquires sensor data relating to the ventilator’s three safety
parameters:
• Airway pressure (expiratory),
• Delivered O2 percentage, and
• Exhaled minute/tidal volume.
In addition, the VMB monitors the air and oxygen supply pressures:
• Air High Pressure Supply via analog cable –10 bits @ 11 Hz,
• O2 High Pressure Supply via analog cable – 10 bits @ 11 Hz,
• Expiratory flow sensor data via an I2C cable interface @ 200 Hz,
• O2 Concentration via a serial cable @ 5 Hz,
• Expiratory Airway Pressure via analog signal – 12 bits @ 1000 Hz,
• Barometric Pressure onboard VMB – 10 bits @ 11 Hz.

2-18 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Theory of Operation
Ventilator Monitoring Board – VMB

VMB
Vent Monitor Board
Insp Effort
Circuit Power Atmel Insp Maneuver Valve
Valve Drive
ATmega128 Safety
Insp Effort Valve Control CPU Relief Valve
Exh Valve Closed
Safety Valve
Drive Air Pipeline P
UARTS
Safety Valve On/Off
O2 Pipeline P
Exh Valve On/Off

RS-422 VMB - DU Data I/O I2C Exp Flow Exp Flow Exp Flow
38.4 Kb Sensor Bd Infc Bd Sensor
Watchdog
RS-422 VMB Sensor Data I/O
921.6 Kb V Checks Baro P RS-232 O2 Sensor
Buzzer Control
ADC /
Buzzer Sense
MUX
Exp P

Circuit Power
Exp P Zero
Valve

AB.98.077
Expansion Signals

Figure 2-4. Ventilation Monitoring Board

The VMB controls a safety valve actuator that enables it to unilaterally relieve
pressure in the breathing circuit. This allows the barotrauma hazard with its 50 ms
reaction time to be independently controlled by either action of the VCB or VMB. The
hazards associated with O2 concentration (improper mixture) and low exhaled minute
volume (hypoventilation) have much slower reaction times (on the order of minutes)
and are controlled under fault conditions by the VMB’s ability to unilaterally activate
the backup buzzer.
The VMB receives 12.5 Vdc from the PMB, which it regulates down to various
voltages for use by the board’s digital circuits and analog drivers. These voltage levels
are self-tested on the VMB.
The VMB communicates directly to the display unit via the bi-directional 38.4 Kbaud
RS-422 channel (VMB - display unit Data I/O). A separate 921.6 Kb RS-422 link (VMB
Sensor Data I/O) is used to transmit the VMB’s sensor data to the VCB.

Neonatal Option
For Neonatal patients, the VMB provides circuitry designed to interface with the VCB
and VMB and a remote bidirectional gas flow sensor. The analog sensor signals are
routed from outside of the Engström housing to the VMB via an electrical harness to
the back of the machine and are filtered on the Motherboard before entering the VMB
through the Motherboard internal connector. This circuitry is provided 12.5V power via
the Motherboard and regulates this down to 5V and 3.3V, independent of other VMB
circuitry.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 2-19

Engström Carestation

Nurse Call
Nurse Call functionality is supported on units with Serial Numbers greater than
CBK00356 and units updated with Motherboard M1053184 and VMB M1052980.
Note Motherboard M1053184 and VMB M1052980 are included in the following kit:

Item Description Part Number

Neonatal Upgrade kit (with hardware components) M1061589

Port 4 (15-pin female D connector) may be used to output alarm signals to a nurse call
system. The ventilator will signal an alarm with a normally open or normally closed
signal. The nurse call will be triggered by all medium and high priority alarms. When
alarms are suspended, the nurse call will not be signalled. If an alarm is silenced, the
nurse call signal will turn off.

10
3
11

AB.98.180
Pin 3 Relay common
Pin 10 Normally open
Pin 11 Normally closed

Load current:
• Minimum: 100 uA at 100 mVdc
• Maximum: 1 A at 30 Vdc
• Relay isolated

2-20 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Theory of Operation
Power Management Board – PMB

2.3.7 Power Management Board – PMB

The PMB is based on an Atmel Atmega 128 CPU. The PMB performs power selection
between power sources in the following order:
• AC power mains,
• Internal battery.
The PMB regulates the 24 Vdc power supply output down to raw 16 V and 12.5 V
power rails that are used throughout the system (all boards locally regulate from these
power rails).
The PMB controls the charging operation of the internal battery, selecting trickle, bulk,
or float charge status.
The PMB communicates with the display unit through the 38.4 Kbaud, RS-232 link
(PMB Data I/O). It sends status commands to the display unit concerning the charge
status of the internal 24 V battery.
The PMB uses this link as a communication interlock to manage the unit shutdown
sequence. Once a signal is received by the PMB from the mechanical On/Standby
switch, the PMB prompts the display unit for a confirmation signal that shutdown is
appropriate (unit is not in a ventilation therapy state). Once the display unit relays this
confirmation to the PMB, the power-off sequence is initiated.
The PMB supports the operation of the ventilator chassis fan and the fan on the PMB
heatsink.

2.3.8 Other electronic items

The Engström ventilator employs a separate AC to DC switching power supply for
providing a nominal 24v voltage level to the PMB. The power supply is capable of
regulating 150 W of power output. A power entry module contains fuses and filters for
Mains AC input cables. Finally, two internal 12v batteries are connected in series to
provide an internal backup 24v power source for the system.
For additional details, see Figure 12.9, "PMB block diagram" on page 12-10.
PMB
Power Management Board

Atmel PMB Data I/O

ATmega
128 CPU
Backup
Audio Power
Power Panel UARTS
Connectors 150W Mains 16V
Reg
Power Supply
12.5V
V Checks Reg

Chassis Gnd
On/Standby
and Power Entry Mains/Bat
PMB
Safety Switch Module Fan Select Bat Charge
Cntlr

Battery I & 2 - 12 V
AB.98.197

Vent Fan Cntlrs

V Monitor
Engine 4AHr
Fan Batteries

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 2-21

Engström Carestation

2.3.9 Motherboard (backplane)

The Engström Carestation can use either of the following Motherboards:
• Original Motherboard - 1505-5504-000 (Port 2 is 15-pin)
• Current Motherboard - M1053184 (Port 2 is 9-pin)
Note If replacing the original Motherboard with a current Motherboard, it is required to also
replace the original VMB (1505-5501-000-S) with the current VMB (M1052980). See
“Hardware and Software Compatibility” on page B-4.
The Motherboard provides backplane connectivity for the VCB, VMB and PMB
assemblies in the chassis.
Analog circuits on the board provide current limiting for external peripheral
connections to ensure that the primary ventilation and monitoring functions are not
compromised by excessive power draw. In addition, 10VA energy limit circuitry is
provided for power connections within 20 cm of O2 exhaust outlets, in order to mitigate
the risk of an oxygen enriched fire.
The board features six external connectors that exit through the rear interface, see
Section 2.3.4 on page 2-14.
Patient Side Module (PSM) support connector, Neonatal Flow Sensor,
(future expansion)

Exhalation valve heater, (future expansion)

Exhalation valve heater, PC Service Application, (future expansion)

External Serial I/O connector, Nurse call

Main display unit connector (communication channel between display

unit and ventilator)

Monitoring Module, Mod Bus connector

15-Pin 15-Pin 9-Pin 15-Pin 15-Pin 9-Pin 9-Pin 15-Pin

AB.98p188
15-Pin Original Motherboard AB.98p189
15-Pin Current Motherboard

2-22 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Theory of Operation
Monitoring Interface Board – Monitoring Module Bays

2.3.10 Monitoring Interface Board – Monitoring Module Bays

The Engström accommodates an optional four-bay module assembly that supports
compatible Datex-Ohmeda M-series and E-series modules.
The assembly includes a Monitoring Interface Board (MIB) that communicates with
the display unit through the Mod Bus connector. The MIB includes circuitry that
regulates the raw 16 V power down to +15 V (unregulated), ±15 V (regulated), and +5
V levels required by the M-series and E-series monitoring modules.
I/O Panel Connectors
External I/O Serial
Monitor Nurse Call Filtering
Bay 1
Interface
Expansion Port I/O #1
E & M Series Board RS-422 Future Expansion
#1 Service App Filtering 12.5V
Module
Expansion Port I/O #2
+15VD RS-422 12.5V
Bay 2 Future Expansion Filtering
-15V #1 16V
Bay 3 +15V
+5V
Mod Bus Filtering 16V
E & M Series
Module PSM
PSM (Future Expansion) Filtering 16V
Neo Flow Sensor - Optional
Bay 4
AB.98.199

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 2-23

Engström Carestation

2-24 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Checkout Procedure

3 Checkout Procedure
In this section
3.1 Inspect the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
3.2 Electrical safety tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
3.3 Automated Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
3.4 Backlight test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
3.5 Power failure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4

WARNING After any repair or service of the Engström ventilator, complete all tests
in this section.

w Before you do the tests in this section:

• Complete all necessary calibrations and subassembly tests. Refer
to the individual procedures for a list of necessary calibrations.
• Completely reassemble the system.

w If a test failure occurs, make appropriate repairs and test for correct
operation.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 3-1

Engström Carestation

3.1 Inspect the system

Before testing the system, make sure of the following:
• Equipment is not damaged.
• Components are correctly attached.
• Pipeline gas supplies are connected.
• Casters are not loose and the brakes are set and prevent movement. Torque and
mark casters if necessary, see “Replacing the cart casters” on page 9-42.
Note: If the caster is found loose, but the caster hex is still in contact with the base
casting, the caster can be safely re-tightened using the methods described in Section
9.10 on page 9-42. If the caster is found loose such that threads of the caster stem are
visible, it is likely that the caster stem has been damaged, and a failure is possible
even if the caster is re-tightened. In this case, the caster should be replaced with a
new one.
• Power cord is connected to a wall outlet. The mains indicator turns on when AC
Power is connected.

3.2 Electrical safety tests

WARNING Make sure the system is completely assembled and that the power
cords are connected as illustrated in Section 10.7. Make sure all
accessory devices are connected to electrical outlets.
1. Connect an approved test device (for example: UL, CSA, or AAMI) and verify that
the leakage current is less than the value defined for the following voltages:
• 120/100 VAC: 300 μA
• 220/240 VAC: 500 μA
2. Make sure that the resistance to ground is less than 0.2Ω between the
equipotential stud and the ground pin on the power cord.

3.3 Automated Checkout

The Engström ventilator is equipped with an automated checkout.
Note If any of the Checks fail, see “Troubleshooting Service Application messages” on
page 7-44, to troubleshoot a specific failure.
To file a quality report or request technical assistance regarding a checkout failure,
create and include a Checkout log using the PC Service Application. For details, see
Section 8.5.3 on page 8-14.
Start the Checkout while the PC Service Application is running, and then select Log
Calibration Results.
To run Automated Checkout upon system power up do one of the following:
• Software 6.X and greater: Select the appropriate settings from the Select
Patient menu and confirm. Proceed to step 1 of the Automated Checkout.
• Software prior to 6.X: Select the appropriate settings from the Select Patient
menu, then select Patient Setup (the Patient Setup menu displays on the normal
screen.) Select the appropriate settings and confirm. Proceed to step 1 of the
Automated Checkout.

3-2 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Checkout Procedure
Backlight test

To run Automated Checkout after the system has been in use:

• Place system in Standby. When in Standby, the Patient Setup menu is displayed
on the normal screen.
1. Select Checkout.
2. Attach the patient circuit.
3. Occlude the patient wye.
4. Select Start Check.
• The results appear next to each check as they are completed. When the
entire checkout is finished ‘Checkout complete’ will appear and the highlight
will move to Delete Trends.
• If one or more checks fail, select Check Help for troubleshooting tips.
Automated Checkout includes the following:
• Paw Transducer Check
• Barometric Pressure Check
• Relief Valve Check
• Exhalation Valve Check
• Expiratory Flow Sensor Check
• Air Flow Sensor Check
• O2 Flow Sensor Check
• O2 Concentration Sensor Check
• Neonatal Flow Sensor Check (if applicable)
• Resistance Check (if applicable)
• Circuit Leak, Compliance, and Resistance

3.4 Backlight test

1. Access the Calibration menu.
• In the standby mode, push the System Setup key.
• On the System Setup menu, select Install/Service (23-17-21).
• On the Install/Service menu, select Calibration.
2. On the Calibration menu, select Backlight Test.
3. Select Start Test.
4. The display will show the test running on light one, and then on light two. If the
display goes completely blank or flickers during the test, one of the lights has
failed.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 3-3

Engström Carestation

3.5 Power failure test

1. Connect the power cord to a wall outlet. The mains indicator on the front panel of
the display unit comes on when AC Power is connected.
2. Set the system switch to On, and then start a case.
3. Unplug the power cord with the system turned on.
4. Make sure the ‘On battery’ message is displayed.
5. Connect the power cable again.
6. Make sure the alarm cancels.

3-4 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Service Menus

4 Installation and Service Menus

In this section
4.1 Service and Installation menu structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
4.2 Install/Service Menu (Super User) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
4.2.1 Trends Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
4.2.2 Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
4.2.3 Ventilator Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
4.2.4 Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
4.2.5 Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8
4.2.6 Factory Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
4.2.7 Data Transfer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
4.2.8 Favorites Bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13
4.2.9 Touchscreen On or Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14
4.3 Calibration menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15
4.4 Service menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16
4.4.1 Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17
4.4.2 Options Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
4.4.3 Options List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
4.4.4 Options Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
4.4.5 Copy Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
4.4.6 Service Log menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
4.4.7 Gas Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-20
4.4.8 Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25
4.4.9 Software/Hardware version menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26
4.4.10 Resetting feature option key codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 4-1

Engström Carestation

4.1 Service and Installation menu structure

This section describes the onboard service level functions that are part of the main
software installed in the ventilator. These functions are accessed through the system
menus.
Note In Section 8, “Service Diagnostics and Software Download,” are two other separate
service applications. The Engström Service Application (page 8-2) runs from a
PCMCIA or Compact Flash card and is used to download system software and run
service level diagnostics. The PC Service Application (page 8-12) runs on a Windows
based computer and is used to perform service level tests and troubleshooting.
Note The Service menu for the Gas Module is only available on units with system software
version 6.X or greater.

Menu structure
The Service menu structure has the following two levels that are password protected:
• Install/Service (super-user)
• Service
The Install/Service level (with super-user password) supports standard hospital
preferences such as colors, units, ventilator settings and alarm defaults, and access
to the Calibration and Service menus.
The Service level (with service password) supports system configuration and
provides access to the Service Log menu.
Follow the menu structure to access the service screens:
1. On the front panel of the display unit, press the System Setup key to access the
System Setup menu.
2. On the System Setup menu, select Install/Service to access the Install/Service
menu. The super-user password is required to access this menu. Do one of the
following:
• Select Calibration to access the Calibration menu.
• Select Service to access the Service menus. The service password is
required to access the Service menu.

System Setup Install/Service Calibration Service Service Log

Patient Setup Trends Setup O2 FCV Configuration Scroll Recent

Screen Setup Display Settings Air FCV Options Key
Neo Flow Sensor Ventilator Settings Exhalation Valve Options List Error Log
Setup Parameter Settings Backlight Test Options Card Event Log
Parameters Setup Defaults Gas Calibration Copy Config Alarm Log
System Status Data Transfer Cal. Flag Service Log SW HW Version
Data Transfer Settings Gas Module Copy Logs
Setup Calibration Previous Menu Touchscreen Reset Logs
Install/Service Service Exit Previous Menu
Normal Screen Exit

4-2 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Service Menus
Install/Service Menu (Super User)

4.2 Install/Service Menu (Super User)

Use the super-user password (23-17-21) to access the Install/Service menu.

Menu Item Message text Comments

Trends Setup Configure graphical trend pages. See Section 4.2.1

on page 4-3.

Display Settings Set colors, units, and time and date show See Section 4.2.2
alarm limits, and access touchscreen on page 4-5.
configuration.

Ventilator Settings Configure ventilator settings: breath See Section 4.2.3

timing, flow, and modes using backup on page 4-7.
ventilation.

Parameter Settings Set volume conditions and CO2 humidity See Section 4.2.4
compensation. on page 4-7.

Defaults Set or change default settings. See Section 4.2.5

on page 4-8.

Data Transfer Settings Configure Data Transfer settings. See Section 4.2.7
on page 4-12.

Calibration Calibrate airway gas, calibrate gas valves, See Section 4.3 on
and test backlights. page 4-15.

Service Set and copy configuration and show See Section 4.4 on
technical data. The system will have to be page 4-16.
turned off to exit this menu.

Exit Turn power off to exit menu.

4.2.1 Trends Setup

Refer to the “Engström Carestation User’s Reference Manual” for details about
Trends Setup.

Menu Item Message text Values

Default Trend Change default trend type: Meas, Graph, or Set

graphical, measured, or settings.

Graphical Trends Configure graphical trend pages Pages 1-5

Previous Menu Return to previous menu.

Graphical Trends

Menu Item Message text

Page 1 Configure first graphical trend page

(Page 2 to Page 5) (Second, third, fourth, fifth)

Previous Menu Return to previous menu.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 4-3

Engström Carestation

Page Menus
Use the Pull Aside list to select options for each menu item and page. Options are
shown below:

Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 Page 4 Page 5

Menu Item Options
Default Default Default Default Default

Field 1 Off - Select Off to clear trend field

rr+co2 - respiration rate and CO2
Field 2 Rate - respiration rate
Pres - Ppeak and Pplat
Field 3
Pmean - Pmean
PEEP - Peepe and Peepi
MVexp - expired minute volume
Spont - spontaneous MVexp and respiration
rate
Mech - mechanical MVexp and respiration rate
Compl - compliance and Raw
Spiro - static compliance
Paux - auxiliary pressure
VO2 - VO2 and VCO2
VO2/m2 - VO2 and VCO2 weighted by body
surface area
VO2/kg - VO2 and VCO2 weighted by body kg
EE/RQ - energy expenditure and respiratory
quotient
Leak - leak%

Previous Return to previous menu.

Menu

4-4 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Service Menus
Display Settings

4.2.2 Display Settings

The Display Settings menu can be accessed in the super-user level to change
individual preferences, or if required during installation, in the service level Installation
menu. Refer to the User’s Reference Manual for detailed information.

Menu Item Message text Values

Colors Set colors of parameters.

Units Set units of Paw, Flow, CO2, height,

weight, and EE. The system will have to
be turned off to exit this menu

Show Alarm Limits Select Yes to show alarm limits in digit Yes/No
fields.

Time and Date Change clock and calendar functions.

Layout Selection Select to display the Basic or Full layout Full or Basic
on power up.

Favorites Select to view defaults and to display

Favorites Bar on power up.

Touchscreen Select On to enable or Off to disable the On/Off

Touchscreen,

Previous Menu Return to previous menu.

Colors Menu

Menu Item Message text Values

Paw Change color of Paw waveform, digits and Yellow, White,

trend. Green, Red, or Blue

Flow Change color of Flow waveform, digits Yellow, White,

and trend. Green, Red, or Blue

O2 Change color of O2 waveform, digits and Yellow, White,

trend. Green, Red, or Blue

CO2 Change color of CO2 waveform, digits and Yellow, White,

trend. Green, Red, or Blue

Volume Change color of Volume waveform, digits Yellow, White,

and trend. Green, Red, or Blue

Paux Change color of Paux waveform, digits Yellow, White,

and trend. Green, Red, or Blue

Previous Menu Return to previous menu.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 4-5

Engström Carestation

Units Menu

Menu Item Message text Values

Paw Change Paw unit: kPa, cmH2O, or

mbar

Flow Change Flow unit: l/min or l/s

CO2 Change CO2 unit: %, kPa, or mmHg

Height Change height unit: cm or in

Weight Change weight unit: kg or lb

Energy Expenditure Change EE unit: kcal/d or kJ/d

Altitude Change altitude unit: m or ft

Gas Supply Pressure Change gas supply pressure unit: kPa, psi, or bar

Blood Gases Change blood gas unit: kPa or mmHg

Hb Change hemoglobin unit: g/l, g/dl, or mmol/l

Exit Turn power off to exit menu.

Time and Date

Menu Item Message text Values

Hour Set Hour. a (am) p (pm)

Minutes Set Minutes. 0-59

Zero seconds Set seconds to zero.

Day Set Day. 1-31

Month Set Month. Month

Year Set Year. XXXX

Clock Format Set Clock Format: 12 or 24 hours. 12 or 24

Previous Menu Return to previous menu.

4-6 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Service Menus
Ventilator Settings

4.2.3 Ventilator Settings

Menu Item Message text Values

Timing Change timing setting: I:E, Tinsp, or I:E, Tinsp, Tpause

Tpause. Tpause is only available when
Flow is set to On.

Flow Select to use Flow settings or Insp On, Off

Pause. Tpause Timing is available
when Flow is set to On.

BiLevel Timing Select to use I:E and Rate, Tinsp and I:E, Tinsp, Thigh
Rate, or Thigh and Tlow settings for
BiLevel mode.

BiLevel High Pressure Select to use Phigh or Pinsp for Phigh, Pinsp
BiLevel High Pressure

CPAP Rate Select On to use Rate, Pinsp, and On, Off

Tinsp for CPAP/PSV.

Modes with Backup Select Modes that will allow backup SIMV-VC (Yes, No)
ventilation. SIMV-PC (Yes, No)
Bi-Level (Yes, No)
CPAP/PSV (Yes, No)
VG-PS (Yes, No)
SIMV/PCVG (Yes, No)
BiLevel VG (Yes, No)

Mode Availability Select to use all vent modes or the All, Selected
customized list of vent modes at power
up.

Selected Modes Select the customized ventilation

mode list to display as the Selected
vent modes.

Neonatal Increase O2 Add the selected value to the current 100; 5 to 75 increment 5.
O2 setting for Oxygenation and Default:25
Suction procedures for neonatal
patients.

Previous Menu Return to previous menu.

4.2.4 Parameter Settings

Menu Item Message text Values

TV Based on Change value calculations: ATPD (no ATPD, BTPS

humidifier) or BTPS (heated humidifier).

CO2 Numbers Change humidity compensation type in Dry, Wet

CO2 partial pressure values.

Previous Menu Return to previous menu.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 4-7

Engström Carestation

4.2.5 Defaults

Menu Item Message text Comments

Scroll Settings Push ComWheel to scroll default settings.

Default Type Select default patient type. The selected type (Adult, Pediatric, or
Neonatal) determines the Patient Type in
the Select Patient Menu on power up. The
corresponding Adult, Pediatric, Neonatal,
or facility defaults are displayed for the
settings on power up. If the setting is
changed within a power cycle, those
settings remain for a specific Patient Type
until they are changed by the user or the
ventilator is turned off.
View Not selectable: Heading for the following
mutually exclusive lists — Adult, Pediatric,
Neonatal, or Factory.
Adult Show Adult facility defaults and settings. The “Adult Settings” page contains a list of
parameters or settings and the
corresponding “Saved” and “Current”
values for the Adult patient type. The
“Current” values reflect the settings in the
Vent Setup and Alarms Setup menus. Any
setting that does not have a value shows
three dashes.
Pediatric Show Pediatric facility defaults and The “Pediatric Settings” page contains a list
settings. of parameters or settings and the
corresponding “Saved” and “Current”
values for the Pediatric patient type. The
“Current” values reflect the settings in the
Vent Setup and Alarms Setup menus. Any
setting that does not have a value shows
three dashes.
Factory Show adult and pediatric Factory defaults. See Section 4.2.6 on page 4-10.
Neonatal Show Neonatal defaults. The “Neonatal Settings” page contains a
list of parameters or settings and the
corresponding “Saved” and “Current”
values for the Neonatal patient type. The
“Current” values reflect the setting in the
Vent Setup and Alarms Setup menus. Any
setting that does not have a value shows
three dashes.
Neo Factory Show neonatal factory defaults. See Section 4.2.6 on page 4-10.
Backup Set defaults for backup ventilation. See Modes with Backup in “Ventilator
Settings” on page 4-7.
Save Current Save current settings as facility defaults. The default selection is No.
Common values in the saved defaults are
overridden if another ventilation mode is
set up and saved.
Factory Reset Save factory settings as facility defaults. The default selection is No. If Yes is
selected, “Reset machine for defaults to
take effect.”

4-8 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Service Menus
Defaults

Menu Item Message text Comments

Previous Menu Return to previous menu.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 4-9

Engström Carestation

4.2.6 Factory Defaults

The following table lists the factory defaults for parameters and alarm limits.

Setting Adult Pediatric Neonatal

Vent Mode BiLevel BiLevel PCV

FiO2 50 50 50
TV 500 100 10
Pinsp 10 cmH2O 7 cmH2O 5 cmH2O
(10 mbar, 1.0 kPa) (7 mbar, 0.7 kPa) (5 mbar, 0.5 kPa)
Rate 10 15 25
I:E 1:2 1:2 1:2
Tinsp 1.7 1.7 0.4
Tpause 0 0 0
PEEP Off Off Off
Psupp 5 cmH2O 3 cmH2O 0
(5 mbar, 0.5 kPa) (3 mbar, 0.3 kPa)
Pmax 30 cmH2O 30 cmH2O 12 cmH2O
(30 mbar, 3.0 kPa) (30 mbar, 3.0 kPa) (12 mbar, 1.2 kPa)
Plimit 100 cmH2O 100 cmH2O 100 cmH2O
(98 mbar, 9.8 kPa) (98 mbar, 9.8 kPa) (98 mbar, 9.8 kPa)
Insp Pause 0 0 0
Phigh 10 cmH2O 7 cmH2O 5 cmH2O
(10 mbar, 1.0 kPa) (7 mbar, 0.7 kPa) (5 mbar, 0.5 kPa)
Plow Off Off Off
Thigh 1.7 1.7 0.4
Tlow 4.25 2.3 0.8
Flow 40 l/min (0.6 l/s) 20 l/min (0.34 l/s) 1.5 l/min (0.026 l/s)
Rise Time 100 ms (for PC)/ 100 ms (for PC)/ 100 ms (for PC)/
0 ms (for VC) 0 ms (for VC) 0 ms (for VC)
PSV Rise Time 50 ms 50 ms 0 ms
Trig Window 25 25 25
Trigger 2 l/min (0.03 l/s) 1 l/min (0.02 l/s) 0.5 l/min (0.008 l/s)
Bias Flow 3 l/min (0.05 l/s) 2 l/min (0.04 l/s) 2 l/min (0.04 l/s)
End Flow 25 25 25
Tsupp NA NA 0.8
Assist control On On On
Leak Compensation Off Off Off
Trig Compensation Off Off Off
Low FiO2 44 44 44
High FiO2 56 56 56
Low Ppeak 4 cmH2O 4 cmH2O 4 cmH2O
(4 mbar, 0.4 kPa) (4 mbar, 0.4 kPa) (4 mbar, 0.4 kPa)

4-10 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Service Menus
Factory Defaults

Setting Adult Pediatric Neonatal

Low MVexp 2 l/min (0.03 l/s) 1 l/min (0.02 l/s) 0.2 l/min (0.003 l/s)
High MVexp 10 l/min (0.16 l/s) 5 l/min (0.08 l/s) 0.4 l/min (0.007 l/s)
Low TVexp Off Off Off
High TVexp Off Off Off
Low RR Off Off Off
High RR Off Off Off
Low EtO2 Off Off Off
High EtO2 Off Off Off
Low EtCO2 3% (3 kPa, 23 mmHg) 3% (3 kPa, 23 mmHg) Off
High EtCO2 8% (8 kPa, 60 mmHg) 8% (8 kPa, 60 mmHg) Off
Low PEEPe Off Off Off
High PEEPe Off Off Off
High PEEPi Off Off Off
High Paux 30 cmH2O 30 cmH2O 30 cmH2O
(30 mbar, 3 kPa) (30 mbar, 3 kPa) (30 mbar, 3 kPa)
Apnea Time 30 s 30 s 15 s
High Alert Audio 30 sec 30 sec 30 sec
NIV PEEP 3 cmH2O 3 cmH2O 5 cmH2O
(3 mbar, 0.3 kPa) (3 mbar, 0.3 kPa) (5 mbar, 0.5 kPa)
NIV Psupp 5 cmH2O 3 cmH2O NA
(5 mbar, 0.5 kPa) (3 mbar, 0.3 kPa)
NIV Trigger 5 l/min (0.08 l/s) 3 l/min (0.05 l/s) 1.5 l/min (0.03 l/s)
NIV Tsupp 4s 3s NA
NIV End Flow 25% 25% NA
NIV Rise Time 200 ms 200 ms NA
NIV Bias Flow 8 l/min (0.13 l/s) 8 l/min (0.13 l/s) 6 l/min (0.1 l/s)
NIV Minimum Rate 10 /min 15 /min NA
NIV Backup Pinsp 5 cmH2O 5 cmH2O NA
(5 mbar, 0.5 kPa) (5 mbar, 0.5 kPa)
NIV Backup Tinsp 1.0 s 1.0 s NA
NIV Apnea Time 60 s 60 s 20 s
NIV Leak Limit 50% 50% 50%
NIV Low MVexp 2 l/min (0.03 l/s) 1 l/min (0.02 l/s) 0.2 l/min (0.003 l/s)
NIV High MVexp 10 l/min (0.16 l/s) 5 l/min (0.08 l/s) 0.4 l/min (0.007 l/s)
NIV Low PEEPe NA NA 3 cmH2O
(3 mbar, 0.3 kPa)
NIV Leak Comp On On On
NIV Trig Comp On On On
NIV Pmax 30 cmH2O 30 cmH2O 12 cmH2O
(30 mbar, 3.0 kPa) (30 mbar, 3.0 kPa) (12 mbar, 1.2 kPa)

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 4-11

Engström Carestation

Setting Adult Pediatric Neonatal

NIV Low Ppeak 4 cmH2O 4 cmH2O 6 cmH2O

(4 mbar, 0.4 kPa) (4 mbar, 0.4 kPa) (6 mbar, 0.6 kPa)
Backup Mode PCV PCV PCV
Backup TV 500 100 10
Backup Pinsp 10 cmH2O 7 cmH2O 5 cmH2O
(10 mbar, 1.0 kPa) (7 mbar, .07 kPa) (5 mbar, .05 kPa)
Backup Rate 12 12 25
Backup I:E 1:2 1:2 1:2
Backup Tinsp 1.7 1.7 0.4
Backup Tpause 0 0 0
Backup Insp pause 0 0 0
Backup Phigh 10 cmH2O 7 cmH2O 5 cmH2O
(10 mbar, 1.0 kPa) (7 mbar, .07 kPa) (5 mbar, .05 kPa)
Backup Thigh 1.7 1.7 0.4
Backup Tlow 3.3 3.3 0.8
Backup Trig Wind 25 25 25
Backup Flow 40 l/min (0.6 l/s) 20 l/min (0.34 l/s) 1.5 l/min (0.026 l/s)
Backup Rise Time 100 ms (for PC) 100 ms (for PC) 100 ms (for PC)
0 ms (for VC) 0 ms (for VC) 0 ms (for VC)
Backup PSV Rise 50 ms 50 ms 0 ms
Wave Field 3 Vol (Volume) Vol (Volume) Vol (Volume)
Digit Field Compl Compl Compl
(Pulmonary Mechanics) (Pulmonary Mechanics) (Pulmonary Mechanics)
Split Screen None None None
Lower Split Screen Digits Digits Digits
Data Source Vent Vent Vent
Sweep Speed Fast Fast Fast
Tdisconnect 30 s 30 s 30 s
Patient Effort 50 s 50 s 50 s
Alarm Volume 3 3 3

4.2.7 Data Transfer Settings

Menu Item Message text Values

Transfer Media Select which storage device to enable for USB, SD, Both
data transfer.

Previous Menu Return to previous menu.

4-12 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Service Menus
Favorites Bar

4.2.8 Favorites Bar

The Favorites Bar is preset with seven factory default functions and procedures:
Manual Breath, SBT, Lung Mechanics, Vent Preferences, Backup Mode, Alarm
History, and Favorites Setup. These defaults may be changed to configure the
Favorites Bar to the user’s or facility’s preference.

Note To change or view the Favorites defaults the system must be in Standby.
1. Push the System Setup key.
2. Select Install/Service and enter the password.
3. Select Display Settings -Favorites.
The Favorites Factory Settings menu displays with the highlight on the Scroll
Settings menu item.
• Select Scroll Settings to view either the factory default settings, or the facility
default and current settings.
• Select Bar Default On or Off to display the Favorites Bar.
• Select Facility to view the facility default and current settings.
• Select Factory to view the factory default settings.
• Select Save Current to save the current settings.
• Select Factory Reset Yes or No to return the Favorites Bar to factory set
defaults.
4. Select Previous Menu.
5. Turn the ventilator off.
New settings are displayed after the power up.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 4-13

Engström Carestation

4.2.9 Touchscreen On or Off

Touchscreen is enabled when the Touchscreen hardware is detected at startup and
the touchscreen is set to On.
To turn the touchscreen On or Off:
1. Push the System Setup key.
2. Select Install/Service and enter the password.
3. Select Display Settings - Touchscreen.
4. Select On or Off and confirm the selection.
Note If the Touchscreen is turned Off, the Favorites Bar will no longer be accessible or
displayed.

4-14 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Service Menus
Calibration menu

4.3 Calibration menu

Menu Item Message text Comments

O2 FCV Start O2 Flow Control Valve calibration 1. Select Start Calibration.

and leak test. 2. Open inspiratory port to atmosphere.
3. Start O2 Flow Control Valve calibration.

Air FCV Start Air Flow Control Valve calibration 1. Select Start Calibration.
and leak test. 2. Open inspiratory port to atmosphere.
3. Start Air Flow Control Valve.

Exhalation Valve Patient must not be connected to circuit 1. Connect to the patient circuit.
during calibration. Start Exhalation Valve 2. Occlude the patient wye.
calibration. 3. Start Exhalation Valve calibration.

Backlight Test Start display backlight test. This test turns off one backlight to test the
other light. Screen brightness may change
during the test.

Gas Calibration Start gas calibration. Calibrate CO2 and Gas Calibration is enabled whenever an
O2 measurements. MGAS module is installed. Gas Calibration
is disabled if the MGAS module is warming
up.

Cal. Flag Turn the Calibration required message When Cal. Flag is set to On, the
On/Off. “Calibration required” message is
displayed in the general message area.

Previous Menu Return to previous menu.

Note The Cal. Flag menu item is used by the factory to activate the “Calibration required”
alarm. It is set as a reminder that calibrations must be performed when the machine is
set up for operation at its permanent location.
After completing the O2 FCV, Air FCV, and the Exhalation Valve calibrations, set the
Cal. Flag to Off.
If the PC Service Application is connected, ensure DAC (Digital to Analog Conversion)
- for example, Air DAC, O2 DAC, Exh DAC Dither DAC is set to 0 and the checkbox is
marked. See Section 5.1.1 on page 5-2 for additional information about performing the
calibration.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 4-15

Engström Carestation

4.4 Service menu

Use the service-level password (34-22-14) to access the Service menu.
Whenever the service menu is entered, “Enter Service dd-mmm-yyyy hh:mm:ss” is
recorded in the Event log.
Note The Service menu for the Gas Module is only available on units with system software
6.X or greater.
Note Touchscreen capability is only available with system software 7.X or greater. See
Section 5.4 on page 5-33 for Touchscreen calibration.

Menu Item Message text

Configuration Set language, altitude and units.

Options Key Enable software options.

Options List Display software options.

Options Card Install card to enable software options.

Copy Config Save or install configuration and default settings using memory
card.

Service Log Show error, event, and alarm histories and system information.

Gas Module Show airway module measurements and adjust gains.

Touchscreen Select to start the touchscreen calibration.

Exit Turn power off to exit menu.

4-16 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Service Menus
Configuration

4.4.1 Configuration

Menu Item Message text Values Comments

Decimal Marker Select decimal delineator. 0.01 or 0,01 Default: 0.01

Language Select language for screen. Chinese (simplified) Default: English

Czech
Danish
Dutch
English
Finnish
French
German
Greek
Hungarian (prior to SW 6.X)
Italian
Japanese
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese
Russian
Spanish
Swedish
Turkish

Paw Change Paw unit: kPa, cmH2O, kPa, cmH2O, or mbar Default: cmH2O
mbar.

Flow Change flow unit: l/min or l/s. l/min or l/s Default: l/min

CO2 Change CO2 unit: %, kPa, or %, kPa, or mmHg Default: %

mmHg.

Height Change height unit: cm or in. cm or in Default: cm

Weight Change weight unit: kg or lb. kg or lb Default: kg

Energy Expenditure Change energy expenditure unit: kcal/d or kJ/d Default: kcal/d
kcal/d or kJ/d.

Gas Supply Pressure Change gas supply pressure unit: psi, kPa, or bar Default: kPa
kPa, psi, or bar.

Blood Gases Change blood gas unit: kPa or kPa or mmHg Default: mmHg
mmHg.

Hb Change hemogloblin unit: g/l, g/dl, g/l, g/dl, or mmol/l Default: g/l
or mmol/l.

Altitude Change altitude used for gas -400 to 3000 m Default: 300 m
calculations. in 100-m increments

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 4-17

Engström Carestation

4.4.2 Options Key

Menu Item Message text

Current Key Enter key code to enable options.

Entry 1 Enter first value of key-code.

Entry 2 Enter second value of key-code.

Entry 3 Enter third value of key-code.

Entry 4 Enter fourth value of key-code.

Entry 5 Enter fifth value of key-code.

Entry 6 Enter sixth value of key-code.

Entry 7 Enter seventh value of key-code.

Save New Key Confirm values for key-code

Control Board ID Control number used by key-code.

4.4.3 Options List

Menu Item Option Name

Available Options FRC, SpiroDynamics, Neonatal, SIMV-PCVG,

BiLevel-VG, Non-invasive, Pneumatic Nebulizer
Only*
Note: SIMV-PCVG and BiLevel-VG cannot be
loaded at the same time. For example: if SIMV
PCVG is already loaded and the user wants to load
BiLevel-VG, SIMV PCVG must be uninstalled
before loading BiLevel-VG.

*For future use, non-orderable item.

4.4.4 Options Card

Menu Item Message Text

Upgrade Select Yes to enable all features on this card.

Options Available on Install card to enable software options.

Card

4-18 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Service Menus
Copy Configuration

4.4.5 Copy Configuration

Menu Item Message text Values Comments

Save to Card Save Configuration and <blank>, Fail, or OK. Saves all settings that are
defaults to card. not hardware dependent,
The field is blank until the including facility defaults,
data has either been screen configuration, trend
written to the card (OK) or settings, colors, units,
the system determines it decimal marker, altitude,
cannot write to the card patient type, backup
(Fail). settings, and the Show
Alarm Limits selection.

Copy from Card Copy Configuration and <blank>, Fail, or OK.

defaults from card.
The field is blank until the
When completed: Copy from data has either been read
card complete. Please reboot from the card (OK) or the
system. system determines it
cannot read the card or the
card does not have the
required data (Fail).

Systems cannot accept configuration files from a different product model.

The software version is stored with the saved configuration. A system will reject any
configurations other than from the current version of software.
Selecting Save to Card overwrites any configuration on the card.

4.4.6 Service Log menu

The Service log menu is a organized listing of stored events.

Menu Item Message text

Scroll Recent Scroll through newest entries.

Error Log Show error history.

Event Log Show event history.

Alarm Log Show alarm history.

SW HW Version Show system information.

Copy Logs Save HW/SW info, all logs and trend information to
memory card.

Reset Logs Erase Error and Alarm log entries

Previous Menu Return to previous menu.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 4-19

Engström Carestation

Each history log shows at the top of the screen total Running Hours, the date when
the logs were last reset, and the Ventilator Serial Number.
Whenever logs are reset, “Reset Logs dd-MMM-yyy hh:mm:ss” is recorded in the
Event log.
If the logs are saved to a memory card, the ventilator’s serial number, date, and time
are saved along with the current contents of the logs.

Error Log
The Error Log lists the last 200 errors logged since the last log reset, starting with the
most recent. The system stores the last 1,000 errors logged since the last log reset.

Event Log
The Event Log records the service history of the device. This includes: service
calibrations, super-user calibrations, checkout results, entry into the service mode,
options enabled, and software installation. In the event of a board replacement, it is
understood that this log like all others could be lost. See Section 7.1, “Troubleshooting
Checkout Failures,”on page 7-2 for Checkout Failure messages.
The Event History menu lists the last 200 events logged starting with the most recent.
The Event History log stores the last 1000 events. The Event History log cannot be
reset.

Alarm Log
The Alarm Log lists the last 200 alarms since the last log reset starting with the most
recent. The Alarm History log stores the last 1000 entries.

Copy Logs
The Copy Logs function copies Error, Event, and Alarm logs along with the software/
hardware configuration to a text file on a PCMCIA or Compact Flash card.

4.4.7 Gas Module

There are three data pages associated with the Gas Module menu to assist in airway
module tests and calibration.
Note The Service menu for the Gas Module is only available on units with system software
version 6.X or greater.
Note During the 2 minute and 5 minute warm-up periods, different data values will be
dashed depending upon when data becomes available.
Gas Module status data is not available during a ‘Sample line blocked’, ‘Check sample
gas out’, Replace D-fend and ‘Check D-fend’ alarm condition. Resolve the alarm
condition before adjusting gas module data.
See Section 6 of the Gas Module Technical Reference Manual (M1153491) for
detailed information.

4-20 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Service Menus
Gas Module

Figure 4-1: Gas Module Menu showing “Gas Module warming up” message

Gas Data Page 1

Figure 4-2: Gas Module Menu showing Gas Data page 1 of 3

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 4-21

Engström Carestation

Table 4-1: Gas Data page 1 – Gas Module menu

Menu Item Message text Value Comments

Next Page Push ComWheel to NA NA

show next page.

Previous Page Push ComWheel to NA NA

show previous page.

Noise Meas Select to turn Noise On, Off When On is selected the MGAS Noise
Measurement On or Off. Measurement will turn On (Noise %).

Sample Gain Adj Select gain adjustment 0.200 to 2.000 Enabled whenever the Gas Module
value Increments: 0.001 menu is displayed, an MGAS module
is installed, and the 2 min ute warm-up
period has completed.

When confirmed, the MGAS Sample

Gain is set to the confirmed value.

Fall Time Meas Select to start the Fall NA Enabled whenever the Gas Module
Time Measurement menu is displayed, an MGAS module
(except MiniC) is installed, and the 2
minute warm-up period has
completed. (Disabled whenever a
MiniC module is installed.)

When selected the Gas Data Page 2

menu is displayed in the right pane
and the Fall Time Measurement start
command is sent to the MGAS.

Pump Control Select to turn Pump On, Off Enabled whenever the Gas Module
Control On or Off. menu is displayed, an MGAS module
If the MGAS is installed, is installed, and the 2 minute warm-up
the default is read from period has completed.
the MGAS, otherwise it
is On. When On is selected, the MGAS is
commanded to turn the Pump On.

Zero Valve Ctrl Select to control the Zero, Meas Enabled whenever an MGAS module
zero valve. is installed.
If the MGAS module is
installed, the default is When Zero is confirmed, the Zero
read from the MGAS, Valve is commanded to the Zero state.
otherwise it is Meas.
When Meas is confirmed, the Zero
Valve is commanded to the Measuring
state.

Occl Valve Ctl Select to control the Occl, Meas Enabled whenever an MGAS module
occlusion valve (except MiniC) is installed.
If MGAS module is
installed, the default is
read from the MGAS,
otherwise it is Meas.

Previous Menu Return to previous NA NA

menu.

4-22 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Service Menus
Gas Module

Table 4-2: Gas Data page 1 – Gas Data menu

Menu Item Values Comments

O2 %, Noise %, mV, Gain Enabled whenever an MGAS module (except for MiniC) is
installed. Values are marked invalid during the 2 minute warm-
up period or if the module does not support O2.

CO2 %, Noise %, mV, Gain Values are marked invalid during the 2 minute warm-up period.

N2O %, Noise %, mV, Gain Values are marked invalid during the 2 minute warm-up period
or if a MiniC module is installed.

Sample Flow ml/min

Sample Gain Values are marked invalid during the 2 minute warm-up period.

Zero ml/min Values are marked invalid during the 2 minute warm-up period.

Ambient mmHg Values are marked invalid during the 2 minute warm-up period.

Amb-Work mmHg Values are marked invalid during the 2 minute warm-up period.

Time after power on Min

CO2 Yes, No N/A

(Carbon dioxide)

O2 Yes, No Yes, if the module supports O2 data, otherwise No.

(Oxygen)

N2O Yes, No MIniC MGAS modules will display No, all other MGAS modules
(Nitrogen Oxide) will display Yes.

AA Yes, No Yes, if the MGAS module supports agent data, otherwise No.
(Anesthesia Agent)

id Yes, No Yes, if the MGAS module supports agent data, otherwise No.
(identification)

Spiro Yes, No Yes,if the MGAS module supports Spirometry data, otherwise
(Spirodynamics) No.

GasExch Yes, No Yes, if the MGAS module supports Metabolics data, otherwise
(Gas Exchange) No.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 4-23

Engström Carestation

Figure 4-3: Gas Module Menu showing Gas Data page 2 of 3

Table 4-3: Gas Data page 2 – Gas Data menu

Menu Item Status Values Comments

Pump On, Off %, mV Values are marked invalid during the 2

minute warm-up period.

Lamp On, Off %, mA Values are marked invalid during the 2

minute warm-up period.

Fan On, Off NA NA

Zero Valve Zero, Meas NA NA

Occl Valve Zero, Meas NA Values are marked invalid if MiniC

modules is installed.

TPX NA °C NA

CPU NA °C NA

Mixer NA °C NA

Fall time status NA Off, Feed, Ready Values are marked invalid during the 2
minute warm-up period.

CO2 Fall time NA ms Values are marked invalid during the 2

minute warm-up period.

O2 Fall time NA ms Values are marked invalid during the 2

minute warm-up period.

CO2 - O2 delay NA ms Values are marked invalid during the 2

minute warm-up period.

4-24 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Service Menus
Touchscreen

Figure 4-4: Gas Module Menu showing Spirometry Data page 3 of 3

Table 4-4: Gas Data page 3 – Gas Data menu

Menu Item Values Comments

TVinsp ml Values are marked invalid during the 2 minute warm-up

period or if the module installed does not support
Spirometry.

TVexp ml Values are marked invalid during the 2 minute warm-up

period or if the module installed does not support
Spirometry.

MVinsp l/min Values are marked invalid during the 2 minute warm-up
period or if the module installed does not support
Spirometry.

MVexp l/min Values are marked invalid during the 2 minute warm-up
period or if the module installed does not support
Spirometry.

Paw cmH2O Values are marked invalid during the 2 minute warm-up
period or if the module installed does not support
Spirometry.

4.4.8 Touchscreen
Use the Touchscreen menu to calibrate the touchscreen. The touchscreen calibration
page shows the date and time of the last touchscreen calibration. See Section 5.4 on
page 5-33 for the Touchscreen Calibration procedure.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 4-25

Engström Carestation

4.4.9 Software/Hardware version menu

Turn the ComWheel to scroll through the list box. Push the ComWheel to return to the
Service menu.

System Information menu

X = Number, ABC = Letter

SW HW version
System Information:
Running Hours: XXXXX
Software Release: XX.XX
Model Code: XXX
Serial Number: ABCDXXXXX

Option Package: XXX

Options Code: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

VCB Software Version: XX.XX

VCB Hardware Version: XXXX-XXXX-XXX REV A
VCB Hardware Serial Number: ABCXXXXX

DU Software Version: XX.XX

DU Hardware Version: XXXX-XXXX-XXX REV A
DU Hardware Serial Number: ABCXXXXX

VMB Software Version: XX.XX

VMB Hardware Version: XXXX-XXXX-XXX REV A, XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXX XXX or
AXXXXXXX XXX XXX
VMB Hardware Serial Number: ABCXXXXX

PMB Software Version: XX.XX

PMB Hardware Version: XXXX-XXXX-XXX REV A
PMB Hardware Serial Number: ABCXXXXX

BIOS Software Version

MGAS Software Version: X.X

MGAS Hardware Version: GAS SW Pr. XXXXXXX-X
MGAS Hardware Serial Number: ABCXXXXX

The MGAS information is only displayed when an Airway module is present.

4-26 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Service Menus
Resetting feature option key codes

4.4.10 Resetting feature option key codes

1. Power up the ventilator and select Service Menu -Options List.
2. Record the available options that are “On”.
3. Power down the ventilator.
4. Update the software. Perform the “Download New” per Section 8.2 on page 8-3.
5. After the software download is complete, power up the ventilator, and then select
Service Menu-Options List.
6. Verify the options “On” match the options recorded in step 2.
• If the “On” options match the options recorded in step 2, go to step 11.
• If the options “On” do not match the options recorded in step 2, go to the
Datex Ohmeda “Key Code Generator” Web site: http://www.docodes.com,
and follow the instructions to request a new “Key Code”.
• After you receive the new Key Code, select Service Menu-Options Key.
Enter the new key code, select Save New Key and proceed to step 7.
7. Select Service Menu- Options Key. Record the new three digit Control Board ID
and new seven-digit Key Code on the new Key/BID label (1504-3521-000).
8. Remove the existing Key/BID label from the back of the ventilator.
9. Clean the area with Isopropyl alcohol.
10. Affix the new Key/BID label to the ventilator.
11. Perform Super User Calibrations per Section 5.1.1 on page 5-2.
12. Perform the Checkout Procedure per Section 3.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 4-27

Engström Carestation

4-28 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Tests and Calibration

5 Service Tests and Calibration

In this section
5.1 Calibration (super-user) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2
5.1.1 Calibration procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2
5.2 Service level tests and calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
5.2.1 PC Service application setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
5.2.2 Test setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
5.2.3 Vent engine debris clean-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
5.2.4 Regulator output pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
5.2.5 Vent engine leak test (low pressure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
5.2.6 Vent engine leak test (high O2 pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11
5.2.7 Vent engine leak test (high Air pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
5.2.8 Calibrate airway pressure transducer Zero and Span. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
5.2.9 Verify operation of free-breathing valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
5.2.10 Verify operation of inspiratory effort valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
5.2.11 Verify operation of auxiliary pressure relief valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
5.2.12 VCB buzzer test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
5.2.13 Mechanical overpressure valve test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
5.3 Airway Module Tests and Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
5.3.1 Gas Sampling Leak Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
5.3.2 Spirometry System Leak Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
5.3.3 Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
5.3.4 Sample Flow Rate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
5.3.5 Reference Gas Flow Rate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
5.3.6 Zero Valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
5.3.7 Ambient Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
5.3.8 Fall Time Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
5.3.9 Occlusion Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
5.3.10 Air Leak Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
5.3.11 Spirometry Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
5.3.12 Gas Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
5.4 Touchscreen Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33

After adjustments and calibration are completed, always perform the

Checkout procedure, see Section 3.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 5-1

Engström Carestation

5.1 Calibration (super-user)

The Engström ventilator includes integrated software that allows a qualified user to
periodically calibrate the O2 flow valve, the Air flow valves, and the Exhalation valve.
At a minimum, these calibrations should be completed every six (6) months, whenever
performance is questioned, or when associated components are serviced or replaced.
These calibrations can be performed more frequently, as needed, for optimal
performance.
The menu structure for accessing the calibration software is described in “Service and
Installation menu structure” on page 4-2.
Note The valve calibrations in Section 5.1.1 (below) can be performed without performing
the service level tests and calibrations in Section 5.2. However, if the service level
tests and calibrations are performed, the valve calibrations should be performed again
after the service level tests are completed and passed.
Note To file a quality report or request technical assistance regarding a calibration failure,
create and include a Calibration log while using the PC Service Application. For
details, see Section 8.5.3 on page 8-14.
Run the Calibration while the PC Service Application is running and select Log
Calibration Result.

5.1.1 Calibration procedure

1. If present, disconnect the patient circuit from the inspiratory port (open to
atmosphere).
2. Access the Calibration menu.
• In the standby mode, push the System Setup key.
• On the System Setup menu, select Install/Service, and then enter the
passcode (23-17-21).
• On the Install/Service menu, select Calibration.
3. On the Calibration menu, select O2 FCV.
• On the O2 FCV menu, select Start Calibration and allow the system to
perform the calibration procedure.
• When O2 FCV calibration is complete and passed, select Previous Menu.
4. On the Calibration menu, select Air FCV.
• On the Air FCV menu, select Start Calibration and allow the system to
perform the calibration procedure.
• When Air FCV calibration is complete and passed, select Previous Menu.
5. On the Calibration menu, select Exhalation Valve.
• Connect a patient circuit and block the patient port.
• On the Exhalation Valve menu, select Start Calibration and allow the system
to perform the calibration procedure.
• When Exhalation Valve calibration is complete and passed, select Previous
Menu.

5-2 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Tests and Calibration
Calibration procedure

Backlight Test
6. On the Calibration menu, select Backlight Test.
7. Select Start Test.
The display will show the test running on light 1, and then on light 2. If the display
goes completely blank or flickers during the test, one of the lights has failed.
Note The screen brightness may change during the test.
8. Turn power off to exit the Install/Service menu.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 5-3

Engström Carestation

5.2 Service level tests and calibration

The service level tests require the Windows based PC Service Application, as
described in Section 8.5 on page 8-12.
Note After completing the Service level tests and calibrations, perform the Valve
calibrations in Section 5.1.1 on page 5-2.

5.2.1 PC Service application setup

1. Connect a Windows based PC to the serial port (Port 3) of the Engström ventilator
using a USB to RS-422 converter, see Section 10.1.1 on page 10-2.
2. Start the service application on the PC, and then open the VCB and VMB
windows.
3. Turn on the ventilator power to establish communication between the PC Service
Application and the ventilator.
• Read only access is available in normal operation mode.
• Controlled access is available in Super User or Service modes.

5.2.2 Test setup

1. Connect a manual shut-off valve to each gas supply inlet.
• Remove the inlet fittings from the ventilator and ensure that the o-ring remains
on the adapter.
• Connect the shut-off valve to the respective ventilator pipeline adapter.
• Connect the removed inlet fitting to the respective shut-off valve.
2. Close both shut-off valves.
3. Connect pipeline supplies to each shut-off valve.

AB.98p176

5-4 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Tests and Calibration
Vent engine debris clean-out

5.2.3 Vent engine debris clean-out

Important This clean-out procedure is not intended for, or recommended as a repair to a device
that has been contaminated by external debris including particulates, liquid
hydrocarbons, or moisture. This device and its components have been cleaned for
breathing gas use and as such, any and all components contaminated by any
substance that may compromise this level of cleanliness must be replaced.
Note The intent of this procedure is to remove any internal debris that may be loosened
during maintenance and service. This procedure is needed only if:
• The pneumatic system within the vent engine was serviced, that is, components
were replaced or removed for evaluation.
• A gas inlet filter was replaced.

Clean-out procedure
1. Open both shut-off valves.
2. Verify that the inspiratory outlet is open to atmosphere (not plugged).
3. On the VCB screen:
• Verify that the Air and O2 Flow Valves are energized ().
• Set the Air DAC counts to 60,000 (fully open).
• Set the O2 DAC counts to 60,000 (fully open).
4. After 20 seconds:
• Close both shut-off valves. Pulse the Air and O2 flow valves 5 times for 5
seconds.
• Set the Air DAC counts to zero (closed).
• Set the O2 DAC counts to zero (closed).
Note Closing the shut-off valves before setting the flow DAC counts to zero, bleeds
pressure from the system.

5.2.4 Regulator output pressure test

Important The regulator output pressure should be checked during battery replacement intervals
or whenever the unit is already opened for other reasons.

Air regulator
1. Remove the plug from the Air regulator outlet test port.
2. Connect a test pressure gauge to the Air regulator outlet test port.
3. Open the manual Air shut-off valve.
4. On the VCB screen:
• Verify that the Air Flow Valve is energized ().
• Adjust the Air DAC reading (start at approximately 9,500) until the Air flow
reading is 15 ±0.5 l/min.
5. Verify that the test gauge indicates 172.4 ±3.4 kPa (25 ±0.50 psi).
6. If required, adjust the regulator. Set to 172.4 ±0.7 kPa (25 ±0.10 psi). Make sure
to tighten the locking nut after adjustment.
7. Close the manual Air shut-off valve.
8. Remove the test gauge and plug the test port.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 5-5

Engström Carestation

O2 regulator
1. Remove the plug from the O2 regulator outlet test port.
2. Connect a test pressure gauge to the O2 regulator outlet test port.
3. Open the manual O2 shut-off valve.
4. On the VCB screen:
• Verify that the O2 Flow Valve is energized ().
• Adjust the O2 DAC reading (start at approximately 9,500) until the O2 flow
reading is 15 ±0.5 l/min.
5. Verify that the test gauge indicates 172.4 ±3.4 kPa (25 ±0.50 psi).
6. If required, adjust the regulator. Set the regulator to 172.4 ±0.7 kPa (25 ±0.10 psi).
Make sure to tighten the locking nut after adjustment.
7. Close the manual O2 shut-off valve.
8. Remove the test gauge and plug the test port.

O2 Adjust Air Adjust

Air Regulator Test Port

O2 Regulator Test Port

AB.98p173

5-6 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Tests and Calibration
Regulator output pressure test

30 mm Male Cone

Pneumatic Exhalation

H
Resistor Flow Sensor
Expiratory Zero
Flow Valve
High Pressure Valve
Transducer Flow
Regulator Sensor Pneumatic EXP
Exhalation
P 25 psi Test Resistor P Valve
172 kPa Port T H Expiratory Pressure

Inlet Check
Primary Filter Standard Valv
Inlet Inspiratory Pressure
e
P
Air Total Flow Inspiratory Zero
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2

INSP
Flow
High Pressure Flow Valve
Transducer Regulator Sensor
25 psi Test Inspiratory
P 172 kPa Port T H Effort
Valve
Inlet Check
Filter Optional Valv
Primary Safety
Inlet e Relief Valve
Free Breathing
O2 Check Valve

Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve

Auxiliary Pressure P
Purge Valve

Paux

AB.98.196
Inlet Manifold Vent Engine Manifold Outlet Manifold

Inlet Inlet
Filter P P Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard

O2 Air
Regulator Regulator

Air
Test Port

O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow
Valve Sensor Sensor Sensor Valve

Atmosphere

Paux

Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor

Relief
AB.98.119

INSP Paux

EXP

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 5-7

Engström Carestation

5.2.5 Vent engine leak test (low pressure)

There are two low pressure leak tests to perform: P1 and P2.

Low P1 Test
1. Verify that both shut-off valves are closed.
2. On the VCB screen:
• Energize () the Auxiliary Pressure Purge valve.
• Verify that the Air Flow Valve, O2 Flow Valve and the Exhalation Flow
Valve are energized ().
• Set the Air DAC, O2 DAC, and the Exhalation DAC counts to 60,000, which
will release all pressurized gas from the system.
3. Attach the “low-pressure test tool” to the INSPiratory outlet.
4. Plug the following ports:
• Expiratory inlet (EXP).
• Auxiliary pressure port (Paux).
5. Using the low pressure test tool, increase the pressure in the low pressure side of
the system until the measured Inspiratory Pressure (VCB) indicates 70 cmH2O.
6. Verify Expiratory Pressure (VMB) readings also stabilize at 70 cmH2O, within 5
cmH2O. If not, continue with the low pressure leak test.
Note Failure to build pressure during this step is not an indication of an excessive
expiratory circuit leak or purge flow issue. See Section 7.2.2 on page 7-15 for
details about the Expiratory Pressure discrepancy.
7. When 70 cmH2O is reached, clamp the tube on the low pressure test tool to
prevent gas flow from the INSPiratory outlet.
8. On the VCB screen, select the Low P Leak Test tab, and then select the Low P
Leak button to start the low pressure leak test.
9. After the test is complete (15 seconds):
• If the leak result does not exceed 10 ml/min, go to step 10.
The Low P2 test is not required, if Leak result ≤ 10 ml/min.
• If Leak result is >10 ml/min and ≤ 35 ml/min, perform the Low P2 test.
• If the Leak rate exceeds 35 ml/min, see Section 7.2 on page 7-12 to help
identify the cause of the leak.
10. Remove the plugs from the EXPiratory inlet and the Paux port.
11. De-energize () the Auxiliary Pressure Purge valve.
AB.98.088

5-8 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Tests and Calibration
Vent engine leak test (low pressure)

Low P2 Test
1. Verify that both shut-off valves are closed.
2. On the VCB screen:
• Energize () the Effort Valve Energized valve.
• Energize () the Auxiliary Pressure Purge valve.
• Verify that the Air Flow Valve, O2 Flow Valve and the Exhalation Flow
Valve are energized ().
• Set the Air DAC, O2 DAC, and the Exhalation DAC counts to 60,000 (this will
release all pressurized gas from the system).
3. Attach the “low-pressure test tool” to the INSPiratory outlet.
4. Plug the following ports:
• Expiratory inlet (EXP).
• Auxiliary pressure port (Paux).
5. Using the low pressure test tool, increase the pressure in the low pressure side of
the system until the measured Inspiratory Pressure (VCB) reading indicates 70
cmH2O.
6. Once 70 cmH2O is reached, clamp the tube on the low pressure test tool to
prevent gas flow from the INSPiratory outlet.
7. On the VCB screen, select Low P Leak 2 to start the low pressure P2 leak test.
8. After the test is complete (15 seconds):
• Verify that the displayed Leak result does not exceed 10 ml/min.
• If the Leak rate exceeds 10 ml/min, see Section 7.2 on page 7-12 to help
identify the cause of the leak.
9. Remove the plugs from the EXPiratory inlet and the Paux port.
10. De-energize () the Auxiliary Pressure Purge valve. AB.98.088

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 5-9

Engström Carestation

30 mm Male Cone

Pneumatic Exhalation

H
Resistor Flow Sensor
Expiratory Zero
Valve
High Pressure
Transducer Flow
Regulator Sensor Pneumatic EXP
Exhalation
P 25 psi Test Flow Resistor P Valve
172 kPa Port T H Valve Expiratory Pressure

Inlet Check
Primary Filter Standard Valve
Inlet Inspiratory Pressure

Air P
Total Flow Inspiratory Zero
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2

INSP

High Pressure Flow

Transducer Regulator Sensor
25 psi Test Inspiratory
P 172 kPa Port T H Flow
Effort
Valve
Valve
Inlet Check
Filter Optional Valve
Primary Safety
Inlet Relief Valve
O2
Free Breathing
Check Valve

Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve

Auxiliary Pressure
Purge Valve Paux

AB.98.209
Inlet Manifold Vent Engine Manifold Outlet Manifold

Inlet Inlet
P P
Filter Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard

O2 Air
Regulator Regulator

Air
Test Port

O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow
Valve Sensor Sensor Sensor Valve

Atmosphere

Paux

Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor

Relief

H
INSP

Paux
AB.98.210

EXP

5-10 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Tests and Calibration
Vent engine leak test (high O2 pressure)

5.2.6 Vent engine leak test (high O2 pressure)

Note The high O2 pressure leak test will not start if the O2 supply pressure is 35 psig or
below.
1. Verify that the inspiratory outlet is open to atmosphere (not plugged).
2. Open the manual O2 shut-off valve.
3. On the VMB screen:
• Verify that the measured O2 Supply Pressure = pipeline pressure.
• Verify that the measured Air Supply Pressure = 0.0 psig.
4. On the VCB screen:
• Energize () the Effort Valve Energized valve.
• Energize () the Auxiliary Pressure Purge valve.
• Verify that the Exhalation Flow Valve is energized ().
• Set the Exhalation DAC counts to 60,000.
• Verify that the Air Flow Valve is energized ().
• Set the Air DAC counts to 60,000. (This will release any air pressure in the
system.)
• De-energize () the O2 Flow Valve.
5. Plug the following ports:
• EXPiratory inlet.
• Auxiliary pressure port (Paux).
• INSPiratory outlet.
6. Close the manual O2 shut-off valve.
7. On the VCB screen, select High O2 Leak to start the test.
8. After the test is complete (maximum 15 seconds), verify the displayed Leak rate
does not exceed 26 ml/min. If it does, troubleshoot for leaks in the shaded area.
9. Remove the plugs from the INSPiratory, EXPiratory, and Paux ports.
10. On the VCB screen:
• De-energize () the Effort Valve Energized valve.
• De-energize () the Auxiliary Pressure Purge valve.
AB.98.086

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 5-11

Engström Carestation

30 mm Male Cone

Pneumatic Exhalation

H
Resistor Flow Sensor
Expiratory Zero
Valve
High Pressure
Transducer Flow
Regulator Sensor Pneumatic EXP
Exhalation
P 25 psi Test Flow Resistor P Valve
172 kPa Port T H Valve Expiratory Pressure

Inlet Check
Primary Filter Standard Valve
Inlet Inspiratory Pressure

Air P
Total Flow Inspiratory Zero
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2

INSP

Flow
High Pressure Flow Valve Inspiratory
Transducer Regulator Sensor Effort
25 psi Test Valve
P 172 kPa Port T H
Inlet Check Safety

AB.98.189
Filter Optional Valve Relief Valve
Primary Free Breathing
Inlet Check Valve
O2

Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve

Auxiliary Pressure
Purge Valve Paux

Inlet Manifold Vent Engine Manifold Outlet Manifold

Inlet Inlet
P P
Filter Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard

O2 Air
Regulator Regulator

Air
Test Port

O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow
Valve Sensor Sensor Sensor Valve

Atmosphere

Paux

Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor

Relief
AB.98.112

INSP Paux

EXP

5-12 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Tests and Calibration
Vent engine leak test (high Air pressure)

5.2.7 Vent engine leak test (high Air pressure)

Note: The high Air pressure leak test will not start if the Air supply pressure is 35 psig
or below.
1. Verify that the INSPiratory outlet is open to atmosphere (not plugged).
2. Open the manual Air shut-off valve.
3. On the VMB screen:
• Verify that the measured Air Supply Pressure = pipeline pressure.
• Verify that the measured O2 Supply Pressure = 0.0 psig.
4. On the VCB screen:
• Energize () the Effort Valve Energized Valve.
• Energize () the O2 Flow Valve.
• Set the O2 DAC counts to 60,000. (This will release any O2 pressure in the
system.)
• De-energize () the Air Flow Valve.
5. Plug the INSPiratory outlet.
6. Close the manual Air shut-off valve.
7. On the VCB screen, select High Air Leak to start the test.
8. After the test is complete (6 seconds maximum), verify that the displayed Leak
rate does not exceed 50 ml/min. If it does, troubleshoot for leaks in the shaded
area.
9. Remove the plug from the INSPiratory outlet.
10. On the VCB screen, de-energize () the Effort Valve Energized Valve.

AB.98.093

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 5-13

Engström Carestation

30 mm Male Cone

Pneumatic Exhalation

H
Resistor Flow Sensor
Expiratory Zero
Flow Valve
High Pressure Valve
Transducer Flow
Regulator Sensor Pneumatic EXP
Exhalation
P 25 psi Test Resistor P Valve
172 kPa Port T H Expiratory Pressure

Inlet Check
Primary Filter Standard Valv
Inlet Inspiratory Pressure
e
P
Air Total Flow Inspiratory Zero
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2

INSP

High Pressure Flow

Transducer Regulator Sensor
25 psi Test Inspiratory
P 172 kPa Port T H Flow Effort
Valve
Valve
Inlet Check
Filter Optional Valv
Primary Safety

AB.98.190
Inlet e Relief Valve
Free Breathing
O2 Check Valve

Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve

Auxiliary Pressure
Purge Valve Paux

Inlet Manifold Vent Engine Manifold Outlet Manifold

Inlet Inlet
Filter P P Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard

O2 Air
Regulator Regulator

Air
Test Port

O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow
Valve Sensor Sensor Sensor Valve

Atmosphere

Paux

Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor

Relief
AB.98.113

INSP Paux

EXP

5-14 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Tests and Calibration
Calibrate airway pressure transducer Zero and Span

5.2.8 Calibrate airway pressure transducer Zero and Span

This procedure calibrates the Inspiratory, Expiratory, and Auxiliary pressure
transducers.
Note Use a Pressure Manometer with a minimum accuracy of ± 1% at 100 cmH2O of
reading or better fro the calibration of the pressure sensors. See Section 10.1.3,
“Special tools”.
Note If Air is not available, the O2 supply can be used to calibrate the pressure transducers.
The PC Service Application senses which supply is available and, in step 4, activates
the corresponding flow valve.
1. Verify that the ventilator passes the low pressure leak test as detailed in Section
5.2.5 on page 5-8.
2. Attach the test setup to the ventilator, as shown.
• Connect a tee adapter to the Inspiratory outlet.
• Connect a short patient circuit tube from the tee adapter to the Expiratory
inlet.
• Connect a pressure sensing tube from the Inspiratory tee to a manometer and
to the Auxiliary pressure port (Paux).

To Manometer

3. Open the manual Air (O2) shut-off valve.

Note Verify calibration of the machine by following steps 7 , 8 , and 9. If the pressure
readings are not within specifications, continue using step 4.
4. On the VCB screen:
• Verify that the Exhalation Flow Valve is energized ().
• Verify that the Air Flow Valve is energized ().
• Select Start Paw Span (~2 l/min established through Air (O2) flow valve).
• Adjust the Span DAC Value (Exhalation valve) reading (start at
approximately 40,000) until the manometer reading equals 100 ±0.2 cmH2O.
5. At 100 cmH2O, select End Paw Span.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 5-15

Engström Carestation

6. If using PC service Application version 10.2, select Message Log and verify that
“Insp Span Passed”, “Aux Span Passed”, and “Exp Span Passed”
displays.The results are not an indication of an accurate calibaration, but indicate
functional transducers.
Important If using an earlier version of the PC application (10.1 or earlier), select Message Log
and verify that “Insp Span Passed” and “Aux Span Passed”. Manuallly check the
functionality of the Expiratory pressure transducer.
• If the result is “Failed”, troubleshoot the failed transducer or check the test
manometer and re-calibrate.

Status screen for PC Service Application Status screen for PC Service Application 10.2
2.02 and 10.1

7. On the VCB screen:

• Enter 3000 in the Air Flow field.
• Check the Set Air Flow checkbox.
• When the Air Flow is set this box will automatically uncheck and an Air DAC
value displays.
• Enter 40,000 into Exh DAC field and use the up/down arrows until the
manometer reading equals 100 ±0.2 cmH2O.
8. On the VCB screen:
• Verify that the Inspiratory Pressure VCB Diagnostics screen reads 100 ±0.2
cmH2O.
9. On the VMB screen:
• Verify that the Expiratory Pressure VMB Diagnostics screen reads 100 ±0.2
cmH2O.
10. On the VCB screen:
• Enter 0 in the Air Flow field.
• Check the Set Air Flow checkbox.
• When the Air Flow is set this box will automatically uncheck and an Air DAC
value of 0 displays.
• Enter 0 into the Exh DAC field.
11. Close the manual Air (O2) shut-off valve.
12. Remove the test setup.
Note If the span calibration is aborted or failed, the last known good calibration will be used.

5-16 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Tests and Calibration
Calibrate airway pressure transducer Zero and Span

30 mm Male Cone

Pneumatic Exhalation

H
Resistor Flow Sensor
Expiratory Zero
Valve
High Pressure
Transducer Flow EXP
Regulator Sensor Pneumatic
Exhalation
P 25 psi Test Flow Resistor P Valve
172 kPa Port T H Valve Expiratory Pressure
Inlet Check
Primary Filter Standard Valv
Inlet Inspiratory Pressure
e
P
Air Total Flow Inspiratory Zero
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2

INSP

Flow
High Pressure Flow
Valve
Transducer Regulator Sensor
25 psi Test Inspiratory
P 172 kPa Port T H Effort
Valve
Inlet Check
Filter Optional Valv
Primary Safety

AB.98.192
Inlet e Relief Valve
Free Breathing
O2 Check Valve

To Manometer
Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve

Auxiliary Pressure Paux

Purge Valve

Inlet Manifold Vent Engine Manifold Outlet Manifold

Inlet Inlet
Filter P P Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard

O2 Air
Regulator Regulator

Air
Test Port

O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow
Valve Sensor Sensor Sensor Valve

Atmosphere

Paux

Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor

Relief
AB.98.115

H
INSP Paux

EXP
To Manometer

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 5-17

Engström Carestation

5.2.9 Verify operation of free-breathing valve

1. Ensure both manual shut-off valves are closed.
2. Connect a negative pressure squeeze bulb to the INSPiratory outlet.
3. Fully depress the bulb a minimum of 10 times.
4. On the VCB screen, verify the measured Inspiratory Pressure is more positive
than -3 cmH2O at all times. If it is not, troubleshoot the free-breathing check valve
and the inspiratory effort valve.
5. Disconnect the squeeze bulb from the INSPiratory outlet.

AB.98.091

5-18 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Tests and Calibration
Verify operation of free-breathing valve

30 mm Male Cone

Pneumatic Exhalation

H
Resistor Flow Sensor
Expiratory Zero
Flow Valve
High Pressure Valve
Transducer Flow EXP
Regulator Sensor Pneumatic
Exhalation
P 25 psi Test Resistor P Valve
172 kPa Port T H Expiratory Pressure
Inlet Check
Primary Filter Standard Valv
Inlet Inspiratory Pressure
e
P
Air Total Flow Inspiratory Zero
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2

INSP

Flow
High Pressure Flow
Valve
Transducer Regulator Sensor
25 psi Test Inspiratory
P 172 kPa Port T H Effort
Valve
Inlet Check
Filter Optional Valv
Primary

AB.98.193
Safety
Inlet e Relief Valve
Free Breathing
O2 Check Valve

Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve

Auxiliary Pressure Paux

Purge Valve

Inlet Manifold Vent Engine Manifold Outlet Manifold

Inlet Inlet
Filter P P Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard

O2 Air
Regulator Regulator

Air
Test Port

O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow
Valve Sensor Sensor Sensor Valve

Atmosphere

Paux

Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor

Relief
AB.98.116

INSP Paux

EXP

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 5-19

Engström Carestation

5.2.10 Verify operation of inspiratory effort valve

1. Ensure both manual shut-off valves are closed.
2. On the VCB screen:
• Energize () the Auxiliary Pressure Purge valve.
• Energize (close) the inspiratory effort valve
( Effort Valve Energized).
• Verify that the Air Flow Valve, O2 Flow Valve and the Exhalation Flow
Valve are energized ().
• Set the Air DAC, O2 DAC, and the Exhalation DAC counts to 60,000.
3. Connect a negative pressure squeeze bulb to the INSPiratory outlet.
4. Plug the EXPiratory inlet and the Auxiliary pressure port (Paux).
5. Fully depress the squeeze bulb. The bulb should not fully inflate in less than 5
seconds. If it does, troubleshoot the inspiratory effort valve.
6. Disconnect the squeeze bulb from the INSPiratory outlet.
7. De-energize (open) the inspiratory effort valve ( Effort Valve Energized).
8. Set the Air DAC, O2 DAC, and Exhalation DAC counts to zero.

AB.98.087

5-20 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Tests and Calibration
Verify operation of inspiratory effort valve

30 mm Male Cone

Pneumatic Exhalation

H
Resistor Flow Sensor
Expiratory Zero
Valve
High Pressure
Transducer Flow EXP
Regulator Sensor Pneumatic
Exhalation
P 25 psi Test Flow Resistor P Valve
172 kPa Port T H Valve Expiratory Pressure
Inlet Check
Primary Filter Standard Valv
Inlet Inspiratory Pressure
e
P
Air Total Flow Inspiratory Zero
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2

INSP

High Pressure Flow

Transducer Regulator Sensor
25 psi Test Inspiratory
P 172 kPa Port T H Flow
Effort
Valve
Valve
Inlet Check
Filter Optional Valv
Primary

AB.98.194
Safety
Inlet e Relief Valve
Free Breathing
O2 Check Valve

Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve

Auxiliary Pressure Paux

Purge Valve

Inlet Manifold Vent Engine Manifold Outlet Manifold

Inlet Inlet
Filter P P Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard

O2 Air
Regulator Regulator

Air
Test Port

O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow
Valve Sensor Sensor Sensor Valve

Atmosphere

Paux

Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor

Relief
AB.98.117

INSP Paux

EXP

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 5-21

Engström Carestation

5.2.11 Verify operation of auxiliary pressure relief valve

1. Connect a manometer to the auxiliary pressure port (Paux) using a tee fitting and
a short piece of 3-mm (1/8 inch) tubing.
2. Open the manual Air shut-off valve.
3. On the VCB screen:
• Energize () the Auxiliary Pressure Purge valve.
4. Block the outlet of the tee.
5. Verify that the pressure indicated by the manometer (not the PC based
application) is greater than 90 cmH2O but less than 230 cmH2O.

CAUTION Do not allow the pressure to build up over 250 cmH2O.

• If pressure is less than 90, see Section 7.2.3 on page 7-16.
• If pressure is greater than 230, troubleshoot the umbrella relief valve (1505-
3267-000).
6. Close the manual Air shut-off valve.
7. Remove the test setup.

AB.98.092
To Manometer

5-22 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Tests and Calibration
Verify operation of auxiliary pressure relief valve

AB.98.195
30 mm Male Cone

Pneumatic Exhalation

H
Resistor Flow Sensor
Expiratory Zero
Flow Valve
High Pressure Valve
Transducer Flow EXP
Regulator Sensor Pneumatic
Exhalation
P 25 psi Test Resistor P Valve
172 kPa Port T H Expiratory Pressure
Inlet Check
Primary Filter Standard Valv
Inlet Inspiratory Pressure
e
P
Air Total Flow Inspiratory Zero
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2

INSP

Flow
High Pressure Flow
Valve
Transducer Regulator Sensor
25 psi Test Inspiratory
P 172 kPa Port T H Effort
Valve
Inlet Check
Filter Optional Valv
Primary Safety
Inlet e Relief Valve
Free Breathing
O2 Check Valve

To Manometer
Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve

Auxiliary Pressure Paux

Purge Valve

Inlet Manifold Vent Engine Manifold Outlet Manifold

Inlet Inlet
Filter P P Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard

O2 Air
Regulator Regulator

Air
Test Port

O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow
Valve Sensor Sensor Sensor Valve

Atmosphere

Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor

Relief
AB.98.118

INSP
H

Paux
To Manometer
Umbrella Relief Valve

EXP

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 5-23

Engström Carestation

5.2.12 VCB buzzer test

1. Using the VCB screen in the Service software application, energize () the
Buzzer On. See Section 8.5.9 on page 8-19 for details.

2. Verify the VCB buzzer can be heard at a distance of 70 feet.

5.2.13 Mechanical overpressure valve test

1. Verify that the ventilator passes the low pressure leak test. See Section 5.2.5 on
page 5-8 fro details.
2. Turn the ventilator off.
3. Using a syringe, inject 60 ml of air into the ventilator through the INSPiratory port.
4. After the entire volume is delivered, verify that the pressure reading on the
manometer is greater than 100 and less than 130 cmH2O. If it is not, troubleshoot
the safety relief valve.
Note Pressure may spike higher than 130 cmH2O during 60 ml volume delivery if delivered
at a rate greater than 4 l/min.

AB.98.090

To Manometer

5-24 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Tests and Calibration
Mechanical overpressure valve test

30 mm Male Cone

Pneumatic Exhalation

H
Resistor Flow Sensor
Expiratory Zero
Flow Valve
High Pressure Valve
Transducer Flow
Regulator Sensor Pneumatic EXP
Exhalation
P 25 psi Test Resistor P Valve
172 kPa Port T H Expiratory Pressure

Inlet Check
Primary Filter Standard Valv
Inlet Inspiratory Pressure
e
P
Air Total Flow Inspiratory Zero
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2

INSP

Flow
High Pressure Flow
Valve
Transducer Regulator Sensor
25 psi Test Inspiratory
P 172 kPa Port T H Effort
Valve
Inlet Check
Filter Optional Valv
Primary Safety

To Manometer
Inlet e Relief Valve
Free Breathing
O2 Check Valve

Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve

Auxiliary Pressure
Purge Valve Paux

AB.98.191
Inlet Manifold Vent Engine Manifold Outlet Manifold

Inlet Inlet
P P
Filter Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard

O2 Air
Regulator Regulator

Air
Test Port

O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow
Valve Sensor Sensor Sensor Valve

Atmosphere

Paux

Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor

Relief
AB.98.114

INSP
Paux

EXP

To Manometer

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 5-25

Engström Carestation

5.3 Airway Module Tests and Calibration

Note The Service menu for the Gas Module is only available on units with system software
version 6.X or greater. To perform these tests and calibrations on units with system
software below 6.X, the use of a Datex-Ohmeda S/5™ Anesthesia Monitor, S/5™
Critical Care Monitor, S/5™ Compact Anesthesia Monitor, or S/5™ Compact Critical
Care Monitor is required.
This system is compatible with the E series modules E-miniC, ECOV, ECOVX, E-
CAiO, E-CAiOV, and E-CAiOVX and the M series modules M-miniC, M-COV, M-
COVX, M-CAiO, MCAiOV, and M-CAiOVX. (Modules must be software version 3.2 or
greater. E-MiniC and M-MiniC modules must be software version 1.0 or greater.)
Letters in the compact airway modules stand for:
• E - plug-in gas module
• M - plug-in gas module
• C - CO2 (and N2O in compact gas modules)
• O - patient O2
• V - patient spirometry
• X - gas exchange
• A - anesthetic agents
• i - agent identification
Important The Engström Carestation is not intended for use with anesthetic agents. It does not
measure or display anesthetic agent data.

5-26 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Tests and Calibration
Gas Sampling Leak Test

5.3.1 Gas Sampling Leak Test

Check the gas sampling system for possible leaks.
1. Remove compact airway module from the module bay.
2. Connect a new D-fend water trap to the module.
3. Connect a new gas sampling line to the sampling line connector in the water trap.
4. Connect the other end of the gas sampling line to a pressure manometer and a
pressure pump.
5. Block the “Ref Gas In” and “Sample Gas Out” connectors.
6. Pump 100 mmHg ±20 mmHg pressure to the gas sampling system. Let the
pressure stabilize for approximately 10 seconds.
7. Check that the pressure reading does not drop more than 4 mmHg during one
minute.
8. Remove all tubing used for leak test from the compact airway module.

3
Test
4 Device

Item Description Part Number

1 T-Fitting 1009-3011-000
2 Tubing 0994-6370-000
3 Positive Pressure Squeeze Bulb 002341
4 Sample Line 73318 (2 m - package of 10) Used with all modules
that measure Gas Exchange (ie. E-CAIOVX)

73319 (3 m - package of 10) Used with all modules

that do not measure Gas Exchange (ie. E-CAIOV)
5 Tubing 0994-6370-010
6 4 mm Tubing 1001-3060-000
7 Use a Pressure Manometer with a minimum Local purchase
accuracy of ±1% at 25 PSI of reading or better.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 5-27

Engström Carestation

5.3.2 Spirometry System Leak Test

1. Ensure the module is disconnected from the module bay.
2. Connect a pressure manometer to the spirometry connectors.
3. Pump 50 ±10 mmHg (~68 cmH2O) pressure to the Spirometry sampling system.
Let the pressure stabilize for approximately 10 seconds.
4. Verify that the pressure reading does not drop more than 3 mmHg during one
minute.
5. Remove all tubing used for leak test from the compact airway module.
Note The spirometry pressure transducers are very sensitive to differential overpressure. A
momentary differential pressure between the two spirometry connectors exceeding 25
cmH2O (18 mmHg) may damage the pressure sensors. To ensure that both pressure
channels are equally pressurized, make sure that the tubing between the manometer
and the two spirometry connectors is tightly connected, the tubes are the same length,
thickness, and are not kinked.
Note Do not overpressure the spirometry sampling system. A static pressure exceeding
300 cmH2O (220 mmHg) may damage the pressure sensor.

Test 2
Device
4

Item Description Part Number

1 T-Fitting 1009-3011-000
2 Positive Pressure Squeeze Bulb 002341
3 Tubing 0994-6370-010
4 Tubing (inside) 1001-3060-000
5 Use a Pressure Manometer with a minimum accuracy Local Purchase
of ±1% at 25 PSI of reading or better.

5.3.3 Fan
1. Insert the compact airway module into the module bay.
2. Make sure the gas module fan is running.

5-28 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Tests and Calibration
Sample Flow Rate Check

5.3.4 Sample Flow Rate Check

1. Check the sample flow rate.
2. Enter the Service menu and select Gas Module.
Note Gas measurement is not available during the first 2 to 5 minutes after the module
is connected due to warm-up time. A message “Gas Module Warming Up” is shown
in the Gas Module service screen. Wait until warm-up is completed before
proceeding with the following steps.
3. Connect the gas sampling line (2 m/7ft with COVX and CAiOVX, 3 m/10ft with
CO, COV, CAiO, and CAiOV) to the Sampling line connector.
4. Connect the other end of the gas sampling line connector to a flow meter.
5. Check the sample flow rate reading from the flowmeter. The flow rate shall be
within the specification limit of 200 ±20 ml/min.
Note If the measured value is within the specification limit, see Section 5.3.5 on page 5-
29. If measured value is not within the specification limit, continue to Step 6.

Sample Flow Adjustment

6. Select Sample Gain Adj from the Gas Module menu (Page 1 of 3) and use the
ComWheel to adjust sample flow and confirm value.
• To decrease the sample flow rate measured by the flowmeter by
approximately 7.5 ml/min, add gain value by 0.05.
• To increase the sample flow rate measured by the flowmeter by
approximately 7.5 ml/min, lower the gain value by 0.05.
7. Push the ComWheel to confirm the effect of the gain adjustment. Wait until the
sample flow value shown in the calibration menu returns near to the nominal value
200 ml/min, and then check the actual measured flow rate from the flow meter.
8. Repeat Steps 6 and 7 until the flow meter shows a 200 ±20 ml/min flow rate.
Note Adjust the flow rate according to the reading in the flow meter. The flow rate reading in
the Calibration menu is measured by the internal electronics and settles always back
to the nominal 200 ml/min independent on the real flow rate.

5.3.5 Reference Gas Flow Rate Check

Check the flow rate in reference gas inlet:
1. Keep the gas sampling line connected to the Sampling line connector.
2. Leave the other end of the gas sampling line open to room air.
3. Connect the flowmeter to the “Reference Gas” inlet with a piece of tubing.
4. Check that the Reference Flow is within the following range:
• 31 to 45 ml/min with CO, COV, CAiO, and CAiOV modules.
• 27 to 40 ml/min with COVX and CAiOVX modules.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 5-29

Engström Carestation

5.3.6 Zero Valve Operation

Test the zero valve functionality:
1. Connect the gas regulator to the calibration gas container.
2. Connect the end of the gas sampling line to the regulator on the gas container.
Leave the regulator overflow port open to room air.
3. Start feeding the specified calibration gas. Wait until the gas values shown in the
Gas Module menu (Page 1 of 3) rise approximately to the level indicated in the
labeling of the calibration gas container.
Note The gas values in the Gas Module menu (Page 1 of 3) are in percentages (%).
4. Open the Zero valve to room air by selecting Zero Valve Ctrl [Zero].
5. Check that the CO2, N2O, and anesthesia agent values drop back near 0% and
the O2 reading near 21% (room air).
6. Stop feeding the calibration gas.
7. Turn the zero valve back to the normal measurement position by selecting Zero
valve Ctrl [Meas].

5.3.7 Ambient Pressure

1. Use a barometer to check the operation of the absolute pressure sensor.
2. Check that the ambient pressure value shown in the Gas Module menu (Page 1 of
3) does not differ more than ±10 mmHg from the value shown by the barometer.
Note The ambient pressure value in the Gas Module menu (Page 1 of 3) is shown in
mmHg.

5.3.8 Fall Time Measurement

1. Select Start Fall Time Measurement in the Gas Module menu (Page 2 of 3).
2. Feed calibration gas until the message “Feed” changes to “Ready”.
3. Check that the measured fall times are within the following ranges:
• CO2 Fall Time: < 400 ms
• O2 Fall Time: < 400 ms
• CO2 - O2 delay: < 800 ms
4. If necessary, repeat this procedure to get all the values on the screen.

5.3.9 Occlusion Detection

1. Block the tip of the sampling line using your finger.
2. Check that a “Sample line blocked” message appears in the Gas Module menu
screen within 30 seconds.

5.3.10 Air Leak Detection

1. Detach the D-fend water trap.
2. Check that the message “Check D-fend” appears in the Gas Module menu screen
after 30 seconds.

5-30 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Tests and Calibration
Spirometry Check

5.3.11 Spirometry Check

Perform this test only for COV, COVX, CAiOV, and CAiOVX modules.
Allow the gas module to warm up at least 10 minutes before performing the calibration
check of flow calibration.
1. Access the Gas Module Spirometry Data menu (Page 3 of 3).
2. Connect a clean spirometry tube and D-lite to the compact airway module.
3. Connect a 500 ml calibration syringe to the D-lite sensor (small end) and push the
plunger in until it reaches a stop, this is the starting position for the syringe.
4. Slowly and steadily pump the calibration syringe 6 times backwards and forwards.
5. The measured flow values are shown in real-time in the TVinsp and TVexp fields
in the Gas Module Spirometry Data menu (Page 3 of 3). The acceptance criteria
is:
• If the TV insp and TVexp values differ less than ±30 ml of 500 ml, flow
calibration is not needed.
• If the TVinsp and TVexp values differ more than ±30 ml of 500 ml, perform
flow calibration according to the Compact Airway Technical Reference
manual, M1153491 Section 4.3.3, Flow Calibration.
Patient spirometry does not require regular service calibration during planned
maintenance, or after the PVX unit has been replaced.
The PVX measuring unit is calibrated at the factory and due to the unit’s design,
spirometry calibration is not regularly needed in the field. The calibration data is saved
into the board’s EEPROM.
In case calibration is needed, it is recommended to perform the calibration both with
adult values using the D-lite and with pediatric values using the Pedi-lite. See
Compact Airway Module Technical Reference Manual, M1153491, Section 4.3
“Spirometry Calibration” for detailed information.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 5-31

Engström Carestation

5.3.12 Gas Calibration

1. Cycle power on the Engström Carestation.
2. Allow the gas module to warm-up before starting calibration.
• 2 to 5 minutes, if module has previously been powered on for at least 30
minutes
• 30 minutes, if module has not been previously powered on for at least 30
minutes
3. Attach the regulator to the calibration gas cylinder.
4. Attach a new sampling line to the water trap. Connect the loose end of the
sampling line to the regulator on the calibration gas cylinder.
5. For 6.X software or greater only, select Bypass Checkout.
6. Push System Setup.
7. Select Parameters Setup- Gas Calibration. Calibration will begin as soon as the
menu item is selected.
8. Wait until “Feed Gas” appears after each gas.
9. Open the regulator and feed calibration gas until the message “OK” or “Adjust”
appears.
• If an error occurs during calibration or if no gas is fed, “Cal Error” appears
after each gas.
• Push the ComWheel to perform a new calibration.
10. If adjustments are needed:
• Select the gas to be adjusted and push the ComWheel.
• Use the ComWheel to change the value until it matches the calibration gas
cylinder value.
• Push the ComWheel to confirm the change.
• Repeat for each gas requiring adjustment.

5-32 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Tests and Calibration
Touchscreen Calibration

5.4 Touchscreen Calibration

The touchscreen calibration uses a 4-point touch and hold test. If the screen is not
touched within the first 15 seconds of the calbration, the test will exit and the date and
time of the last calibration will not be updated.
1. Select the System Setup key, then select Install/Service.
2. Select Service/Touchscreen to open the Touchscreen calibration menu.
3. Select Calibrate Touchscreen. The touchscreen calibration target appears.

4. Touch the first calibration target.

Touch the calibration target to start the 4-point calibration.

5. Touch and hold the second calibration target and repeat until all four touch
calibrations are complete.
6. Check to ensure the arrow tracks with a finger touch.
• If miscalibration occurs wait 90 seconds or press Cancel for the calibration to
end and repeat the calibration procedure.
• View cancellation countdown seconds from the Cancel button.
7. Press Cancel to cancel the calibration or press Accept to accept the calibration.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 5-33

Engström Carestation

5-34 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Maintenance

6 Installation and Maintenance

In this section
This section covers the regular maintenance procedures (minimum requirements)
needed to make sure that the Engström ventilator operates to specifications.
6.1 Engström ventilator Installation Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2
6.2 Engström ventilator Planned Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
6.2.1 Every twelve (12) months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
6.2.2 Every forty-eight (48) months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7
6.3 Compact Airway Module Planned Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
6.3.1 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
6.3.2 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
6.3.3 Every twelve (12) months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9
6.3.4 Every forty-eight (48) months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9
6.4 EVair03 Compressor Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10
6.4.1 Every twelve (12) months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10
6.4.2 Every 10, 000 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11
6.5 EVair Compressor Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12
6.5.1 Before and after every use (or every 48 hours of operation) . . . . . . . . .6-12
6.5.2 Every twelve months (or after 5,000 hours of operation) . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12
6.5.3 Every three years (or after 15,000 hours of operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12
6.6 Ventilator maintenance summary and schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
6.6.1 Approved service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
6.6.2 User maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-14
6.6.3 Component replacement schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15
6.7 Planned Maintenance Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15
6.8 Manufacturing date codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-16
6.9 Battery performance test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-17
6.10 Storing the ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-17
6.11 Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-18

WARNING Do not perform testing or maintenance on the Engström ventilator while it

is being used on a patient. Possible injury can result.

w Items can be contaminated due to infectious patients. Wear sterile

rubber gloves. Contamination can spread to you and others.

w Obey infection control and safety procedures. Used equipment may

contain blood and body fluids.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 6-1

Engström Carestation

6.1 Engström ventilator Installation Checklist

Serial Number: Date: (YY/MM/DD)
Hospital: Performed by:

Unpacking the Engström ventilator

Note Check for shipping damage, if any is found, take photos and notify the shipping
carrier.

 1. Unpack and assemble the Engström ventilator. Refer to Section 3 of the User’s
Reference Manual (URM).

 2. Remove protective tape from casters, if applicable (cart only).

 3. Verify AC power cord configuration, see Section 10.14 on page 10-30.

 4. Depending upon system configuration, verify the AC power cord is fully seated in
the power inlet connectors on the back of the ventilator, outlet panel, compressor,
and the AC power cord clamp is tightened.
Tighten the power clamp screws to 1.0 Nm. Tighten the inlet power cord retainer
(1505-3033-000) screw to 0.45 Nm and the outlet power cord retainer (1505-3041-
000) screw to 0.45 Nm. See Note in Section 10.14 on page 10-30 for details.

 5. Power system On and access the Install/Service menu. For details, see “Install/
Service Menu (Super User)” on page 4-3.

 a. Verify the backup audio alarm buzzer sounds for two seconds as soon as the
system switch is turned on, and that it can be heard from a distance of 70 feet.
Initiate system power using the PC Service Application or request a second
party to turn system on while standing 70 feet away from the unit.

 b. Verify the main audio alarm sounds briefly just before the system startup screen
shows. If the self tests fail, the display shows an alarm. For details, see
“Troubleshooting the Display - HPDU” on page 7-21.

 c. Verify the alarm LEDs blink.

 6. Connect power cord to AC power and power system On.

6-2 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Maintenance
Engström ventilator Installation Checklist

 7. Access the Service Menu (see Section 4.4 on page 4-16) and change the
following as required:

 a. Configuration (see Section 4.4.1 on page 4-17)

• Decimal marker
• Language
• Paw
• Flow
• CO2
• Height
• Weight
• Energy Expenditure
• Gas Supply Pressure (6.X software or greater)
• Blood Gases (6.X software or greater)
• Hb (6.X software or greater)
• Altitude

 b. Options List (see Section 4.4.3 on page 4-18). Verify that the factory installed
ventilation options match the configuration purchased with the machine.

 c. Copy Configuration menu (see Section 4.4.5 on page 4-19). Can be used to
copy a configuration to a Compact Flash card, and then copy the configuration
to additional machines.

 d. From the Service menu, select the Service Log menu (see Section 4.4.6 on page
4-19). Review and reset the error and alarm log entries.

 e. If the system is software 7.X or greater, from the Service menu select the
Touchscreen menu and perform the Touchscreen calibration (see Section 5.4
on page 5-33).

CAUTION Changes made in the installation mode will affect the system
configuration. All changes made are permanent and preserved until
changed again.

w There are several settings that may be changed in the installation

mode. These changes should only be made by the facility person
(Super User) responsible for the configuration of the ventilator.

 8. Access the Install/Service menus and perform the following as required, see
“Calibration procedure” on page 5-2 for details:

 a. Calibration (see Section 4.3 on page 4-15)

• O2 FCV
• Air FCV
• Exhalation Valve
• Backlight test
• Airway Module

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 6-3

Engström Carestation

 b. Cal Flag, set to Off.

 c. Turn Touchscreen On or Off (software version 7.X or greater). For details, see
Section 4.2.9 on page 4-14.

 d. Set Favorites Bar (software version 7.X or greater). For details, see Section
4.2.8 on page 4-13.

 e. Power the system Off.

 9. Engström System Checkout:

a. Power system On and verify the “Calibration Required” message is not shown
in the upper right portion of the display.

 b. Perform Checkout Procedure per the following:

• Inspect system (Section 3.1 on page 3-2)
• Automated Checkout (Section 3.3 on page 3-2)
• Backlight test (Section 3.4 on page 3-3)
• Power Failure test (Section 3.5 on page 3-4)
• Electrical Safety tests (Section 3.2 on page 3-2)

EVair Compressor option (if installed)

 Perform a compressor Functional Pressure test “Pressure 0.1”. Refer to Section 10.3
in the EVair Technical Manual (2066031-001) for detailed instructions.

 Do the following steps if the compressor is not going to be used as the primary air
source (backup source only) or to make setting changes.

 a. Access Service mode and navigate to Change Settings. Refer to Section 5 in the
“EVair Service Manual” (2066031-001) for Service mode instructions.

 b. Verify the pressure threshold settings for backup mode is appropriate for the
hospital. Enter Service mode to adjust settings.

 c. Connect the Medical Air pipeline hose to the compressor Air IN (bottom
connector). Use a 25 mm wrench to tighten the connector.

6-4 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Maintenance
Engström ventilator Installation Checklist

EVair03 Compressor option (if installed)

 1. Perform Compressor Checkout. Refer to the EVair03 Technical Manual (CI-3090
rev C) for detailed instructions.

 2. Important. Verify AC voltage and frequency on the compressor panel matches

customer AC line power. Information is located on the compressor panel below
the power switch.
• 120V~, 60 Hz, 15A: Operating voltage must be 120V ±10%
• 230V~, 50 Hz, 10A: Operating voltage must be 230V ±10%
Note Operating compressor outside of these power specifications is not recommended
and can cause early life failures. No options are available for 220V~, 60 Hz or
120V~, 50 Hz.

 3. Open compressor panel (unlock four captive screws 1/4 turn), and then remove
the transport protective foam insert.
Note A Warning Notice and instruction for removal of transport protective foam insert is
attached to EVair03compressor panel.

 4. Perform pump-up test:

 a. Disconnect AIR hose from AIR pipeline source.

 b. Connect the EVair03 compressor AC power cord to the appropriate mains

connection (proper voltage and frequency) for the pump.

 c. Turn on the compressor power switch.

 d. Verify the compressor pump begins to run and the compressor pressure gauge
stabilizes at 550 ±50 kPa (80 ±7.3 psi) within 30 seconds.

 e. Verify the green indicator light (in power switch) is on.

 5. Check pressure switch setting:

 a. Connect Medical Air Pipeline to the inlet. The pipeline gauge should indicate 280
to 650 kPa (41 to 94 psi). The pump should be in standby while the power switch
light remains lit.

 b. Cut-In Pressure. Decrease pipeline pressure and verify the compressor starts
(turns on) at 225-265 kPa (32.6-38.4 psi).

 c. Cut-out Pressure. Increase Pipeline pressure and verify that the Pump ceases
(turns off) at 280 ±10 lPa (39 to 42.1 psi).

 6. Verify drain bottle is attached to side of compressor and drain tube is attached to
drain port on compressor panel.

 7. Verify the auto drain activates at approximately two minute intervals.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 6-5

Engström Carestation

6.2 Engström ventilator Planned Maintenance

Serial Number: Date: (YY/MM/DD)//
Hospital: Performed by:
 12 months  24 month  48 month  ______________________

6.2.1 Every twelve (12) months

Perform the following steps every 12 months. For details, see the sections listed.

 1. If required, adjust the display unit arm joints (Section 9.5 on page 9-24).

 2. Check movement of patient monitoring module rack arm. If necessary, use hex
wrench to adjust tension (Section 10.17 on page 10-36

 3. Check that casters are not loose and the brakes are set and prevent movement.
Torque casters and mark if necessary, see “Replacing the cart casters” on
page 9-42

 4. Depending upon system configuration, verify the AC power cord is fully seated in
the power inlet connector(s) on the back of the ventilator, outlet panel,
compressor, and the AC power cord clamp(s) is secure.

 a. Tighten the power clamp screws to 1.0 Nm. Tighten the inlet power cord retainer
(1505-3033-000) screw to 0.45 Nm and the outlet power cord retainer (1505-
3041-000) screw to 0.45 Nm. See Note in Section 10.14 on page 10-30 for
details.

 5. Visually inspect Vent Engine fan filter. Clean or replace as needed.

 6. Visually inspect display unit fan filter. Clean or replace as needed.

 7. Visually inspect exhalation valve assembly. Clean or replace as needed.

 8. Visually inspect gas inlet filters (O2 and Air). Replace as needed.

CAUTION Any visual signs of moisture or particulate matter indicates that the
facility may have a problem with their Medical gas delivery system.
Return the replaced filter to the appropriate authority in the facility so
that they are aware of the problem and can correct as needed. If there
is any indication of moisture in the filter, the main manifold must be
inspected to ensure there are no visual signs of moisture entering into
the ventilator engine.

 9. Check backup audio alarm buzzer:

 a. Power system On. Verify the backup audio alarm buzzer sounds for two seconds
as soon as the system switch is turned On.

6-6 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Maintenance
Every forty-eight (48) months

 b. Verify the main audio alarm sounds briefly just before the system startup screen
shows. If the self tests fail, the display shows an alarm. See “Troubleshooting
the Display - HPDU” on page 7-21.

 c. Verify the alarm LEDs blink.

 10. Complete the battery performance test (Section 6.9 on page 6-17).

 11. Complete Electrical safety tests (Section 3.2 on page 3-2).

 12. Complete all Service level tests and calibrations (Section 5.2 on page 5-4).
Note If Software 7.X or greater is installed, perform the Touchscreen calibration (Section
5.4 on page 5-33).

 13. Complete all Super-User calibrations (Section 5.1 on page 5-2).

 14. Complete the Checkout procedure (Section 3.3 on page 3-2).

6.2.2 Every forty-eight (48) months

Replace the following parts every 48 months (4 years). Replacement may occur at the
same time the 12 month maintenance is performed.

 1. Replace Lithium battery (1009-5800-000) on display CPU board. See Section

9.4.2 on page 9-15, for the location of the battery.

 2. Inspect for visual accumulation of dust on boards located behind display unit fan.
Use a soft brush and general-purpose aerosol duster designed for PC boards. The
aerosol canister must be a moisture free formulation which leaves no residue.

 3. Check regulator output (Section 5.2.4 on page 5-5).

 4. Inspect for visual accumulation of dust on Main Enclosure fan.

 5. Replace the system batteries (1009-5682-000).

a. Charge batteries for 8 hours.
b. Complete the battery performance test.
Important See the “Battery performance test” on page 6-17 for detailed instructions.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 6-7

Engström Carestation

6.3 Compact Airway Module Planned Maintenance

Serial Number: Date: (YY/MM/DD)//
Hospital: Performed by:
 12 months 24 month 48 month  ______________________

Note The Service menu for the Gas Module is only available on units with system software
version 6.X or greater. To perform these tests and calibrations on units with system
software below 6.X, the use of a Datex-Ohmeda S/5TM Anesthesia Monitor, S/5TM
Critical Care Monitor, S/5TM Compact Anesthesia Monitor, or S/5TM Compact Critical
Care Monitor is required.
Replace the specified planned maintenance parts. Refer to the Compact Airway
Module Technical Reference Manual, M1153491, Chapter 3 “Maintenance and
Checkout”, Chapter 6 “Disassembly and reassembly” and Chapter 7, “Service Parts”
for additional information.

6.3.1 Cleaning
The cleaning precautions, cleaning requirements, cleaning procedures, and
recommended cleaning solution for the system are described in the Engström
Carestation User’s Reference Manual. For detailed information describing cleaning,
disinfecting and sterilizing the accessories, see the instruction for use in the accessory
package.

6.3.2 Visual inspection

Detach the module from the module slot and check the following:

 1. Front cover and the front panel sticker are intact.

 2. All connectors are intact and are attached properly.

 3. D-fend latch is moving properly.

 4. Module box and latch are intact.

 5. Metal D-fend connectors and the D-fend o-rings are clean and intact.

6-8 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Maintenance
Every twelve (12) months

6.3.3 Every twelve (12) months

Perform the following steps every 12 months. See the referenced section for detailed
information about each step.

 1. Install Planned Maintenance Kit (8001760-HEL).

a. Replace the special tubes (Nafion) and check the condition of the internal tubing.
b. Replace the occlusion filter in the pneumatic unit.
c. Replace the reference gas filter assembly.
d. Replace the D-Fend o-rings.
e. Replace the fan filter in the front of the module.

 2. Visual inspection (Section 6.3.2 on page 6-8).

 3. Gas Sampling System Leak Test (Section 5.3.1 on page 5-27).

 4. Spirometry System Leak Test (Section 5.3.2 on page 5-28).

 5. Fan Check (Section 5.3.3 on page 5-28).

 6. Sample Flow Rate Check (Section 5.3.4 on page 5-29).

 7. Reference gas Flow Rate Check (Section 5.3.5 on page 5-29).

 8. Zero Valve Operation (Section 5.3.6 on page 5-30).

 9. Ambient Pressure (Section 5.3.7 on page 5-30).

 10. Fall Time Measurement (Section 5.3.8 on page 5-30).

 11. Occlusion Detection (Section 5.3.9 on page 5-30).

 12. Air Leak Detection (Section 5.3.10 on page 5-30).

 13. Spirometry Check (Section 5.3.11 on page 5-31).

 14. Gas Calibration (Section 5.3.12 on page 5-32).

6.3.4 Every forty-eight (48) months

 Replace the CO2 absorber.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 6-9

Engström Carestation

6.4 EVair03 Compressor Maintenance

Serial Number: Date: (YY/MM/DD)//
Hospital: Performed by:
 12 months 24 month 48 month  ______________________

6.4.1 Every twelve (12) months

Perform the following steps every 12 months.
Refer to the EVair03 Compressor (Model OF302-1.5SDA) Technical Reference
Manual (CI-3090 rev C) for additional information.
Note The filter kit is recommended to be replaced every 5000 hours or annually, whichever
comes first on compressors that are used as the primary source of air.
Note Compressors that are used as backup only require the 5 μm pipeline filter
replacement (4071210) annually. The filter kit is still recommended at 5000 hours.

 1. Disconnect the air pipeline supply if present.

 2. Unplug mains AC power from compressor.

 3. Remove the front cover from compressor (four screws on front panel).

 4. Open the drain valve on the receiver, if water is present in the receiver. Refer to
“Fault finding and repair” section of the Evair03 TRM, Step 7, Figure 3.

 5. Check the o-rings (6243000 and 6242500) in the non-return valve and replace, if
necessary. Refer to EVair03 TRM, Figures 4 and 7.

 6. Install filter kit (5471001). Filter kit includes the following components:
• Intake filters: 2 each (5412400). Refer to EVair03 TRM, Figure 5.
• F/5 um filter: 2 each (4071230). Refer to EVair03 TRM, Figures 6b and 6c.
Note: Use only the Filter and Filter Bowl O-ring from kit, discard other parts.
• F/0.01 um Filter: 1 each (4071240). Refer to EVair03 TRM, Figure 6d.
• F/air intake: 1 each (6985795). Refer to EVair03 TRM, page 14.

 7. Check the condition of internal hoses and connectors.

 8. Use a soft, damp cloth to carefully clean all dust and debris from the compressor
exterior and interior, especially the cooler fins and fans.

6-10 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Maintenance
Every 10, 000 hours

 9. Perform pump-up test:

a. Disconnect AIR hose from AIR pipeline source.
b. Connect the EVair03 compressor AC power cord to the appropriate mains
connection (proper voltage and frequency) for the pump.
c. Turn on the compressor power switch.
d. Verify the compressor pump begins to run and the compressor pressure gauge
stabilizes at 550 ±50 kPa (80 ±7.3 psi) within 30 seconds.
e. Verify the green indicator light (in power switch) is on.

 10. Check pressure switch setting:

a. Connect Medical Air Pipeline to the inlet. The pipeline gauge should indicate 280
to 650 kPa (41 to 94 psi). The pump should be in standby while the power switch
light remains lit.
b. Cut-In Pressure. Decrease pipeline pressure and verify the compressor starts
(turns on) at 225-265 kPa (32.6-38.4 psi).
c. Cut-out Pressure. Increase pipeline pressure and verify that the pump ceases
(turns off) at 280 ±10 kPa (39 to 42.1 psi).

 11. Verify drain bottle is attached to side of compressor and drain tube is attached to
drain port on compressor panel.

 12. Verify the auto drain activates at approximately two minute intervals.

6.4.2 Every 10, 000 hours

In addition to the 12-month requirements, replace the following parts every 10,000
hours. All parts should be replaced before performing the checks, tests, and
calibrations.
Note If the annual maintenance also occurs at this time, order and install the filter kit
(5471001).

 Install 10,000 Hour Kit after 10,000 hours of operation (check hour meter).
• 10,000 Hour Kit -230V/50 Hz (5471002)
• 10,000 Hour Kit - 120 V/60 Hz (5471003)
10,000 Hour Kit includes:
• Motor OF302. Refer to Evair03 TRM, page 14.
• Non-return valve: 2 each (5414500). Refer to the EVair03 TRM, Figures 4
and 7.
• Solenoid valve. Refer to EVair03 TRM, Figures 8 and 9.
• Auto drain. Refer to Evair03 TRM, Figures 6b, 6c, or 6d.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 6-11

Engström Carestation

6.5 EVair Compressor Maintenance

Important Refer to the EVair Compressor Service Manual (2066031-001) for step-by-step
instructions for compressor cleaning and maintenance.

6.5.1 Before and after every use (or every 48 hours of operation)
 Check and clean the outer surface.

 Check, clean, or replace the cabinet filter (302-031-001).

6.5.2 Every twelve months (or after 5,000 hours of operation)

Refer to the EVair Compressor Service Manual (2066031-001) for step-by-step
instructions for compressor cleaning and maintenance.

6.5.3 Every three years (or after 15,000 hours of operation)

Refer to the EVair Compressor Service Manual (2066031-001) for step-by-step
instructins for motor maintenance.

6-12 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Maintenance
Ventilator maintenance summary and schedule

6.6 Ventilator maintenance summary and schedule

The maintenance schedule in this section shows the minimum intervals
recommended by GE Healthcare. Refer to local regulations, which can have more
maintenance requirements. GE Healthcare encourages compliance with local
regulations that meet or exceed the minimum level of maintenance.

6.6.1 Approved service

At a minimum of every 12 months, complete the scheduled service maintenance
checks, tests, calibrations, and parts replacements, as specified in this Technical
Reference Manual.

System data
Use the service-level password (34-22-14) to access the Service menu.
See “Service and Installation menu structure” on page 4-2 for detailed information on
accessing service and system data.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 6-13

Engström Carestation

6.6.2 User maintenance

Calibrate the system when any one of these occurs:
• Performance is questionable, such as a System Check failure.
• Internal components are serviced or replaced.
• Every six months.
For best performance of the system, calibrate more frequently.
Do the schedule maintenance as shown in the table.
*If the ventilator is moved from the facility, calibrate the O2 Flow Control Valve, Air
Flow Control Valve, and Exhalation Valve.
**If the ventilator is used more than once a month on battery power, such as to
transport a patient with the facility, it is recommended that the battery performance
test is done every six months.

Interval Maintenance

During cleaning and setup • Inspect parts for damage and replace or repair, as
necessary.
As necessary • Empty the water trap on the exhalation valve
housing.
• Empty the water trap on the air pipeline inlet fitting
and replace the filter.
• Clean and replace the expiratory flow sensor.
• Clean or replace the neonatal flow sensor.
Monthly • Remove and clean fan filters for the display unit,
vent housing, airway module, and compressor.
Every two months • Calibrate the airway module, if one is installed.
Every six months Calibrate:
• O2 Flow Control Valve*
• AIr Flow Control Valve
• Exhalation Valve
• Check the performance of the internal battery
Annually • Check the performance on the internal battery.
See “Manufacturing date codes” on page 6-16.
• Perform annual service and maintenance
check for the ventilator, airway module, and
compressor.

6-14 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Maintenance
Component replacement schedule

6.6.3 Component replacement schedule

This table indicates the minimum recommended maintenance. Replace the
component at the frequency or number of processing cycles, whichever occurs first.
Refer to the User’s Reference Manual for additional part replacement information and
component reprocessing information.
*Visually inspect components to determine if cleaning or replacement is needed. Look
for deformation, cracks, or discoloration.

Reprocessing
Component Minimum Frequency
Cycles

Exhalation Valve Assembly 12 months 50

• Exhalation Valve Diaphragm
Expiratory flow sensor 6 months 50
Neonatal flow sensor 6 months 25
Cart-mounted water trap *As needed 50
• Water trap connector tubing (hytrel tubing)
D-lite sensor *As needed 50
Pedi-lite sensor *As needed 50
Inlet filter bowl *As needed *As needed
Display and ventilator fan filters *As needed *As needed
Compressor air inlet filter *As needed *As needed

6.7 Planned Maintenance Checklist

Use the Planned Maintenance and Installation Maintenance Checklist forms to record
test results.
• 1505-1018-000-PMC M1142536-PMC
The Planned Maintenance Checklist is included in Appendix D.
Additional checklists are availble to order.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 6-15

Engström Carestation

6.8 Manufacturing date codes

The parts in the table shown below and the internal system batteries (1009-5682-000)
use manufacturing date codes which indicate the age of the part. The manufacturing
date codes are important in troubleshooting and assisting in investigations when parts
are replaced earlier than their documented life expectancy. Please ensure that
manufacturing date codes are included on all warranty or unplanned maintenance
service reports.

Internal Battery 1009-5682-000

Date Code Interpretation

Y = Year
M = Month
D = Day
X = Internal/Factory Information

Code Date: XYYMMDDXX

Example: E101023DB represent

Note: The date code wheel shown on the parts below refers to the month and year the
part was manufactured. Example: 03/2010.

Flow Sensors

Adult Flow Sensor 1505-3231-000 Neonatal Flow Sensor 1505-3272-000

Manufacturing Date and Lot number

are indicated on the packaging

Exhalation Valve Housing and Diaphragm

Exhalation Valve Housing 1505-3222-000 Diaphragm 1505-3224-000-S

Exhal Valve Assemblies: 1505-3848-000,
1505-8568-000

6-16 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Installation and Maintenance
Battery performance test

6.9 Battery performance test

WARNING Perform a battery test every 6 to 12 months to make sure battery
capacity is at least 30 minutes. Replace batteries when necessary.
If the ventilator is used more than once a month on battery power, such as for patient
transport within the facility, it is recommended that the battery performance test be
completed every six months.
Before testing the batteries, make sure that the PMB Diagnostics screen shows the
battery is fully charged. Battery status will show “Float Charge”, which indicates that
the battery is fully charged. See “Battery Status” on page 8-7 for details.
1. Connect the ventilator to AC mains power for eight hours to make sure the
batteries are fully charged.
2. Connect a breathing circuit and test lung to the ventilator.
3. Set the following parameters:
• Mode: BiLevel
• Rate: 12/min
• I:E: 1:2
• Pinsp: 20 cmH2O
• PEEP/Plow: 5 cmH2O
• Bias Flow: 4 l/min
4. Start ventilation.
5. Unplug the power cord from AC mains and allow the system to run on battery until
it does an orderly shutdown.
6. Reconnect the power cord to a mains outlet.
7. Boot the system with the Engström Service Application (PCMCIA for the DU and
Compact Flash for HPDU), then access the Power Diagnostics function as
detailed in Section 8.3.1 on page 8-5.
• Use the Engström Service Application to view Power Diagnostics and
Power Control.
8. Page 1 of the Power Controller Power Diagnostics screen shows the ‘Date battery
Tested’ (the last full battery discharge until the ventilator shut down) and the
‘Discharge Time’.
• If ‘Discharge Time’ information is not displayed on the screen, the test has not
been run. Repeat the test procedure.
• If the ‘Discharge Time’ is greater than 60 minutes, the batteries can be left in
service for one more year.
• If the ‘Discharge Time’ is less than 60 minutes, both batteries should be
replaced.
9. Connect the ventilator to AC mains power and fully charge the batteries for at
least eight hours before the next use.

6.10 Storing the ventilator

When storing, it is recommended that the ventilator remain connected to AC mains at
all times, even when it is not in use, to prevent battery discharge and degradation.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 6-17

Engström Carestation

6.11 Disposal
Dispose of the ventilator, accessories, and packaging according to local, state, or
country disposal recycling laws at the end of their expected service life.

6-18 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting

7 Troubleshooting
In this section
7.1 Troubleshooting Checkout Failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
7.1.1 Paw transducer check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
7.1.2 Barometric pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
7.1.3 Low pressure leak and compliance check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4
7.1.4 Safety valve relief and back pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5
7.1.5 Exhalation valve calibration check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6
7.1.6 Exhalation flow sensor calibration test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7
7.1.7 Measure breathing circuit resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7
7.1.8 Air inspiratory flow sensor calibration check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8
7.1.9 O2 inspiratory flow sensor calibration check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8
7.1.10 O2 sensor test and calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-9
7.1.11 Neonatal flow sensor calibration check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
7.1.12 Inspiratory Limb Resistance check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-11
7.2 Troubleshooting Vent Engine Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
7.2.1 Vent engine leak test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
7.2.2 Expiratory pressure circuit test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15
7.2.3 Auxiliary pressure circuit test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16
7.3 Troubleshooting Vent Engine Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17
7.3.1 Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17
7.3.2 Flow Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-18
7.4 Troubleshooting Startup Screen (POST) messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19
7.5 Troubleshooting Startup Screen (POST) messages - HPDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20
7.6 Troubleshooting the Display - HPDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-21
7.7 Alarm message troubleshooting chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-23
7.8 Troubleshooting Service Application messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-44
7.9 Troubleshooting Failed State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-61

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-1

Engström Carestation

7.1 Troubleshooting Checkout Failures

If the Automated Checkout (Section 3.3) results in failures, use the following tables to
troubleshoot a specific failure. Use the PC Service Application (Section 8.5 on page 8-
12) while running all tests. Additional information regarding Checkout failures is
available in the Event Log.
To file a quality report or request technical assistance regarding a checkout failure,
create and include a Checkout log using the PC Service Application, as well as, the
Event Log.
Important If multiple failures occur during Super User Calibrations, System Checkout, or Service
Checkout Procedures, particularly those tests associated with air supply, it could be
an indication of water or hydrocarbon contamination. If you suspect contamination of
this type, inspect the pipe inlet filters for signs of contamination. Contamination of this
type would require the replacement of all contaminated components or the Vent
Engine Sub-assembly, based on the extent of the contamination.

7.1.1 Paw transducer check

The Paw transducer check zeroes the inspiratory and expiratory pressure sensors
and verifies that the two pressures agree within a reasonable margin. If this check
fails, all ventilation modes will still be available.

Event Log Message Checkout Failure Troubleshooting Action Required

Insp pressure zero out of Inspiratory Pressure Sensor Zero • Use the PC Service Application to facilitate
range Failure: problem isolation.
With the Inspiratory Pressure Zero • Ensure proper connections.
Valve actuated, raw counts from • Remove the Inspiratory Pressure Zero valve.
the Inspiratory Pressure Sensor If the Inspiratory Pressure Sensor valves are
must be between 631 and 968; if between 631 and 968 counts, replace the
not, test results indicate Fail and Zero valve.
the Pinsp sensor out of range • Replace the Inspiratory Pressure Sensor
message is displayed. Board.
• Replace the Vent Control board (VCB).
Exp pressure zero out of Expiratory Pressure Sensor Zero • Use the PC Service Application to facilitate
range Failure: problem isolation.
With the Expiratory Pressure Zero • Ensure proper connections.
Valve actuated, raw counts from • Remove the Expiratory Pressure Zero valve.
the Expiratory Pressure Sensor If the Expiratory Pressure Sensor values are
must be between 631 and 968; if between 631 and 968 counts, replace the
not, test results indicate Fail and Zero Valve.
the Pexp sensor out of range • Replace the Expiratory Pressure Sensor
message is displayed. Board.
• Replace the Vent Monitor board (VMB).
Pressure too low Cannot achieve 34 cmH2O • Use PC Service Application to facilitate
Total flow too low pressure: problem isolation.
The Air (O2) flow valve is set to • Ensure supply gas is connected.
approximately 8 l/min and the test • Continue with other tests. If a significant
is initiated if 33 cmH2O pressure internal leak is indicated; use the Low
pressure leak test (Section 5.2.5 on page 5-8)
is not achieved; test results
to isolate and repair the leak.
indicate Fail but no alarm
• Calibrate Flow Valves.
message is displayed.
• Check respective Regulator and Flow Control
Valve for proper operation (Section 7.3.1 on
page 7-17 and Section 7.3.2 on page 7-18).

7-2 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Barometric pressure test

Event Log Message Checkout Failure Troubleshooting Action Required

Meas insp/exp pressures Paw insp and Paw exp are not • Use PC Service Application to facilitate
disagree within 4 cmH2O when pressurized problem isolation.
to 34 cmH2O. • Use the PC Service Application to calibrate
Test results indicate Fail but no sensors (Section 5.2.8 on page 5-15).
alarm message is displayed. • Replace the affected Sensor board(s) or Zero
valves, if calibration fails.

7.1.2 Barometric pressure test

The Barometric pressure test verifies that the measured barometric pressure
reasonably matches the barometric pressure calculated based on user-set altitude. If
this check fails, all ventilation modes will still be available and the calculations will use
the input altitude as a basis for absolute pressure.

Event Log Message Checkout Failure Troubleshooting Action Required

Set altitude/cal baro A failure indicates that the • Verify correct altitude setting.
pressures disagree difference between calculated • If setting is correct, calibrate the barometric
barometric pressure based on the sensor (Section 8.5.18 on page 8-28).
input altitude, and the measured • Replace the Vent Monitor board (VMB) -
barometric pressure is greater recalibrate barometric sensor.
than 20%.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-3

Engström Carestation

7.1.3 Low pressure leak and compliance check

The Low pressure leak and compliance check measures the leak and compliance of
the breathing circuit. If this check fails, all ventilation modes will be available but
volume accuracy will be decreased.
• If the Leak is greater than or equal to 500 ml/min or Compliance cannot be
measured or Resistance cannot be measured, the “Failed” message will display
across from Circuit Check.
• If the Leak is less than 500 ml/min and Compliance and Resistance can be
measured, values will be displayed.

Event Log Message Checkout Failure Troubleshooting Action Required

Total flow too low (1) The first calculation is compliance • Use the PC Service Application to facilitate
Total flow too high (1) and is based on the amount of problem isolation.
Pressure too low (1) time it takes for a 3 l/min flow to • Ensure supply gas is connected.
create 34 cmH2O of pressure at • Continue with other tests. If a significant leak
the Pexp sensor. If this flow or is indicated, use the Low Pressure Leak test
pressure cannot be achieved, a (Section 5.2.5 on page 5-8), to isolate and
“Failed” message will appear and repair the leak.
no compliance information will be • Check respective Regulator and Flow Control
available. Valve for proper operation (Section 7.3.1 and
No pressure difference (1) If there are errors in the Section 7.3.2 on page 7-18).
calculation (negative values,
divide by zero) the results will be
dashed.
Total flow too low (2) The second calculation is the low
Total flow too high (2) pressure leak rate. It is based on
Pressure too low (2) the amount of pressure decay
from 25 cmH2O pressure in
approximately 3 seconds. If 25
cmH2O cannot be achieved with
3.5 Lpm, a “Failed” message will
appear.
No pressure difference (2) A correction based on the leak
Negative pressure rate is applied to the compliance
calculation and the information will
be displayed. If there are errors in
the calculation (negative values,
divide by zero) the results will be
dashed.
Leak > 1 Lpm, compliance If the leak rate is greater than 1 l/
invalid min (@ 25 cmH2O), the
compliance value will be dashed
and the leak value will show “>
1000 ml/min.” This value can be
useful in diagnosing other failures
during checkout.

7-4 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Safety valve relief and back pressure

7.1.4 Safety valve relief and back pressure

The Safety Valve Relief test checks the ability of the Safety Relief Valve to relieve all
patient pressure on demand. It then checks the back pressure with a flow of 75 l/min
while the safety valve is open. If the safety valve cannot relieve 30 cmH2O) within 250
msec or if the back pressure is greater than 15 cmH2O, ventilation will not be allowed.

Event Log Message Checkout Failure Troubleshooting Action Required

Total flow too low(1) Set the Air (O2) flow valve to 8 l/ • Ensure supply gas is connected.
Pressure too low min. If at least 30 cmH2O cannot • If the Relief Valve opened during the
Pressure not maintained be achieved within 4 seconds, the compliance check, repeat the checkout. If the
test will indicate Fail but no alarm problem persists, replace the exhalation
message is displayed. diaphragm.
• Check respective Regulator and Flow Control
Valve for proper operation (Section 7.3.1 and
Section 7.3.2 on page 7-18).
• A leak is indicated. Use the PC Service
Application and the Low Pressure Leak test
(Section 7.2 on page 7-12) to isolate and
repair the leak.
• Repeat check.
Pressure not relieved Once pressure stabilizes, the Use the PC Service Application to simulate this
Safety Relief Valve is opened. If test.
Pexp does not go to less than 2 • If pressure remains significantly above 2
cmH2O within 250 msec, the test cmH2O:
will indicate Fail and Relief Valve — Listen for the valve actuator to “click”
Failure message will be when actuating. Check the connections
displayed. to the safety relief valve.
— Ensure seat/seal interface is clean.
— Replace the Manifold Assembly.
• If pressure is only slightly above 2 cmH2O:
— Re-zero pressure sensors.
— Ensure seat/seal interface is clean.
— If Exhalation Valve Calibration Check
also fails, replace the Pexp sensor.
— Repeat check.
Total flow too low (2) If a flow of 75 l/min creates more Use the PC Service Application to simulate this
Total flow too high than 15 cmH2O pressure at Pexp test.
Pressure too high sensor with the safety relief valve • Check respective Regulator and Flow Control
open, the test will indicate Fail Valve for proper operation (Section 7.3.1 and
and Relief Valve Failure Section 7.3.2).
message will be displayed. If 75 l/ • Check the connections to the safety relief
min cannot be achieved, the test valve.
will indicate Fail but no message • Replace the Manifold, Insp Valve Assembly.
will be displayed.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-5

Engström Carestation

7.1.5 Exhalation valve calibration check

The Exhalation Valve Calibration check sets flow at 4 l/min as measured by the Total
Flow Sensor and the expiratory valve to 34 cmH2O. When it is stable, it opens the
Expiratory Valve and verifies that the exp Paw is less than 2 cmH2O within 250 ms. If
this check fails, all ventilation modes will still be available.

Event Log Message Checkout Failure Troubleshooting Action Required

Total flow too low Cannot achieve 34 cmH2O • Ensure supply gas is connected and device
Total flow too high (+/- 10 cmH2O pressure. can achieve at least 4 l/min at the 10 l/min
The test will indicate Fail but no calibration point (see step a below).
alarm message is displayed. • Calibrate the Exhalation Valve.
• A leak is indicated; use the PC Service
Application and the Low Pressure Leak test
(Section 5.2.4 on page 5-5) to isolate and
repair the leak.
• Repeat check.
Pressure unstable If both the Relief Valve and • Use the PC Service Application to apply 34
Pressure too high Exhalation Valve tests fail and the cmH2O of pressure until stable, then release
leak rate is less than 2000 counts, the pressure using either the Exhalation Valve
the most likely problem is with the or the Safety Relief Valve. The Pexp value
Pexp Sensor not returning to zero. must return to less than 2 cmH2O within 250
msec. If not, re-zero and repeat or replace the
Pexp sensor.
Exh valve out of cal If only this check is failing, the 1. Use the PC Service Application to verify at
exhalation valve may be out of least 4 l/min is generated by the FCV. If not:
calibration. — Recalibrate the FCV.
— Replace the FCV.
2. Remove the Exhalation Valve Assembly and
ensure the Voice coil shaft is clean and dry
and moves freely without binding.
3. Replace the Exhalation Valve Assembly.
4. Replace the Voice coil assembly.
No exh flow sensor Exhalation flow sensor is not • If an exhalation flow sensor is not installed,
detected by the system. install the exhalation flow sensor and repeat
the check.
• If an exhalation flow sensor is installed,
replace the sensor and repeat the check.

7-6 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Exhalation flow sensor calibration test

7.1.6 Exhalation flow sensor calibration test

The Exhalation Flow Sensor Calibration test compares the Exhalation Flow Sensor
output to the Total Flow Sensor output at 10 l/min. If the Expiratory Flow Sensor is
within 20% of the Total Flow Sensor, the test passes and an Expiratory Flow
normalization table is created to compensate for up to 10% of this discrepancy.
If this test fails, all ventilator functions will still be available. The message Flow
Sensor Error may be displayed.

Event Log Message Checkout Failure Troubleshooting Action Required

No exh flow sensor Exhalation flow sensor is not • If an exhalation flow sensor is not installed,
detected by the system. install the exhalation flow sensor and repeat
the check.
• If an exhalation flow sensor is installed,
replace the sensor and repeat the check.
Total flow too low (1) The inspiratory and expiratory • Use PC Service Application to facilitate
Total flow too high (1) flows do not match. The Air and/or problem isolation.
Exp/Total flows disagree O2 Inspiratory Flow Sensor • Use the PC Service Application to determine
Total flow too low (2) calibration checks may also fail. the accuracy of the Total Flow Sensor.
Total flow too high (2) • Check respective Regulator and Flow Control
Total/Norm ExpFlows Valve for proper operation (Section 7.3.1 on
disagree page 7-17 and Section 7.3.2 on page 7-18).
Leak too large for The leak value measured in the • A leak is indicated; use the PC Service
normalization Low pressure leak and Application and the Low pressure leak test
compliance check is greater than (Section 7.2 on page 7-12) to isolate and
500 ml/min. repair the leak.
• Repeat check.

7.1.7 Measure breathing circuit resistance

The breathing circuit resistance is calculated from the amount of resistance created
when 60 l/min (Adult and Ped) or 30 l/min (Neonatal) is flowing through the circuit. It is
calculated and displayed on the bottom of the screen. The value represents the
resistance of ½ of the breathing circuit for adult and pediatric, (software versions prior
to 6.X only, for software versions 6.X or greater see Section 7.1.12 on page 7-11) and
for neonatal (all software versions). If this check fails, all ventilation modes will be
available.

Event Log Message Checkout Failure Troubleshooting Action Required

Total flow too low (1) The system cannot establish the • Use PC Service Application to facilitate
flow required for measuring problem isolation.
resistance. • Use the PC Service Application to determine
Total flow too low (2) If there are errors in the the accuracy of the Total Flow Sensor.
calculation (negative values, • Check respective Regulator and Flow Control
divide by zero) the results will be Valve for proper operation (Section 7.3.1 on
dashed. page 7-17 and Section 7.3.2 on page 7-18).

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-7

Engström Carestation

7.1.8 Air inspiratory flow sensor calibration check

This check verifies that the Air Flow Sensor is functioning and compares the flow and
temperature measurements with the Total Flow Sensor at 30 l/min. Total flow and Air
flow must be within 15% and temperature must be within 9° C.
If this check fails, all ventilator functions will still be available. The message FiO2
Control Error may be displayed.

Event Log Message Checkout Failure Troubleshooting Action Required

No Air Air supply pressure is < 30 psig • Ensure air gas supply is connected.
Total flow too low Failure can be due to lack of flow • Use PC Service Application to simulate the
Total/Air flows disagree as well as flow or temperature test and isolate the problem.
Total/Air temps disagree differences.

7.1.9 O2 inspiratory flow sensor calibration check

This check verifies that the O2 Flow Sensor is functioning and compares the flow and
temperature measurements with the Total Flow Sensor at 30 l/min. Total flow and O2
flow must be within 15% and temperature must be within 9°C.
If this check fails, all ventilator functions will still be available. The message FiO2
Control Error may be displayed.

Event Log Message Checkout Failure Troubleshooting Action Required

No O2 O2 supply pressure is < 30 psig • Ensure oxygen gas supply is connected.
Total flow too low Failure can be due to lack of flow • Use PC Service Application to simulate the
Total/O2 flows disagree as well as flow or temperature test and isolate the problem.
Total/O2 temps disagree differences.

7-8 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
O2 sensor test and calibration

7.1.10 O2 sensor test and calibration

This test/calibration will only be performed if both Air and O2 are connected. The O2
offset is calibrated while flowing 30 l/min of Air, and the O2 gain is calibrated with 30 l/
min of O2.
Calibration is verified by flowing 15 l/min Air and 15 l/min O2 and comparing the
sensor output to the calculated valve (approximately 60.5%). The test will Fail, if the
O2 sensor is not within 5% of the calculated value.
If this check fails, all ventilator functions will still be available.
Note This test is performed before the O2 inspiratory flow sensor calibration check.

Event Log Message Checkout Failure Troubleshooting Action Required

No Air The O2 offset is calibrated while • Use the PC Service Application to simulate
No O2 flowing 30 l/min of Air, and the O2 the test and isolate the problem.
O2 sensor comm. failure gain is calibrated with 30 l/min of • Check both regulators and Flow Control
Air flow too low (1) O2. The test will Fail if either Air or Valves for proper operation (Section 7.3.1 on
Oxygen flow too low (1) page 7-17 and Section 7.3.2 on page 7-18)
O2 fail to achieve 30 l/min flow.
Paracube failure - 21%
Paracube cal fail (21%)
Paracube failure - 100%
Paracube cal fail (100%)
Oxygen flow too low (2) Calibration is verified by flowing
Airflow too low (2) 15 l/min Air and 15 l/min O2 and
Total flow too low comparing the sensor output to
Paracube/Sensirion O2 the calculated valve
readings disagree (approximately 60.5%). The test
will Fail if O2 sensor is not within
5% of the calculated value.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-9

Engström Carestation

7.1.11 Neonatal flow sensor calibration check

This test verifies the accuracy of both the inspiratory and expiratory flow sensor
circuits in the Neonatal Flow Sensor at 20 l/min and 30 l/min.
If this check fails, all ventilator functions will still be available.

Event Log Message Checkout Failure Troubleshooting Action Required

NFS zero fail Neonatal flow sensor zero failed. • If a neonatal flow sensor is not installed,
install the neonatal flow sensor and repeat
the check.
• If a neonatal flow sensor is installed, replace
the sensor and repeat the check.
Total flow too low (1) During this stage the circuit is Use the PC Service Application to simulate the
Total flow too high (1) occluded. The flow is set to 4 l/min test and isolate the problem.
Total flow too low (2) and the flow sensor should
Total flow too high (2) indicate 0 l/min. If not, the test will
NFS reports nonzero flow indicate Fail and the next step will
during 0 flow be skipped (no message box will
appear).
Total flow too low(1) A message box is displayed
Total flow too high(1) requesting removal of the circuit
Total/Neo Exp flows disagree occlusion. After detecting that
Total/Neo Insp flows disagree Paw drops below 3 cmH2O, flow
NFS reports < 0 flow during > will be set at 20 l/min and then at
0 flow (20 l/min) 30 l/min. The exhalation valve is
Total flow too low (2) closed.
NFS reports < 0 flow during > • The Total Flow Sensor must be
0 flow (30 l/min) within 25% of the expiratory
neonatal flow (absolute value)
+4.59 l/min.
• The Total Flow Sensor must be
within 15% of the inspiratory
neonatal flow (absolute value).

Important Volume control and monitoring will be more accurate if the neonatal flow sensor is
calibrated in the following situations:
• Before use, during the Checkout procedure.
• After replacing the flow sensor.
• After a power cycle.

7-10 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Inspiratory Limb Resistance check

7.1.12 Inspiratory Limb Resistance check

In software version 6.X or greater, the resistance of the inspiratory limb of the
breathing circuit is measured for adult and pediatric patient type after the wye is
removed from the occlusion port. The breathing circuit resistance is calculated from
the amount of resistance created in the inspiratory limb when 60 l/min is flowing
through the circuit. It is calculated and displayed on the bottom of the screen.
If this check fails, all ventilation modes are still available.

Event Log Message Checkout Failure Troubleshooting Action Required

Total flow too low The system cannot establish the • Use the PC Service Application to simulate
Pressure too low flow required for measuring the test and isolate the problem.
Total flow too low(1) resistance. • Use the PC Service Application to determine
the accuracy of the Total Flow Sensor
Total flow too low(2) If there are error s in the
• Check respective Regulator and Flow Control
Pressure too low (1) calculation (negative values,
Valve for proper operation (Section 7.3.1 on
divide by zero) the results will be
page 7-17 and Section 7.3.2 on page 7-18).
dashed.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-11

Engström Carestation

7.2 Troubleshooting Vent Engine Leaks

Note Use the PC Service Application (page 8-12) while running all tests.
Do one of the following:
• If the vent engine leak test fails (Section 5.2.5) by either being unable to build 70
cmH2O pressure or if the leak rate exceeds 10 ml/min, see Section 7.2.1 on page
7-12.
• If the leak is marginal and you are able to build inspiratory pressure to 70 cmH2O
inspiratory pressure, but unable to build 70 cmH2O of either expiratory pressure or
auxiliary pressure, see Section 7.2.2 on page 7-15.
To file a quality report or request technical assistance regarding a checkout failure,
create and include a Checkout log using the PC Service Application.

7.2.1 Vent engine leak test

While retaining the leak test setup:
1. Close the Air and O2 flow valves to limit the components tested, remove the
checkmarks from the boxes next to the DAC counts.
2. Repeat the Vent Engine Leak Test.
• If the test passes, go to step 5.
• If the leak remains, toggle the Effort Valve closed.
3. Repeat the Vent Engine Leak Test.
• If the system passes, check the Free Breathing Valve diaphram and o-ring
seal.
• If the leak remains, toggle the safety valve open/closed.
4. Repeat the Vent Engine Leak Test.
• If the system passes, check the safety valve seal.
• If the leak remains, check the individual components in the Total Flow path.

AB.98.088

7-12 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Vent engine leak test

30 mm Male Cone

Pneumatic Exhalation

H
Resistor Flow Sensor
Expiratory Zero
Flow Valve
High Pressure Valve
Transducer Flow
Regulator Sensor Pneumatic EXP
Exhalation
P 25 psi Test Resistor P Valve
172 kPa Port T H Expiratory Pressure

Inlet Check
Primary Filter Standard Valve
Inlet Inspiratory Pressure

Air P
Total Flow Inspiratory Zero
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2

INSP

Flow
High Pressure Flow Valve
Transducer Regulator Sensor
25 psi Test Inspiratory
P 172 kPa Port T H Effort
Valve
Inlet Check
Filter Optional Valve

AB.98.100
Primary Safety

AB.98.186
Inlet Relief Valve
Free Breathing
O2 Check Valve

Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve

Auxiliary Pressure
Purge Valve Paux

Inlet Manifold Vent Engine Manifold Outlet Manifold

Inlet Inlet
P
Filter P Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard

O2 Air
Regulator Regulator

Air
Test Port

O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow
Valve Sensor Sensor Sensor Valve

Atmosphere

Paux

Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor

Relief
AB.98.101

H
INSP
AB.98.120

Paux

EXP

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-13

Engström Carestation

5. Open only the O2 flow valve by selecting the O2 Flow Valve checkbox. Verify that
60,000 DAC counts are set.
6. Repeat the Vent Engine Leak Test.
• If the test fails, check the individual components in the O2 Flow path.
• If the test passes, check the individual components in the Air Flow path.

AB.98.100

AB.98.111
P P

O2 Air

O2 Air
Regulator Regulator

Air
Test Port

O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow
Valve Sensor Sensor Sensor Valve

Atmosphere

Paux

Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor

Relief

H
INSP

Paux
AB.98.121

EXP

7-14 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Expiratory pressure circuit test

7.2.2 Expiratory pressure circuit test

If the low pressure vent engine leak test (Section 5.2.5) fails step 6, the following
steps will verify flow and integrity of the Expiratory pressure circuit. Flow in this circuit
is restricted, therefore, failure to build pressure during the low pressure leak test is not
an indication of an excessive circuit leak or purge flow issue. However, passing the
low pressure leak test does indicate circuit integrity and therefore the following tests
are only necessary, if step 6 fails.
1. Ensure the air shut-off valve is open and supply is available.
2. Set the exhalation valve raw counts to 60,000 and activate by checking the box.
3. While monitoring the expiratory pressure, plug the Expiratory Valve inlet.
Pressure should rise to 70 cmH2O within 7 seconds. If it does, the purge flow is
sufficient and the leak rate is not excessive.
• If not, check the pressure port seal in the Exhalation Valve Assembly, and/or
replace the Exhalation Valve Assembly and repeat the test.
• If the test still fails, continue.
4. Remove the vent engine per Section 9.1.2 on page 9-4 and Section Note on page
9-6.

WARNING Before removing restrictors, shut off the supply valves and open the
flow valves to bleed system pressure build-up.
5. Remove the restrictor access cover next to the Air Flow Valve.
6. Remove the restrictor and reinstall the restrictor access cover. Repeat steps 1
through 3.
• If pressure rises to 70 cmH2O within 7 seconds, install a new restrictor and
repeat the test.
• If not, or if the test fails with the new restrictor, continue.
7. Check the following seals on the individual components in the order listed, replace
components as needed, and repeat the test.
a. Restrictor cover gasket
b. Expiratory pressure zero valve gasket
c. Expiratory pressure sensor o-ring
d. Outlet manifold o-ring
8. If the test fails, replace the following components in the order listed.
a. Expiratory pressure sensor assembly
b. Outlet panel assembly
c. Main manifold assembly

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-15

Engström Carestation

7.2.3 Auxiliary pressure circuit test

1. Remove the vent engine per Section 9.1.2 (page 9-4) and Note (page 9-6).

WARNING Before removing restrictors, shut off the supply valves and open the
flow valves to bleed system pressure build-up.

2. Remove the restrictor access cover next to the Air Flow Valve.
3. Remove the restrictor and re-install the restrictor access cover. Repeat the P1
Low Pressure leak test in Section 5.2.11 on page 5-22.
• If pressure > 90 cmH2O, install a new restrictor and repeat the test.
• If not, or if failure occurs with new restrictor, continue.
4. Check seals on the individual components in the order listed below. Replace
components as needed, and repeat the test.
a. Restrictor cover gasket
b. Auxiliary pressure relief valve
c. Auxiliary pressure zero valve gasket
d. Auxiliary pressure sensor o-ring
e. Outlet manifold o-ring
5. If failure occurs, replace the following components in the order listed:
a. Auxiliary pressure sensor assembly
b. Auxiliary zero valve
c. Outlet panel assembly
d. Main manifold assembly

7-16 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Vent Engine Components

7.3 Troubleshooting Vent Engine Components

If you encounter multiple failures during the Super User Calibrations, System
Checkout, or during the Service Checkout Procedures, especially test associated with
air supply, it could be an indication of water or hydrocarbon contamination. If you
suspect contamination of this type, inspect the pipe inlet filters for signs of
contamination. Contamination of this type would require the replacement of all
contaminated components or the Vent Engine Sub-assembly, based on the extent of
the contamination.

7.3.1 Regulator
1. Set up the PC Service application per Section 5.2.1 (page 5-4).
2. Attach a manual shut off valve to the gas supply for the Regulator Under Test
(RUT).
3. Enter the Super User mode.
4. Calibrate the RUT per Section 5.2.4 (page 5-5).
5. Verify the pressure is stable and does not increase above 179 kPa (26 psi) when
the Flow Valve is off.
6. Turn off the shut off valve.
7. Set the Flow Valve DAC to 60,000 for the gas being tested to bleed the trapped
pressure.
8. Re-set the Flow Valve DAC to 0.
9. Slowly open the shut off valve until pressure begins to rise.
If pressure continues to rise above 179 kPa (26 psi), the regulator should be
replaced.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-17

Engström Carestation

7.3.2 Flow Valves

1. Set up the PC Service application per Section 5.2.1 (page 5-4).
2. Enter the Super User mode.
3. Calibrate the Flow Valve Under Test (VUT).
4. Verify the Flow through the VUT is less than 200 ml. If not, perform a Vent engine
clean-out per Section 5.2.3 on page 5-5.
5. From the VCB Screen, open the Cal Tables.
6. Copy the counts from the 250 ml flow calibration point.

7. Paste the DAC count into the DAC value for the VUT and energize the valve.

8. Press and hold the arrow to increase counts while watching the Flow for the VUT.
9. When flow exceeds 200 ml, release the up arrow.
a. If flow is greater than 500 ml, perform the Vent Engine Clean-out per Section
5.2.3 on page 5-5, and then repeat test.
b. If opening flow is still greater than 500 ml, replace the VUT.
10. Adjust the counts for the VUT to achieve approximately 2000 ml flow.
11. Press and hold the down arrow to decrease counts until the flow is less than 200
ml.
a. If flow will not decrease below 200 ml, perform Vent Engine Clean out and repeat
the test.
b. If flow does not decrease below 200 ml but is less than 500 ml, it can be used
but should be re-tested periodically to ensure it is stable.
c. If flow does not decrease below 500 ml, replace the VUT.

7-18 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Startup Screen (POST) messages

7.4 Troubleshooting Startup Screen (POST) messages

If the Engström ventilator encounters a problem at startup to where it cannot initiate
system software, a BIOS error message indicating the failure is displayed.

Message What it indicates Troubleshooting Action Required

***NOTE: This indicates an illegal value in Set the system date and time manually to
RTC failed. xx the CPU's Real Time Clock date the correct values.
or time registers.
***NOTE: This is an informational message. No action needed.
CMOS defaults reloaded.
***NOTE: Service is required to replace the Replace the battery on the DU CPU board.
CMOS battery failed. CPU battery. Reload software and check out the system.
Replace soon.
***NOTE: Service is required to correct a Reconnect the speaker if possible. Replace
Alarm tone detection failed. faulty connection to the speaker. DU CPU board if speaker connection can
not be corrected.
***NOTE: The RAM memory ECC circuitry is Replace the DU CPU board.
ECC failed. xx faulty.
***NOTE: This usually indicates a software Report this error, along with the machine
System reset. EC xx (BIOS) failure. logs, to Technical Support.
Reload software. If problem persists,
replace the DU CPU board.
***NOTE: Some of the DU hardware could Replace the DU CPU board.
Critical hardware failure. xx not be initialized.
***NOTE: The software must be reloaded. Reload software and check out the system.
OS/App ROM CRC failed.
***NOTE: The software must be reloaded. Reload Software and check out the system.
System reset.

Some system failures can result in a High Priority alarm.

Message What it indicates Troubleshooting Action Required

VCB/VMB Fail This usually indicates a software Report this error, along with the machine
failure. logs, to Technical Support.
Reload software. If problem persists,
replace the DU CPU board.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-19

Engström Carestation

7.5 Troubleshooting Startup Screen (POST) messages - HPDU

If the Engström ventilator encounters a problem at startup to where it cannot initiate
system software, a BIOS error message indicating the failure is displayed.

Message What it indicates Troubleshooting Action Required

***ERROR: This indicates a hardware failure. Replace the HPDU CPU board.
CPU data cache fault.
***ERROR: This indicates a problem with the Check or replace the internal compact flash
No bootable device available. internal CF card. card.
***ERROR: This usually indicates a software Reload the software and check out the
Program load failed - CRC. file corruption. system.
***ERROR: This indicates a hardware failure. Replace the HPDU CPU board.
RAM memory error.
***ERROR: This usually indicates a software Report this error, along with the machine
System reset: ECxx xx xx ... failure. logs, to Technical Support.
Reload software. If problem persists,
replace the internal flash card and reload
software. If problem persists, replace the
HPDU CPU board.
***ERROR: Indicates the HPDU lithium Replace the lithium battery if below rated
System reset: FFFF FF FF battery has lost contact with the voltage.
holder or the battery is below Install the software downloader card to
voltage. restore system setups.
***ERROR: This indicates a hardware failure. Replace the HPDU CPU board.
Watchdog circuit failed.
***NOTE: Service is required to correct a Reconnect the speaker if possible. Replace
Alarm speaker not detected. faulty connection to the speaker. the HPDU CPU board if speaker
Check connection. connection can not be corrected.
***NOTE: Service is required to replace the Replace the battery on the HPDU CPU
CMOS battery is weak. CPU battery. board. Reload software and check out the
Please replace. system.
***NOTE: Service is required to replace the Replace the battery on the HPDU CPU
RTC date/time error. CPU battery. board. Reload software and check out the
Battery may be weak. system.

Some system failures can result in a High Priority alarm.

Message What it indicates Troubleshooting Action Required

VCB/VMB Fail This usually indicates a software Report this error, along with the machine
failure. logs, to Technical Support.
Reload software. If problem persists,
replace the HPDU CPU board.

7-20 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting the Display - HPDU

7.6 Troubleshooting the Display - HPDU

Symptom Resolution
System will not boot from external Compact 1. Verify that the Compact Flash card is properly inserted.
Flash card during software installation 2. Insert a backup Compact Flash card.
process
3. Open the HPDU and verify that the external Compact Flash card
carrier socket is properly seated.
4. Replace external Compact Flash card carrier socket. (p/n 1009-
5961-000)
5. Replace HPDU main PCB.
Display appears mostly white and the green 1. Verify that the cable connecting the HPDU to the system’s rear
LED is on panel is properly seated.
2. Open the HPDU and verify that the cable connecting the main
PCB to the display at J28 is properly seated within the mating
housing and check for damage and/or wear.
3. Replace the HPDU.
Rotary encoder fails to work 1. Open the HPDU and verify that the cable connecting the main
PCB to the rotary encoder at J38 is properly seated within the
mating connector.
2. Disconnect one keypad flex cable at a time (eg. at J23), if the
rotary encoder begins working replace that keypad and label.
3. Replace the rotary encoder.
4. Replace the HPDU main PCB.
Unit fails to boot and the green LED is on 1. Open the HPDU and ensure that the lithium coin cell at J17 on
the main PCB is properly installed.
2. Replace the lithium coin cell at J17 on the main PCB.
3. Verify that the internal Flash card at J10 on the main PCB is
properly seated.
4. Attempt to boot the system using a spare compact flash card and
replace the card, if necessary.
5. Attempt to boot the system from the external Compact Flash
card.
6. Replace the HPDU main PCB.
Excessive fan noise 1. Clean the HPDU fan inlet filter.
2. Check for obstructions within the external fan and verify source of
fan noise.
3. Open the HPDU and verify internal CPU fan noise.
4. Replace internal or external fan assembly if causing excessive
noise.
Excessive fan dust 1. Clean the HPDU fan inlet filter.
2. Check for obstructions within the external fan.
Touchscreen is not working Check system software version, 7.X software or greater is required
for touchscreen capability.
1. Verify if the touchscreen lock icon is displayed in the upper right
corner of the display screen.
2. Press the Lock/Unlock key on the left side of the display to enable
touchscreen.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-21

Engström Carestation

Symptom Resolution
Touchscreen is locked 1. Press the Lock/Unlock key on the left side of the display.
2. Clean any dust, dirt, drops of liquid, or other contaminates from
the display.
3. Allow the display to update for 2 minutes or reboot the
system.
Touchscreen is not turned On 1. Push the System Setup key.
2. Select Install/Service and enter the password.
3. Select Display Settings - Touchscreen.
4. Select On and confirm the selection.
Touchscreen tracking incorrect Perform the “Touchscreen Calibration” on page 5-33.

7-22 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Alarm message troubleshooting chart

7.7 Alarm message troubleshooting chart

Note Whenever “Check/replace harness” is indicated, ensure that all terminals are fully
inserted into the connector body window and that all wires are properly crimped.
Troubleshooting guidelines are listed in order of probability. The entire list does not
need to be carried out if the problem is resolved. The list may not include all possible
solutions.
• Alarm message = display message
• Alarm ID = message in Error log or Event log

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments
Action/Troubleshooting
-none- Touchscreen not Touchscreen is not responding Service only message
detected Unable to successfully load
the Touchscreen driver.
-none- Touchscreen Touchscreen calibration data does Service only message
calibration missing not exist. Calibration files cannot be
detected and touchscreen
has reverted to the default
calibration.
• Perform touchscreen calibration (see Section 5.4 on page 5-33)
-none- DU RAM Error Failed Self test failure or multi bit error Run Backup Ventilation if in
detected. Therapy.
• Cycle power.
• Replace display unit CPU board.
-none- VCB: PSM Power Normal If short to ground in either Port 2 or
Fail Port 3.
• Turn ventilator off and remove any device or accessory plugged into either port.
• Turn ventilator on and view service logs to verify that the error is no longer posted.
-none- Therapy Power Off High Power switch is set to Off. Non-silenceable.

• Normal operation if On/Standby switch is moved to standby while in therapy.

• Verify vent is in standby state prior to turning power On/Standby switch to standby.
• Verify display unit encoder accepts other inputs reliably. If not, replace encoder.
• Check/replace harness to On/Standby switch.
• Check/replace On/Standby switch.
• Check/replace PMB.
Air Supply Pres High Low Air supply pressure > 95 psig for May result in FiO2 low
Air supply
more than 0.5 seconds alarm.
pressure high

• Check air supply.

• Disconnect sensor and verify output is zero gauge pressure.
• Interchange harness connections on both supply pressure sensors.
• If alarm follows the sensor, replace supply pressure sensor.
• If not, check/replace VMB.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-23

Engström Carestation

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments

Action/Troubleshooting

Air supply Air Supply Pres Low Medium Air supply pressure < 24.3 psig for Unit shuts down Air supply
pressure low more than 0.5 seconds and delivers 100% Oxygen

Flow Wave:
O2 only
• Check air supply.
• Disconnect sensor and verify output is zero gauge pressure.
• Interchange harness connections on both supply pressure sensors.
• If alarm follows the sensor, check sensor connector terminals. Replace supply pressure sensor if
necessary.
• If not, check/replace harness.
• If not harness, check/replace VMB.
Temp High High Total Flow Sensor temperature > Switch to 100% O2.
48°C Air is turned off regardless
of other alarm conditions
Air temp high
(for example, O2 Supply
Flow Wave: Low).
O2 only When the condition clears,
the vent changes back to
previous known good set
O2 mixture.
• Check inlet air temperature.
• Use PC Service Application to check temperatures of Air and Total Flow sensors.
• If inlet air temp is NOT high, and if temperature from Total Flow Sensor reports more than 9°C
higher than the air sensor, replace Total Flow Sensor.
• With a air flow of approximately 10 l/min, verify air and total flows are within 10% of each other.
Air Temperature Low Out of range air temperature Use total flow temperature
Sensor Failure sensor data (range is 0-60 degrees for all air flow sensor
C). calculations, including
Air temp sensor
alarms.
error
If Total Flow Sensor
temperature is not
available, use 50°C.
• Check inlet air temperature.
• If Communication Failure alarm is also active, check harness connections.
• With gas supplies disconnected and system temperature stabilized, use PC Service Application
to check temperatures of Air and Total Flow sensors. Air Flow Sensor and Total Flow Sensor
shall not differ by more than 9°C.
• Replace sensors.
Backup Buzzer Medium Current to buzzer indicates audio is This alarm is logged at
POST not sounding. start-up and can be de-
escalated but cannot be
Backup audio cleared from the screen.
failure The primary and backup
alarm audio sounds upon
every power-up of the
system.
• Check harness connection between PMB/On-Standby switch.
• Verify buzzer current with voltage measurement at TP15 on VCB. If voltage IS NOT present,
replace PMB. If voltage IS present, replace VCB.

7-24 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Alarm message troubleshooting chart

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments

Action/Troubleshooting
Backup Mode Active Medium Spontaneous breathing is Uses preset settings
Backup mode insufficient or display unit failure. (customer configurable).
active System goes into Backup
Ventilation mode.
• Ensure the patient’s spontaneous breathing and ventilatory support is adequate. This alarm
could be triggered by user errors regarding patient ventilation requirements. See URM for
details.
• Check error log for communication errors or DU errors.
FRC invalid Low An FRC measurement was started
Cannot for FRC or PEEP Inview, but
calculate FRC unable to be completed within the
last 5 seconds.
• Check end tidal CO2 reading.
• Ensure airway module is available and active.
• Stop any active procedures.
• Start a new FRC measurement.
• Ventilation changes will stop an FRC measurement.
• With gas module plugged in, check power supply status LEDs on MIB from bottom of sheetmetal
enclosure. If any LEDs are lit, then unplug module. If LEDs remain lit, replace MIB.
• Replace gas module.
Check D-fend MGAS D-fend Not Low MGAS communicates that the D- The pump turns Off.
Connected > 40 Sec fend module is not installed. If Normal Screen is
CO2, or O2 selected the DU commands
waveform MGAS D-fend Not Medium the MGAS to start sampling
instruction: Connected > 60 Sec again.
Check D-fend.
Wait 30 sec and
press Normal
Screen to
continue.
• Check that the sample tube is connected.
• Check that the water trap is connected.
• Check that the gas outlet is not blocked.
• Replace Module.
Check sample MGAS Check Low MGAS communicates continuous The pump turns Off.
gas out Sample Gas Out > 40 occlusion for 40 seconds. If Normal Screen is
Sec selected, the DU
CO2 or O2 Medium MGAS communicates continuous commands the MGAS to
waveform MGAS Check occlusion for 60 seconds. start sampling again.
instruction: Sample Gas Out > 60
Check sample Sec
gas out. Wait 30
sec and press
Normal Screen
to continue.
• Check the gas outlet.
• Replace module.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-25

Engström Carestation

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments

Action/Troubleshooting
Neo Flow Sensor Medium Neo flow sensor reporting flow > 32
Clean neo flow
Contaminated l/min for 4 continuous seconds as
sensor
measured by the VCB or VMB.
• Calibrate neo flow sensor.
• Clean neonatal flow sensor
• Replace neo flow sensor.
• Replace neo flow sensor cable.
• Replace VMB.
• Replace motherboard.
• Replace VCB.
Connect Nebulizer not Low Nebulizer disconnected while
nebulizer Connected nebulization procedure is running.
• Re-connect Nebulizer.
• Replace Nebulizer cable.
• Replace Nebulizer head.
• Replace Nebulizer board.
Front Panel Com Fail High Display CPU board fails to send life DU to allow power off
Controls
tick for greater than 10 seconds confirmation, even in
frozen. Need
Therapy. (The Power lock
service
popup will not appear.)
• Look for physical damage to the keypad. If damaged, disconnect the internal keypad cable.
• If the unit powers up with no failures indicated, replace the membrane switch assembly.
• If failure still exists, disconnect each of the remaining keypad connections (one-by-one) until the
failed component is located. Replace the failed component.
• If failure still exists with all keypads disconnected, replace the CPU board.
CPU Fan Speed Fail Medium CPU fan speed less than 2500
RPM (50% of nominal speed).
Display fans
failed
CPU Overheat Medium Temperature reading of either DU
thermistor > 60°C.
• Verify fan connection.
• Verify fan is not spinning while powered. If not, then replace fan.
• Replace DU CPU board.
Exhalation Flow High Failed communications with Use open loop pressure
Exp flow Sensor exhalation flow sensor. control.
sensor failure Communications
Failure
• Check harness connection between VMB and exhalation flow sensor PCB.
• Replace exhalation flow sensor PCB.
• Replace VMB.

7-26 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Alarm message troubleshooting chart

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments

Action/Troubleshooting

Exp Flow Exhalation Flow Medium Adult /Ped: Freeze vent engine volume
sensor error Sensor Comparison (TVexp – TVinsp) > (0.3* TVinsp) compensation on first
or 100 ml whichever is greater for 6 breath detected.
consecutive breaths.

Neonatal:
(TVexp – TVinsp) > (0.3* TVinsp)
or
18 ml whichever is greater for 6
consecutive breaths.
• Using PC Service Application, verify Inspiratory flows match Expiratory flow within tolerance
stated above.
• Replace expiratory sensor as necessary.
• Replace exhalation flow sensor board (EFSB).
Fan Fail Medium Fan Power Status Bits for main fan
Fans require or vicor fan is low.
service Main fan or DC to DC converter fan
is low.
• Check connections to fans.
• Replace broken fan(s).
FiO2 control Air Flow Sensor Medium Loss of communication with Air Use Open Loop valve
error Communications Flow Sensor. mixture control.
Failure Return to closed loop
volume delivery control
when cleared.
• Check Error Log for Air/O2 Insp Flow Sensor Supply Voltage.
• If yes:
— Disconnect vent engine harness at air flow sensor. If voltage error stops, replace air flow
sensor.
— Disconnect vent engine harness at O2 flow sensor. If voltage error stops, replace O2 flow
sensor.
— Disconnect vent engine harness at VCB. If voltage error stops, replace harness.
• If no:
— Check connection to Air Flow Sensor.
— Interchange harness connection between air and Total Flow Sensor.
— If problem stays with sensor, replace sensor. If alarm follows harness, check/replace
harness. If harness is okay, replace VCB.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-27

Engström Carestation

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments

Action/Troubleshooting

FiO2 control O2 Flow Sensor Medium Loss of communication with O2 Use Open Loop valve
error Communications Flow Sensor. mixture control.
Failure Return to closed loop
volume delivery control
when cleared.
• Check Error Log for Air/O2 Insp Flow Sensor Supply Voltage.
• If yes:
— Disconnect vent engine harness at air flow sensor. If voltage error stops, replace air flow
sensor.
— Disconnect vent engine harness at O2 flow sensor. If voltage error stops, replace O2 flow
sensor.
— Disconnect vent engine harness at VCB. If voltage error stops, replace harness.
• If no:
— Check connection to O2 Flow Sensor.
— Interchange harness connection between O2 and Total Flow Sensor.
— If problem stays with sensor, replace sensor. If alarm follows harness, check/replace
harness. If harness is okay, replace VCB.
FRC series FRC series Low Set O2 is > set FRC O2 and user Alarm is removed upon
stopped terminated decreases the set O2 during a state change or when new
series interval with the last 5 series is initiated.
seconds.
-or-
Set O2 is < set FRC and user
increases the set O2 so that FRC
O2 would be > 100% within the last
5 seconds.
• Verify correct settings.
• Restart series.
Mixed gas temp Total Flow Low Out of range total temperature Use air flow temperature
sensor error Temperature Sensor sensor data or loss of for Total Flow Sensor
Failure communication. calculations, including
alarms.
If air flow sensor
temperature not available
use 50°C.
• Check inlet air temperature.
• If Communication Failure alarm is also active, check harness connections.
• With gas supplies disconnected and system temperature stabilized, use PC Service Application
to check temperatures of Air and Total Flow sensors. If either reports temperature out of range (0
to 60°C), replace that sensor.
Missed FRC missed Low Another procedure or condition Series continues (only one
scheduled FRC prevented the FRC series measurement was missed).
measurement from starting within
the last 5 seconds.
• Ensure airway module is available and active.
• Stop any active procedures.
• Start a new FRC measurement.
• Ventilation setting changes will stop an FRC measurement.

7-28 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Alarm message troubleshooting chart

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments

Action/Troubleshooting

Module fail. No MGAS Sensor Inop > Medium MGAS communicates hardware
CO2, O2 data XX failure (RAM failure, ROM
checksum error, Error in CPU
EEPROM, Error O2 preamp
EEPROM, Error in SSSboard
EEPROM, Voltage error, or Lamp
control failure.)
• Replace Module
Module not Module Not Low The monitoring module detected is
compatible Compatible not compatible with system
software. Refer to Airway Modules
in the User’s Reference Manual.
• Remove and reseat Module.
• Check software revision in the Service Log.
• Replace Module.
Negative airway Negative Pressure High Paw insp < -10 cmH20 for greater Latched alarm.
pressure than 50 continuous ms. PEEP numeric changes to
flashing red background.
• Compare Insp and Exp sensor values using the PC Service Application at zero and 100 cmH2O.
The Insp and Exp pressure sensors should match within ±5 cmH20 (while at 0 cmH2O true
pressure) and ±10 cmH2O (while at 100 cmH20 true pressure).
• Calibrate pressure sensors.
• See Section 5.2.5 (page 5-8) for testing zeroing valve.
• Check harness connection on VCB and VMB.
• Replace sensor as needed.
Neo flow Neo Flow High (Neo TVexp - Neo TVinsp) > (0.3* Freeze vent engine volume
sensor error Comparison Neo TVinsp) or 5 ml whichever is compensation on first
greater for 6 consecutive breaths. breath detection.
• Calibrate neo flow sensor.
• Check neo flow sensor and cable connections.
• Replace neo flow sensor.
• Replace neo flow sensor cable.
• Replace VMB.
• Replace motherboard.
• Replace VCB
Neo Total Flow High (Neo TVexp - Neo TVinsp) > (0.3* Freeze vent engine volume
Neo flow
Sensor Comparison Neo TVinsp) or 30 ml whichever is compensation on first
sensor error
greater for 6 consecutive breaths. breath detection.
• Calibrate neo flow sensor.
• Check neo flow sensor and cable connections.
• Calibrate expiratory flow sensor.
• Replace neo flow sensor.
• Replace neo flow sensor cable.
• Replace expiratory flow sensor.
• Replace Total Flow Sensor.
• Replace VMB.
• Replace motherboard.
• Replace VCB.
Neo Exh Flow High (Exh TVexp - Neo TVexp) > (0.3*
Neo flow
Sensor Comparison Neo TVexp) or 30 ml whichever is
sensor error
greater for 6 consecutive breaths.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-29

Engström Carestation

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments

Action/Troubleshooting
• Calibrate neo flow sensor.
• Check neo flow sensor and cable connections.
• Calibrate expiratory flow sensor.
• Replace neo flow sensor.
• Replace neo flow sensor cable.
• Replace expiratory flow sensor.
• Replace VMB.
• Replace motherboard.
• Replace VCB.
Neo flow Neonatal Flow High Neo flow sensor comparison alarm
sensor error Comparison - System active or neo-total flow sensor
comparison alarm active or neo-
exh flow sensor comparison alarm
active.
• See Neo flow sensor comparison alarm, neo-flow sensor comparison alarm, or neo-exh flow
sensor comparison alarm troubleshooting
Neo flow Neo Flow Sensor Off Medium Neo flow sensor turned off in neo
sensor off flow sensor setup menu.
• Turn on neo flow sensor.
No neo flow No Neonatal Flow Low Both neonatal flow sensor hot
sensor Sensor - Standby wires reporting less than 20 ADC
as measured by the VCB or VMB.
• Calibrate neo flow sensor.
• Check neo flow sensor and cable connections.
• Replace neo flow sensor.
• Replace neo flow sensor cable.
• Replace VMB.
• Replace motherboard.
• Replace VCB.
Neo flow Neo Flow Sensor High Neo TVinsp more negative than -3 • Verify FMI 34014 has
sensor Reversed ml for 6 consecutive mechanical been completed on unit.
reversed breaths.
• Calibrate neo flow sensor.
• Check neo flow sensor and cable connections.
• Replace neo flow sensor.
• Replace neo flow sensor cable.
• Replace VMB.
• Replace motherboard.
• Replace VCB.
No neo flow No Neonatal Flow High Both neonatal flow sensor hot
sensor Sensor - Therapy wires reporting less than 20 ADC
as measured by the VCB or VMB.
• Calibrate neo flow sensor.
• Check neo flow sensor and cable connections.
• Replace neo flow sensor. Neonatal flow sensor is warranteed for 90 days.
• Replace neo flow sensor cable.
• Replace VMB.
• Replace motherboard.
• Replace VCB.

7-30 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Alarm message troubleshooting chart

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments

Action/Troubleshooting

No battery Degraded Battery Medium Total battery voltage is < 20VDC

backup -or-
Either battery voltage is < 10VDC
• Shut down and unplug ventilator. Plug in and restart the ventilator.
• Verify unit has been connected to mains for more than 24 hours.
• Check error log for related messages.
• Use Engström Service Application to determine charge state. If in trickle charge, replace
batteries.
• Check/replace harness.
• Check/replace PMB.
No battery DU to PMB Com Medium Communications from the DU to PMB assumes failed state
backup? Error the power controller cannot be and allows system to
-or- established for 10 seconds. shutdown without
PMB to DU Com -or- confirmation from DU.
Error Communications from the power (This alarm allows vent to
controller to the DC cannot be be shut down if DU
established for 10 seconds. communications is lost.)

Note question mark at end

of message and no battery
status indicator on display.
• Check error logs for related messages.
• Check communication (no software information indicates no communication).
• If multiple failures, replace DU CPU board.
• Check / replace display cable.
• Check (reseat) all connections on all PC boards.
• Check/replace DU interface board.
• Replace motherboard.
• Replace PMB.
No battery PMB POST Failure Medium Power controller failed CPU self Note question mark at end
backup? tests of message and no battery
status indicator on display.

• Shut down and unplug ventilator. Plug in and restart the ventilator.
• Replace PMB.
No battery Battery Charge Fail Medium The system is powered on with a See Section 8.3.1 on page
backup -or- battery current > 1.3A. 8-5 for more information.
Standby Current High -or-
System is in Standby and the
charge current is > 1.7A.
• Shut down and unplug ventilator. Plug in and restart the ventilator.
• Check/replace harness.
• Replace Power Supply.
• Replace PMB.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-31

Engström Carestation

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments

Action/Troubleshooting

No battery Battery Fail Medium While bulk, over, or float charging Battery status indicator
backup any battery is < 10.5VDC (short). appears under clock.
-or-
Battery has been charging for See Section 8.3.1 on page
> 24h while powered on (sulfated). 8-5 for more information.
-or-
Voltage > 16.5V during bulk or over
charging and normal current >
0.25A (sulfated).
• Shut down and unplug ventilator. Plug in and restart the ventilator.
• Check/replace harness.
• Replace batteries.
No battery Battery Missing Medium Any battery voltage is between -1.0 Battery status indicator
backup and +1.0VDC. appears under clock.

See Section 8.3.1 on page

8-5 for more information.
• Shut down and unplug ventilator. Plug in and restart the ventilator.
• Check connections/replace harness.
• Check/replace fuse.
• Replace batteries.
No battery Battery Reversed Medium Any battery voltage is less than Battery status indicator
backup Connection -1.0VDC appears under clock.

See Section 8.3.1 on page

8-5 for more information.
• Shut down and unplug ventilator. Plug in and restart the ventilator.
• Check connections to battery.
• Replace batteries.
• Replace PMB.
No battery PMB Self Test Fail Medium Power controller failed self tests Battery status indicator
backup (memory, voltages, or CPU). appears under clock.

See Section 8.3.1 on page

8-5 for more information.
• Shut down and unplug ventilator. Plug in and restart the ventilator.
• Replace PMB
No battery Standby Bulk Charge Medium System is in Standby and the See Section 8.3.1 on page
backup > 12Hrs charge mode is bulk charging and 8-5 for more information.
the duration has exceeded 12
hours.
• Shut down and unplug ventilator. Plug in and restart the ventilator.
• Check connections
• Replace batteries.
• Replace PMB.
No D-lite MGAS source D-lite High MGAS Ppeak < 3 cmH2O and
sensor? off (MGAS Ppeak +5 cmH2O < Vent
Ppeak) for 3 consecutive breaths.
• Verify tube connections at D-lite sensor.
• Replace D-lite sensor and tubing.
• See Module TRM for additional troubleshooting information.

7-32 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Alarm message troubleshooting chart

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments

Action/Troubleshooting

No exp flow No Exhal Flow High No Exhalation Flow Sensor Use Open Loop pressure
sensor Sensor connected. control.
This alarm can be
suspended.
• Check Exhalation flow sensor connection.
• Replace Exhalation Flow Sensor. Warranteed for 90 days.
• Verify low pressure leak test passes.
• Check/replace interface PCB and flex circuit.
• Check/replace exhalation flow sensor PCB.
No gas supply No Supply Pressure High O2 supply pressure and air supply Continue 100% gas flow of
pressure pressure < 24.3 psi for more than whichever gas has the
0.5 seconds. higher pressure value at
the onset of the alarm; if
both are equal, use 100%
O2.
• Check O2 and Air supply pressures.
• Check/replace harness between sensor and VMB.
• Check error log for reference voltage errors.
• Check/replace VMB.
O2 sensor O2 Sensor Fail Medium Out of range O2 sensor (Paracube)
failure data greater than 103% or
communication error.
• Calibrate O2 sensor with Checkout (ensure both Air and O2 gas supply are connected).
• Calibrate O2 sensor with PC Service Application (ensure both Air and O2 gas supply are
connected).
• Verify O2 Concentration sensor voltage error is not present in error log.
• Check/replace harness.
• Check/replace O2 sensor.
• Check/replace VMB.
O2 supply O2 Supply Pres High Low O2 supply pressure > 95 psi for
pressure high more than 0.5 seconds.
• Check O2 supply.
• Disconnect sensor and verify output is zero gage pressure.
• Interchange harness connections on both supply pressure sensors.
• If alarm follows the sensor, replace supply pressure sensor.
• If not, check/replace harness.
• If not harness, check/replace VMB.
O2 supply O2 Supply Pres Low Medium O2 supply pressure < 24.3 psi for Latched
pressure low more than 0.5 seconds. De-escalatable
Go to 100% Air.
Flow Wave:
Air only
• Check O2 supply.
• Disconnect sensor and verify output is zero gauge pressure.
• Interchange harness connections on both supply pressure sensors.
• If alarm follows the sensor, check sensor connector terminals. Replace supply pressure sensor,
if necessary.
• If not, check/replace harness.
• If not harness, replace VMB.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-33

Engström Carestation

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments

Action/Troubleshooting

O2 temp sensor O2 Temperature Low Out of range O2 temperature

error Sensor Failure sensor data (range is 0-60 degrees
C).
• Check inlet O2 temperature.
• If Communication Failure alarm is also active, check harness connections.
• With gas supplies disconnected and system temperature stabilized, use PC Service Application
to check temperatures of O2 and Total Flow sensors. O2 Flow Sensor and Total Flow Sensor
shall not differ by more than 9°C.
• Replace sensors.
Low Internal Medium Mains power not available.
Battery – 30 Internal battery supply < 30
On battery
Min minutes calculated via battery
discharge algorithm.
On Medium Mains power not available. System If in overcharge state there
Battery or Low powered by internal battery for may be up to 120s delay
On battery
more than 300 ms. before the “On battery” is
shown.
• Normal alarm if system is operating on battery.
• Check connection to AC supply (verify green LED on DU is lit).
• If LED is not lit, check AC mains source, check rear power cord clamp, check fuses.
• If LED is lit, check output of DC power supply at screw terminals. Range is 20-32 V. If out of
range, disconnect DC power supply input harness and verify output is still out of range. Check/
replace DC power supply input harness. If out of range and harness is OK, replace DC power
supply.
• Measure voltage at F1 (both sides) on PMB. Range is 20-32V.
• Check fuse F1 on PMB, if open replace PMB.
• Replace PMB.
On battery PMB DC-DC Fail Medium AC supply is OK but batteries are Internal power failure.
being discharged.
• Check screw terminal connections and harness between AC-DC power supply and PMB.
• Check fuse F1. If not OK, replace PMB.
• Replace AC-DC power supply.
Air Supply Pressure Low Out of range Air supply pressure
Pair sensor out
Sensor Out of Range sensor data.
of range
Range is 195 to 4760 mV.
• Check Air supply
• Disconnect sensor and verify output is zero gage pressure.
• Interchange harness connections on both supply pressure sensors.
• If alarm follows the sensor, check sensor connector terminals. Replace supply pressure sensor if
necessary.
• If not, check/replace harness.
• If harness is OK, replace VMB.

7-34 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Alarm message troubleshooting chart

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments

Action/Troubleshooting

Patient Standby Patient High Paw insp or Paw exp > 3 cmH2O Non-silencable
connected? Detection Audible in Standby and
when bias flow set to 3 l/min air or
O2 (if Air not available) and Monitoring states.
When placed in Standby
exhalation valve set to 6 cmH2O for
state either by the user or
3 seconds.
after power up, the
Suction patient ventilator will maintain a
detection bias flow so as to detect if a
Paw exp > 3 cmH2O for approx.
patient has been attached
1 second to the circuit. This
-or- functionality alerts for an
Paw exp < -0.5 cmH2O for approx. inadvertent attachment of
1 second the patient without the user
-or- actuating ventilation. The
Exp Flow < -1 l/min for 1 second Standby menu shall be
Circ Unparked displayed with the highlight
Patient Detect on Start Ventilation when
alarm is initially activated.
• Was patient connected during standby state? If yes, this is a user error. If no:
• Remove all tube connections from vent. If alarm persists, check exhalation pressure port and
exhalation valve housing.
• Calibrate Flow control valves.
• Calibrate airway pressure transducers.
• Using the PC Service Application and occluded circuit, set 3 l/min flow, and set 6 cmH20 on exh.
Valve. Ensure both Insp and Exp pressure sensors read 6 ±3 cmH2O. Open circuit and verify
pressure is < 2 cmH20.
• Check/replace zero valves.
• Replace appropriate pressure sensor board.
• Replace appropriate flow control valve.
Paux high Paux High Medium Paux > 100 cmH2O De-energize Paux purge
valve (if purge valve is
energized) until alarm
condition clears.
• Verify Paux port (and any tubing that is connected to Paux port) is not occluded when purge
valve is energized (purge is turned ON).
• Zero Paux pressure sensor.
• Use the PC Service Application to calibrate the Paux pressure sensor (Section 5.2.8 on page 5-
15).
• Interchange Paux and Pexp connections. If Paux high alarm stops, replace Paux sensor.
• If Paux High alarm continues, replace VCB.
Paux sensor Paux Sensor out of Low Paux sensor data out of range.
out of range range Range is 10-4095 mV.
• Check/replace harness.
• Interchange Paux and Pexp connections. If Paux alarm stops, replace Paux sensor.
• If Paux alarm continues, replace VCB.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-35

Engström Carestation

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments

Action/Troubleshooting

Paux sensor Paux Zeroing Error Low Range for zero pressure: 631-968 If failed, use previous
out of range mV (counts). known good offset value for
Paux.
• Verify Paux port (and any tubing that is connected to Paux port) is not occluded when purge
valve is energized (Purge is turned On).
• Zero Paux pressure sensor.
• Check/replace harness.
• Interchange Paux and Pexp connections. If Paux alarm stops, replace Paux sensor.
• If Paux alarm continues, replace VCB.
Pbaro sensor Barometric Pressure Low Out of range barometric pressure The ventilator will use the
out of range Sensor Out of Range data. entered altitude setting to
Range: 2163-4340 mV or 732-1196 determine the calculated
cmH2O. barometric pressure value.
• Calibrate the barometric sensor (see Section 8.5.18 on page 8-28).
• Replace VMB (recalibrate barometric sensor).
Pexp sensor Paw exp Sensor Out High Out of range Paw exp sensor data.
out of range of Range Range is 10-4095 mV.
• Check/replace harness.
• Interchange Paux and Pexp connections. If Pexp alarm stops, replace Pexp sensor.
• If Pexp alarm continues, replace VMB.
Pexp sensor Paw exp Zeroing Low Range for zero pressure is 631- If failed, vent uses previous
out of range Error 968 mV (counts). known good offset value for
Paw exp.
• Verify Pexp port is not occluded.
• Zero Pexp pressure sensor.
• Check/replace zeroing valve.
• Check/replace harness.
• Interchange Paux and Pexp connections. If Pexp alarm stops, replace Pexp sensor.
• If Pexp alarm continues, replace VMB.
Pinsp sensor Paw insp Sensor Out High Out of range Paw insp sensor
out of range of Range data ≥ 50 ms or Inspiratory
Pressure Zero Valve energized for
≥ 1 second.
Range is 10-4095 mV
• Check/replace harness.
• Interchange Paux and Pinsp connections. If Pinsp alarm stops, replace Pinsp sensor.
• If Pinsp alarm continues, replace VCB
Pinsp sensor Paw insp Zeroing Low Range for zero pressure is 631- If failed, vent uses previous
out of range Error 968 mV (counts) known good offset value for
Paw insp.
• Zero Pinsp pressure sensor.
• Check/replace zeroing valve.
• Check/replace harness.
• Interchange Paux and Pinsp connections. If Pinsp alarm stops, replace Pinsp sensor.
• If Pinsp alarm continues, replace VCB.

7-36 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Alarm message troubleshooting chart

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments

Action/Troubleshooting

PO2 sensor out O2 Supply Pressure Low Out of range O2 supply pressure
of range Sensor Out of Range sensor data.
Range is 195 to 4760 mV
• Check O2 supply.
• Disconnect sensor and verify output is zero gage pressure.
• Interchange harness connections on both supply pressure sensors.
• If alarm follows the sensor, check sensor connector terminals. Replace supply pressure sensor if
necessary.
• If not, then check/replace harness.
• If not harness, then replace VMB.
Pressure Paw Cross- Check High Paw exp – Paw insp > 10 cmH2O
sensor failure for more than 100 ms.
Alarm condition must be present
for > 350 ms.
• Verify Pexp port is not occluded.
• Check airway pressure transducer calibration(s) at 0, 50, and 100 cmH2O. Calibrate if
necessary.
• Check/replace zeroing valve(s).
• Check/replace harness.
• Check/replace pressure transducer(s).
• Check/replace VCB or VMB.
Primary audio Alarm Confirm Error High If the DU detects a speaker current Audible in Standby and
failure sense bit false when attempting to Monitoring.
sound the speaker. De-escalates to Low
priority.
VCB/VMB will receive data
from DU indicating:
1. High priority alarm
successfully sounded.
2. High priority alarm not
successfully sounded.
3. No High priority alarm
currently active.
The VMB or VCB will
activate the backup buzzer
when condition 2 in the
special behavior column is
active or if condition 1 in
the special behavior
column is not detected
within 15 seconds of the
VCB or VMB issuing A high
priority alarm. All high
priority alarms that have
the VCB or VMB as the
source will activate this
alarm.
• Adjust speaker volume to its highest volume. If alarm stops, replace DU speaker.
• Check DU speaker connection.
• Replace speaker.
• Replace DU CPU board.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-37

Engström Carestation

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments

Action/Troubleshooting

Relief valve Safety Valve High Failed Safety Relief Valve User cannot enter Therapy
failure Checkout Failure Checkout. Paw reaches 30 cmH2O state after a powerup until
within 4 seconds of the start of the removal criteria is met.
Paw and Flow check.
Wave:
Ventilation not
available
• Check for pneumatic leaks.
• Verify seat/seal interface is clean.
• Verify safety valve relief port (bottom of ventilator) is not blocked.
• Perform the Mechanical over-pressure valve test (Section 5.2.13 on page 5-24). Removal
requires successful checkout.
Remove airway Neo module not Low Any MGAS module is installed in
module compatible the module bay during neo patient
type.
• Remove module or change patient type to adult or pediatric.
Replace D-fend MGAS Inlet Filter Low MGAS communicates: Residue
Residue > 40 Sec buildup on the water trap
CO2 or O2 wave: membrane. This decreases airflow.
Replace D-fend
• Replace D-fend.
Replace neo Neo Flow Sensor High Neo flow sensor with 1 hot wire
flow sensor Failure reporting less than 20 ADC and
other hot wire reporting normal as
measured by VCB or VMB.
• Calibrate neo flow sensor.
• Check neo flow sensor and cable connections.
• Replace neo flow sensor.
• Replace neo flow sensor cable.
• Replace VMB.
• Replace motherboard.
• Replace VCB.
Sample line MGAS Line Blocked Low MGAS communicates: The sample De-escalatable.
blocked > 40 Sec tubing inside or outside the monitor
blocked, or the water trap is
CO2, O2, or Flow MGAS Line Blocked Medium occluded.
waveform > 60 Sec
instruction:
Continuous
blockage. Check
sample line and
D-fend.
• Replace the sample line.
• Replace D-fend.
SBT ends < 2 SBT < 2 minutes Low SBT countdown time reaches 2
minutes minutes

• No action required.

7-38 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Alarm message troubleshooting chart

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments

Action/Troubleshooting
Failed State DU to VCB Com Failed Proper communications from the Run Backup Ventilation if in
message: Error DU to the VCB is not successfully Therapy.
System failure. completed within 90 seconds after
Service startup or within a 10 second
required. window after communications have
been established with the DU.
• Cycle power.
• Check error log for underlying causes such as voltage range errors.
• Using service card, check DU communication to VMB.
• If multiple subsystem communication failures:
— Check/replace DU cable.
— Verify DU system interface PCB is fully inserted into DU CPU PCB.
— Check/replace DU system interface PCB (connector panel assembly).
— Check/replace DU CPU board.
• If not multiple subsystem communication failures:
— Check/replace DU cable
— Verify VCB is fully inserted into mother board.
— Verify yellow VCB communications activity indicator CR16 (RX DU) is lit and blinking. If not
blinking:
— Replace VCB.
— Check/replace motherboard.
— Check/replace DU system interface PCB (connector panel assembly).
— Check/replace DU CPU board.
Failed State DU to VMB Com Failed Proper communications from the Run Backup Ventilation if in
message: Error DU to the VMB is not successfully Therapy.
System failure. completed within 90 seconds after
Service startup or within a 10 second
required. window after communications have
been established with the DU.
• Cycle power.
• Check error log for underlying causes such as voltage range errors.
• Using service card, check DU communication to VCB.
• If multiple subsystem communication failures:
— Check/replace DU cable.
— Verify DU system interface PCB is fully inserted into DU CPU PCB.
— Check/replace DU system interface PCB (connector panel assembly).
— Check/replace DU CPU board.
• If not multiple subsystem communication failures:
— Check/replace DU cable
— Verify VMB is fully inserted into motherboard.
— Replace VMB.
— Check/replace motherboard.
— Check/replace DU system interface PCB (connector panel assembly).
— Check/replace DU CPU board.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-39

Engström Carestation

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments

Action/Troubleshooting
Failed State Processor Reset Failed Sequential watchdogs cause a Vent Safe Operation.
message: processor reset on either VCB or This requirement is
System failure. VMB. intended to ensure that a
Service SW or watchdog reset
required. (indicating loss of
processor control) of either
the VCB or VMB will
activate the backup audio
alarm.
• Cycle power.
• Using service card, check error log for underlying causes such as voltage range errors.
• Using service card, check DU communication to VCB and VMB.
• If no VCB comm., check VCB CR10 red reset indicators. If lit, replace VCB.
• If no VMB comm., check VMB CR10 red reset indicators. If lit, replace VMB.
Failed State VCB to DU Com Failed Proper communications from the Run Backup Ventilation if in
message: Error VCB to the DU is not successfully Therapy.
System failure. completed within a 10 second
Service window.
required. Note: Timing does not start for 90
seconds after power up.
• Cycle power.
• Check error log for underlying causes such as voltage range errors.
• Using service card, check DU communication to VMB.
• If multiple subsystem communication failures:
— Check/replace DU cable.
— Verify DU system interface PCB is fully inserted into DU CPU PCB.
— Check/replace DU system interface PCB (connector panel assembly).
— Check/replace DU CPU board.
• If not multiple subsystem communication failures:
— Check/replace DU cable
— Verify VCB is fully inserted into mother board.
— Verify yellow VCB communications activity indicator CR15 (TX DU) is lit and blinking. If not
blinking:
— Replace VCB.
— Check/replace motherboard.
— Check/replace DU CPU board.

7-40 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Alarm message troubleshooting chart

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments

Action/Troubleshooting
Failed State VMB to DU Com Failed Proper communications from the Run Backup Ventilation if in
message: Error VMB to the DU is not successfully Therapy.
System failure. completed within a 10 second
Service window. Note: Timing does not
required. start for 90 seconds after power up.
• Cycle power.
• Check error log for underlying causes such as voltage range errors.
• Using service card, check DU communication to VCB.
• If multiple subsystem communication failures:
— Check/replace DU cable.
— Verify DU system interface PCB is fully inserted into DU CPU PCB.
— Check/replace DU system interface PCB (connector panel assembly).
— Check/replace DU CPU board.
• If not multiple subsystem communication failures:
— Check/replace DU cable
— Verify VMB is fully inserted into mother board.
— Replace VMB.
— Check/replace motherboard.
— Check/replace DU system interface PCB (connector panel assembly).
— Check/replace DU CPU board.
Failed State VMB to VCB Com Failed Proper communication of the high
message: Error speed sensor data from the VMB to
System failure. the VCB is not successfully
Service completed within a 50 ms window.
required.
• Cycle power.
• Check error log for underlying causes such as voltage range errors.
• Check DU/VMB and DU/VCB communication using Service Card.
• Verify VMB and VCB are fully inserted into motherboard.
• Check/replace VMB.
• Check/replace VCB.
• Check/replace motherboard.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-41

Engström Carestation

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments

Action/Troubleshooting

System Low Internal Battery High Mains power not available. Internal
shutdown in – 20 Min battery supply < 20 minutes
<20 min. calculated via battery discharge
algorithm.
System Low Internal Battery High Mains power not available.
shutdown in – 10 Min Internal battery supply < 10
<10 min. minutes calculated via battery
discharge algorithm.
System Low Internal Battery High Mains power not available Internal
shutdown in <5 – 5 Min battery supply < 5 minutes
min. calculated via battery discharge
algorithm.
System Low Internal Battery High Mains power not available.
shutdown in <1 – 1 Min Internal battery supply < 1 minute
min. calculated via battery discharge
algorithm.
• Normal alarm if system is operating on battery.
• Check connection to AC supply (verify green LED on DU is lit).
• If LED is not lit, check AC mains source, check rear power cord clamp, check fuses.
• If LED is lit, check output of DC power supply at screw terminals. Range is 20-32 V. If out of
range, disconnect DC power supply input harness and verify output is still out of range. Check/
replace DC power supply input harness. If out of range and harness is OK, replace DC power
supply.
• Measure voltage at F1 (both sides) on PMB. Range is 20-32V.
• Check fuse F1 on PMB, if open replace PMB.
• Replace PMB.
• Use Engström Service Application to verify charge/discharge rate.
Temp high. Power Supply Temp High Vicor power supply temperature
Shutdown High exceeds 75°C.
possible

Paw Wave
Instruction:
Check fan filter.
• Check main fan filter.
• Check/replace fans.
• Check error log/power diagnostics for underlying causes such as fan failure indicators or voltage
range errors.
• Verify ambient is < 40 degrees C.
• Replace PMB.
TV not Medium TVinsp< 80% of the set TV, or set
achieved TV - 5ml, whichever is greater, for
(Adult and six consecutive breaths.
Pediatric)
• Ensure the Plimit, Pmax, and TV settings are appropriate for the patient’s condition.
• Ensure the pneumatic nebulizer flow setting is correct.
TV not Medium TVinsp < 80% of the set TV, or set
achieved TV - 1ml, whichever is greater, for
(Neonatal) six consecutive breaths.

• Ensure the Plimit, Pmax, and TV settings are appropriate for the patient’s condition.
• Ensure the pneumatic nebulizer flow setting is correct.

7-42 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Alarm message troubleshooting chart

Special Behavior/
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition
Comments

Action/Troubleshooting

Unable to Ventilator is at minimum allowed

deliver TV delivery and TVinsp has exceeded
TV for 3 consecutive breaths.
• Ensure the TV setting is appropriate for the patient’s condition.
• Ensure the pneumatic nebulizer flow setting is correct.
Volume Total Flow Sensor High Out of range Total Flow Sensor Return to closed loop
delivery error Communications data volume delivery control
Failure -or- when cleared.
Loss of communication.
• Check Error Log for Total Flow Sensor Supply Voltage.
— If yes:
— Disconnect harness at flow sensor. If voltage error stops, replace flow sensor.
— Disconnect vent engine harness at VCB. If voltage error stops, replace harness.
• If no:
— Check connection to Total Flow Sensor.
— Interchange harness connection between air and total flow sensors.
— If this alarm stops, replace Total Flow Sensor. If this alarm persists, check/replace harness.
If harness is OK, replace VCB.
• Check the pressure regulators and ensure the pressures are within specified ranges.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-43

Engström Carestation

7.8 Troubleshooting Service Application messages

The VCB Service App screen includes a Calibrations and Tests area (Section 8.5.10
on page 8-20). This area includes a field “Calibration Running” that displays
messages while a test is in progress. Some messages indicate that the test
encountered a problem. Use the following table to help troubleshoot messages that
result in a failed test or calibration.
For additional Checkout failure messages see Section 7.1 on page 7-2.

Message in
“Calibration Reason Troubleshooting
running” field

120 Lpm flow test Prior to calibration flow valve, make sure None
system can flow 120 Lpm for at least 1
second.

125 Cal Point Too High: Exhalation valve calibration point at 1.25 Verify exhalation housing and assembly
Value cmH2O was above 1.30 cmH2O. are seated properly.
Value = pressure (cmH2O x 100) recorded
at the 1.25 cmH2O cal point.

300 point too high Flow valve calibration point targeting 300 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
ml/min was measured above 290 ml/min not leaking.
and could not be extrapolated down. 2. Verify low pressure vent engine system
is not leaking.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

Aborted Calibration or test in progress has been None

aborted.

Air Flow Sensor Chk Air Flow Sensor Check is in progress. None

Air Flow Sensor Chk Air Flow Sensor Check passed. None
Complete

Air Flow Sensor Chk Fail Air Flow Sensor Check failed. See previous message in status log for
cause of failure.

Air Flow Sensor Fail: No Air Flow Sensor step of Checkout has Verify proper supply pressure.
Air failed because no low/no air supply
pressure was detected.

Air Flush Time: Value Value = time (sec) needed to flush system None
sec with Air until stability of 0.1% O2 is reached.

Air Valve Cal Air Valve Cal in progress. None

Air Valve Cal Complete Air Valve Cal passed. None

Air Valve Cal Fail Air Valve Cal failed. See previous message in status log for
cause of failure.

7-44 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Service Application messages

Message in
“Calibration Reason Troubleshooting
running” field

Aux Span Counts: Value Auxiliary pressure sensor DAC counts that None
correspond to 100 cmH2O. (range: 3026 to
3589)

Aux Zero Aux Zero Cal is in progress. None

Aux Zero Complete Auz Zero Cal passed. None

Aux Zero Fail: Value Auxiliary pressure sensor zero DAC is out 1. Verify Paux port is open to atmosphere
of range. Value = measured zero DAC (either directly or via open tube).
(normal range = 631 to 968) 2. Replace zero valve.
3. Replace pressure transducer.

Bad Air Flow Not able to achieve proper flow during Verify FCV is opening to give flow. Should
exhalation valve calibration. be at least 2 l/min. If no flow, replace FCV.
Set at 4 l/min.

Bad Low Pressure: Lowest pressure achieved during 1. Verify exhalation valve assembly is
Value exhalation valve cal > 2.5 cmH2O. Value = properly assembled and latched to outlet
lowest pressure achieved in cmH2Ox100 manifold.
2. Verify tube connecting Insp port to Exp
port is not occluded/kinked.

Bad O2 Flow Not able to achieve proper flow during Verify FCV is opening to give flow. Should
exhalation valve calibration. be at least 2 l/min. If no flow, replace FCV.
Set at 4 l/min.

Barometric Chk Barometric pressure sensor check in None

progress.

Barometric Chk Barometric Check passed. None

Complete

Barometric Chk Fail During Barometric pressure check, See Section 7.1.2 on page 7-3.
barometric pressure sensor and calculated
baro pressure from set altitude differ by
more than 20% of calculated baro
pressure.

Calibrating Flow Valve Calibrating Flow Valve. None

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-45

Engström Carestation

Message in
“Calibration Reason Troubleshooting
running” field

Can’t Achieve 80 cmH2O Exhalation valve calibration can not 1. Verify flow > 1 l/min from FCV.
generate 80 cmH2O pressure in the Recalibrate if necessary.
breathing circuit. 2. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
not leaking.
3. Verify low pressure vent engine system
is not leaking.
4. Verify clean exhalation housing seat/
seal. Replace parts as necessary.
5. Verify power to exhalation valve
actuator.
6. Check/replace harness.
7. Replace VCB.

Can’t Establish During Checkout step, unable to achieve 8 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
Pressure: Flow Lpm with which to attempt to reach 34 not leaking.
cmH2O. 2. Verify low pressure vent engine system
is not leaking.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

Can’t Extrapolate Table During flow valve calibration, if a weak or Check for a weak or restricted gas supply
restricted gas supply pressure requires the pressure.
140 or 160 l/min points to be extrapolated
and the calculated value is > 65,000 DAC
counts, this message comes up. This
results in maximum flow limited to whatever
is the highest flow point in the calibration
table.

Can’t Pressurize: Value During Paw transducer check, the 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
breathing circuit could not reach 33 not leaking.
cmH2O. 2. Verify low pressure vent engine system
is not leaking.
During Relief Valve check, the breathing
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
circuit could not reach 30 cmH2O.
connected and all seals are in place.
During Exh Valve Cal Check, the exp 4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
pressure does not stabilize within 0.1 Recalibrate if necessary.
cmH2O within 12 seconds.

Value = max exp pressure achieved.

7-46 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Service Application messages

Message in
“Calibration Reason Troubleshooting
running” field

Can’t Pressurize1: Value During 1st half of Low Pressure leak check, 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
the breathing circuit could not reach 34 not leaking.
cmH2O. 2. Verify low pressure vent engine system
is not leaking.
Value = max exp pressure achieved.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

Can’t Pressurize2: Value During 2nd half of Low Pressure leak 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
check, the breathing circuit could not reach not leaking.
25 cmH2O. 2. Verify low pressure vent engine system
is not leaking.
Value = max exp pressure achieved.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

Checking Supply Press1 During FCV calibration, the source and None; normal operation.
integrity of the gas supply (compressor or
wall supply) is being tested.

Checking Supply Press2 During FCV calibration, the source and None; normal operation.
integrity of the gas supply (compressor or
wall supply) is being tested.

Checking Supply Press3: During FCV calibration, the source and None; normal operation.
Value integrity of the gas supply (compressor or
wall supply) is being tested.
Value = measured supply pressure (psi)

Checkout Aborted Checkout Aborted None

Checkout Done Checkout Done None

Ci=Value Intermediate value in low pressure leak None; for information only.
check compliance calculation.

Disabling normalization - Leak value measured by checkout is 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
invalid leak greater than 0.5 Lpm; expiratory flow not leaking.
sensor normalization is being disabled. 2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not
leaking.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

Disagree Temp: Value During Air (or O2) flow sensor check, air 1. If only one flow check fails, replace that
flow sensor temperature is more than 9°C flow sensor.
different than Total Flow Sensor 2. If both Air and O2 flow check fails,
temperature. Value = temperature replace Total Flow Sensor.
difference (°C)

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-47

Engström Carestation

Message in
“Calibration Reason Troubleshooting
running” field

Disagree Tot: Value1 During air flow sensor check, air flow Check regulator for oscillation. Replace if
Air: Value2 sensor is more than 15% different than total necessary.
flow sensor at a nominal flow of 30 l/min.
Value1 = measured total flow.
Value2 = measured air flow.

Downstream Flow Diff: Difference between flow measured by total None; for information only.
Value flow sensor and expiratory wire of neonatal
flow sensor during Checkout (ml/min).

End Pressure: Value Exhalation valve check: See Section 7.1.5 on page 7-6.
Value = time required to relieve pressure in
system from 34 cmH2O to less than 2
cmH2O. Must be less than 250 msec to
pass.

Exh Flow Sensor Chk Exhalation flow sensor check in progress. None

Exh Flow Sensor Chk Exhalation flow sensor check passed. None
Complete

Exh Flow Sensor Chk Exhalation flow sensor check failed. See previous message in status log for
Fail cause of failure.

Exh Valve Cal Exhalation valve calibration in progress. None

Exh Valve Cal Chk Exhalation valve check in progress. None

Exh Valve Cal Chk Exhalation valve calibration passed. None

Complete

Exh Valve Cal Chk Fail Exhalation valve cal check failed. See previous message in status log for
cause of failure.

Exh Valve Cal Complete Exhalation valve cal check passed. None

Exh Valve Cal Fail Exhalation valve calibration failed. See previous message in status log for
cause of failure.

Exp Flow Cal Expiratory flow sensor calibration in None

progress.

Exp Valve Step Sweep Exp valve sweep complete. None

Done

Exp Valve Sweep Exp valve step sweep in progress. None

FAIL No 120 Min: Value Flow valve cal timeout: never made it to Check for weak or restricted gas pressure
120 l/min of flow during flow valve cal. supply.
If the PC Service Application is connected,
insure flow valves and exhalation valve
DAC counts are set to “0” and checked
“on”.

7-48 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Service Application messages

Message in
“Calibration Reason Troubleshooting
running” field

Failed 120l/min flow: During FCV calibration - could not hold 120 Check for weak or restricted gas pressure
Value l/min flow for 1 second before supply supply.
pressure drops below 30 psi.

Failed Supply Press: During FCV calibration - inadequate supply Check gas supply source to see if it is too
Value pressure. weak or restricted.

Failed Supply Press2: During FCV calibration - inadequate supply Check gas supply source to see if it is too
Value pressure. weak or restricted.

Failed Supply Press3: During FCV calibration - inadequate supply Check gas supply source to see if it is too
Value pressure. weak or restricted.

Failed Supply Press4: During FCV calibration - inadequate supply Check gas supply source to see if it is too
Value pressure. weak or restricted.

Failed Supply Press5: During FCV calibration - inadequate supply Check gas supply source to see if it is too
Value pressure. weak or restricted.

Failed Supply Press6: During FCV calibration - inadequate supply Check gas supply source to see if it is too
Value pressure. weak or restricted.

Failed Supply Press7: During FCV calibration - inadequate supply Check gas supply source to see if it is too
Value pressure. weak or restricted.

Failed Supply Press8: During FCV calibration - inadequate supply Check gas supply source to see if it is too
Value pressure. weak or restricted.

Failed Supply Press9: During FCV calibration - inadequate supply Check gas supply source to see if it is too
Value pressure. weak or restricted.

fCompliance = Value Intermediate value in low pressure leak None; for information only.
check compliance calculation.

fCorrectedLeak = Value Intermediate value in low pressure leak None; for information only.
check compliance calculation.

Final Flow Achieved: Flow value (ml/min) achieved during None; for information only.
Value current Checkout step.

Final Rising Flow Flow value (ml/min) achieved during None; for information only.
Achieved: Value current Checkout step.

fLeak = Value Intermediate value in low pressure leak None; for information only.
check compliance calculation.

Flow Cal - Waiting for Total Flow Sensor is being set up to read None
Sensiron the proper gas for the current valve
calibration.

Flow Diff: Value Exhalation flow sensor check: See Section 7.1.6 on page 7-7.
Value = flow difference between insp (total)
flow sensor and exh flow sensor (ml/min).
Must be less than 20% difference.
|Exp flow - tot flow| < 0.20 * tot flow.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-49

Engström Carestation

Message in
“Calibration Reason Troubleshooting
running” field

Flow Too High: Value During FCV calibration, the FCV is leaking 1. Run approximately 160 l/min flow
more than 1150 ml/min. through the FCV to dislodge any debris
Value = leak in sml/min. that might be present on the valve seat/
seal.
2. Recalibrate/Replace FCV.

Flow Valve Cal Complete Flow valve cal passed. 3. None

Flow Valve Cal Fail Flow valve cal failed. See previous message in status log for
cause of failure.

Flow Valve DAC Too Low FCV- DAC counts went too low without a 1. Check flow sensor.
corresponding decrease in flow. 2. Check for sticking valve.

Flow/O2 Disagree: During checkout, the O2 sensor check 1. Using the PC Service Application, create
Value1/Value2 failed. O2 and Air flow set to 15 l/min. The a flow of approximately 15 l/min on the
O2% is calculated from the O2 and Air flow air channel.
sensors and compared to the measured 2. Verify (Tot Flow - Air Flow) < (0.15 * Air
O2% from the Paracube O2 sensor. If the Flow).
absolute difference between the O2 sensor 3. If not, replace air pressure regulator.
and the calculated O2% from flow 4. Using the PC Service Application, create
measurement is > 5% O2, then the check a flow of approximately 15 l/min on the
fails. O2 channel.
Value1 = %O2 measured from flow sensors 5. Verify (Tot Flow - O2 Flow) < (0.15 * O2
Value2 = %O2 measured from Paracube Flow).
6. If not, replace O2 pressure regulator.
7. Recalibrate O2 sensor.
8. Repeat tests 2 and 5. If only one fails,
replace that channel's flow sensor. If
both fail, replace Total Flow Sensor.
9. Replace O2 sensor.

fPressureDifference1 = Intermediate value in low pressure leak None; for information only.
Value check compliance calculation.

fPressureDifference2 = Intermediate value in low pressure leak None; for information only.
Value check compliance calculation.

Guaranteed Flow Not Could not bring the flow down to the target 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
Achieved: Value flow with the minimum flow command. not leaking.
Value = minimum flow that was achieved 2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not
(ml/min). leaking.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

7-50 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Service Application messages

Message in
“Calibration Reason Troubleshooting
running” field

High Pres Air Leak Test Vent engine high air pressure leak test 1. Verify correct altitude setting.
Fail (Baro) failed because of invalid (low) barometric 2. If the seating is correct, calibrate the
pressure reading. barometric sensor.
3. Replace Vent Monitor Board (VMB)

High Pres O2 Leak Test Vent engine high O2 pressure leak test 1. Verify correct altitude setting.
Fail (Baro) failed because of invalid (low) barometric 2. If the setting is correct, calibrate the
pressure reading. barometric sensor.
3. Replace Vent Monitor Board (VMB).

High Pressure Air Leak Vent engine high air pressure leak test in None
Test progress.

High Pressure Air Leak Vent engine high air pressure leak test None
Test Complete passed.

High Pressure Air Leak Vent engine high air pressure leak test See Section 5.2.7 on page 5-13
Test Fail failed because measured leak was too
high.

High Pressure O2 Leak Vent engine high O2 pressure leak test in None
Test progress.

High Pressure O2 Leak Vent engine high O2 pressure leak test None
Test Complete passed.

High Pressure O2 Leak Vent engine high O2 pressure leak test See Section 5.2.6 on page 5-11
Test Fail failed because measured leak was too
high.

High Pressure: Aborted The Checkout step in progress was 1. Verify breathing circuit is properly
aborted due to high pressure. connected for checkout.
2. Verify proper flow and exhalation valve
calibration. Recalibrate if necessary.

Insp flow below target: Flow cannot be controlled down to the 1. Check for disconnected breathing circuit
>Target = Value1 target flow because the measured flow is during Checkout.
>Insp = Value2 already lower than the target flow. 2. Verify proper flow valve calibration.
Recalibrate if necessary.

Insp Span Counts: Value Inspiratory pressure sensor DAC counts None
that correspond to 100 cmH2O. (range:
3026 to 3589)

InspFlowAccumulator= Intermediate values in low pressure leak None; for information only.
Value1, _jj=Value2 check compliance calculation.

Low Air Pressure: value Air supply pressure < 30 psig Verify proper gas supply.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-51

Engström Carestation

Message in
“Calibration Reason Troubleshooting
running” field

Low Exp Pressure: During exh valve cal, the pressure dropped Check for disconnected breathing circuit
Value1, Value2 more than 1.25 cmH2O in 4 msec. during calibration.
Value1 = Current measured pressure
(cmH2O x 100).
Value2 = Current calibration point

Low Max Flow: Value FCV - Indicator that system will use the Check gas supply source to see if it is too
degraded wall supply routine for FCV weak or restricted if this causes problems.
calibration.

Low O2 Pressure: Value O2 supply pressure < 30 psig Verify proper gas supply.

Low Pres Leak Test Fail Vent engine low pressure leak test failed 1. Verify correct altitude setting.
(Baro) because of invalid (low) barometric 2. If the setting is correct, calibrate the
pressure reading. barometric sensor.
3. Replace Vent Monitor Board (VMB)

Low Pressure Leak Chk Breathing circuit leak check in progress. None

Low Pressure Leak Chk Breathing circuit leak check passed. None
Complete

Low Pressure Leak Chk Breathing circuit leak check failed. See previous message in status log cause
Fail of failure.

Low Pressure Leak Test Vent engine low pressure leak test in None
progress.

Low Pressure Leak Test Vent engine low pressure leak test in None
Complete progress.

Low Pressure Leak Test Vent engine low pressure leak test failed See Section 5.2.5 on page 5-8
Fail because leak was too high.

Measure Insp Inspiratory resistance check in progress. None

Resistance Check

Measure Insp Inspiratory resistance check passes. None

Resistance Check
Complete

Measure Insp Inspiratory resistance check failed. See previous message in status log for
Resistance Check Fail cause of failure.

Measure Insp Measured Insp Resistance value None; for information only.
Resistance Check Value

Measure Resis Chk Breathing circuit resistance measurement None

in progress.

Measure Resis Chk Breathing circuit resistance measurement None

Complete completed successfully.

Measure Resis Chk Fail Breathing circuit resistance measurement See previous message in status log for
failed. cause of failure.

7-52 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Service Application messages

Message in
“Calibration Reason Troubleshooting
running” field

Measured Resistance: Resistance measured during Checkout. None; for information only.
Value

Measuring P0.1 P0.1 procedure in progress None

Minimum Flow not Could not achieve minimum flow required 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
achieved: Value for step in Checkout. not leaking.
Value = maximum flow that was achieved 2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not
(ml/min) leaking.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

Neo Flow Sensor Cal Neonatal flow sensor calibration in None

progress.

Neo Flow Sensor Cal Neonatal flow sensor calibration failed. 1. Verify neonatal flow sensor is properly
Fail connected and properly occluded.
Recalibrate the sensor.
2. Clean or replace neonatal flow sensor.

Neo Flow Sensor Cal Neonatal flow sensor calibration passed. None
Pass

Neonatal Check Failed System was unable to achieve 20 Lpm of 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
(20 Lpm) flow during the Neonatal checkout. not leaking.
2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not
leaking.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

Neonatal Check Failed The expiratory flow measured by the See Section 7.1.11 on page 7-10
(Downstream) neonatal flow sensor is more than 25%
different from the flow measured by the
Total Flow Sensor.

Neonatal Check Failed System was unable to achieve 30 Lpm of 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
(Reaching 30) flow during the Neonatal Checkout. not leaking.
2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not
leaking.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

Neonatal Check Failed The neonatal flow sensor indicated Clean or replace neonatal flow sensor.
(Reversed @20) reversed flow during the 20 Lpm check
during Checkout.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-53

Engström Carestation

Message in
“Calibration Reason Troubleshooting
running” field

Neonatal Check Failed The neonatal flow sensor indicated Clean or replace the neonatal flow sensor.
(Reversed @ 30) reversed flow during the 30 Lpm check
during Checkout.

Neonatal Failed Neonatal flow sensor check failed because Verify proper gas supply.
no gas supply was detected.

Neonatal Flow Check Neonatal flow sensor flow check is in None

progress.

Neonatal Zero Neonatal flow sensor zero check is in None

progress.

Neonatal Zero Failed Neonatal flow sensor zero check failed Verify proper gas supply.
because no gas supply was detected.

Neonatal Zero Failed Neonatal flow sensor zero check failed 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
(4 Lpm) because the system was unable to achieve not leaking.
4 Lpm. 2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not
leaking.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

Neonatal Zero Failed Neonatal flow sensor zero check failed 1. Recalibrate neonatal flow sensor and
(Expected 0 Flow) because the neonatal flow sensor rerun the Checkout.
measured non-zero flow while occluded. 2. Clean or replace the flow sensor.

NFS Check (10 Lpm) Neonatal flow sensor zero check failed 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
because system was unable to reach 10 not leaking.
Lpm prior to the zero. 2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not
leaking.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

NFS Check (30 Lpm) Neonatal flow sensor zero check failed 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
because system was unable to reach 30 not leaking.
Lpm prior to the zero. 2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not
leaking.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

NFS Checkout Complete Neonatal flow sensor flow check None

completed,

No Air Supply pressure for Air is below 30 psi. Verify proper gas supply.

7-54 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Service Application messages

Message in
“Calibration Reason Troubleshooting
running” field

No Exp Flow Sensor Expiratory flow sensor is not detected by Verify proper installation of expiratory flow
system. sensor and exhalation housing. Replace
expiratory flow sensor if necessary.

No Gas Supply Supply pressure for both Air and O2 is Verify proper gas supply.
below 30 psi.

No Oxygen Supply pressure for O2 is below 30 psi. Verify proper gas supply.

No Supply Pressure Supply pressure for both Air and O2 is Verify proper gas supply.
below
30 psi.

None No calibrations, zero measurements, or None

checkout tests are running

Normalized Flow Normalized expiratory flow and total flow 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
Comparison Failed: are more than 10% (or 200 ml, whichever is not leaking.
>Target = Value1 greater) apart. 2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not
>I = Value2 Value1 = Normalization Table flow point leaking.
>E = Value3 being tested (ml/min)
Value2 = Inspiratory Flow measured by 3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
Total Flow Sensor (ml/min) connected and all seals are in place.
Value3 = Expiratory flow measured by 4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
expiratory flow sensor (ml/min) Recalibrate if necessary.

O2 Flush Time: Value Value = time (sec) needed to flush system None
sec with O2 until stability of 0.1% O2 is reached.

O2 Sensor Fail Failed Paracube communications during Replace Paracube.

O2 sensor check

O2 Sensor: Failed 100% Paracube Cal never competed, timed out Check Paracube sensor.
Cal during 100% O2 cal

O2 Sensor: Failed 21% Paracube Cal never competed, timed out Check Paracube sensor.
Cal during 21% O2 cal

O2 Too Low for 100% Measured O2% < 41% during the 100% 1. Verify proper connection of gases to
Cal span calibration of the O2 sensor. ventilator.
2. Use the PC Service Application O2
Sensor cal to override limits on O2
sensor calibration.
3. Replace Paracube.

O2 Too Low for 21% Cal Measured O2% < 8% during 21% 1. Verify proper connection of gases to
calibration of O2 sensor. ventilator.
2. Use the PC Service Application O2
Sensor cal to override limits on O2
sensor calibration.
3. Replace Paracube.

O2 Valve Cal O2 Valve Cal in progress None

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-55

Engström Carestation

Message in
“Calibration Reason Troubleshooting
running” field

O2 Valve Cal Complete O2 Valve Cal Passed. None

O2 Valve Cal Fail O2 Valve Cal failed. See previous message in status log for
cause of failure.

Oxygen Flow Sensor Oxygen Flow Sensor Check. None

Chk

Oxygen Sensor Chk O2 flow sensor check passed. None

Complete

Oxygen Flow Sensor Oxygen Flow Sensor Check failed. See previous message in status log for
Chk Fail cause of failure.

Oxygen Flow Sensor Oxygen Flow Sensor Check failed because Verify proper gas supply.
Chk Fail: No O2 oxygen supply not detected.

Oxygen Flow Sensor Fail Oxygen Flow Sensor Check failed because 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
system was unable to achieve 30 Lpm not leaking.
during check. 2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not
leaking.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

Paracube Cal O2 Sensor calibration in progress. None

Paracube Cal Complete O2 sensor check passed. None

Paracube Cal Fail O2 sensor check failed. See previous message in status log for
cause of failure.

Paracube Chk Paracube (O2 sensor) check in progress. None

Paracube Chk Complete Paracube (O2 sensor) check passed.

Paracube Chk Fail Paracube (O2 sensor) check failed. See previous message in status log for
cause of failure.

Paracube Chk Fail (50/ Paracube (O2 sensor) check failed to reach 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
50 Air) 15 Lpm air flow for 50/50 cal. not leaking.
2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not
leaking.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

Paracube Chk Fail (Air) Paracube (O2 sensor) check failed 21% Paracube never completed 21%
cal. calibration. Check Paracube.

7-56 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Service Application messages

Message in
“Calibration Reason Troubleshooting
running” field

Paracube Chk Fail (O2) Paracube (O2 sensor) check failed to reach 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
30 Lpm O2 flow for O2 cal. not leaking.
2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not
leaking.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

Paracube Fail Paracube (O2 sensor) check failed to reach 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
30 Lpm air flow. not leaking.
2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not
leaking.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

Paracube Sensor Fail Paracube (O2 sensor) check failed to reach 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
(50/50 O2) 15 Lpm O2 flow for 50/50 cal. not leaking.
2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not
leaking.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

Paux Zeroing... Auxiliary pressure sensor is being zeroed None

at start of Span Cal.

Paw Xducer Check Airway pressure sensor check in progress. None

Paw Xducer Check Airway pressure sensor check passed. None

Complete

Paw Xducer Check Fail Airway pressure sensor check failed. See previous message in status log for
cause of failure.

Paw Xducer Check Fail Pressure sensors were not successfully See Section 7.1.1 on page 7-2 and Section
(PressureZeroCal) zeroed. 5.2.8 on page 5-15.

Paw Xducer OK Airway pressure sensor check passed. None

Pressure not maintained: System was unable to maintain at least 25 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
value cmH2O of pressure during relief valve not leaking.
check. 2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not
leaking.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-57

Engström Carestation

Message in
“Calibration Reason Troubleshooting
running” field

Q1 = Value Intermediate value in low pressure leak None, for information only.
check compliance calculation.

Relief Pressure: Value Safety Valve check: = back pressure See Section 7.1.4 on page 7-5.
generated from 75 l/min flow thru open
relief valve. Must be less than 10 cmH2O to
pass.

Relief Time: Value Safety Valve check: Value = time required See Section 7.1.4 on page 7-5.
to relieve pressure in system from 34 to
less than 2 cmH2O. Must be less than 250
msec to pass.

Relief Valve Chk Relief valve check in progress. None

Relief Valve Chk Relief valve check passed. None

Complete

Relief Valve Chk Fail Relief valve check failed. See previous message in status log for
cause of failure.

Rising Flow Not Could not achieve minimum flow required 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
Achieved: Value fro step in Checkout. not leaking.
Value = maximum flow that was achieved 2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not
(ml/min) leaking.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

Sensor Disagree: Value During FCV calibration, if the Air (or O2) 1. Check regulator for oscillation.
flow sensor disagree by more than: 20% of 2. If only one FCV cal fails, replace that
total flow or 1500 ml/min, whichever is flow sensor.
greater, the calibration will fail. Value = flow
3. If both FCV cal fail, replace Total Flow
difference between Air (or O2) flow sensor
Sensor.
and Total Flow Sensor.

Sensor Removed Exhalation flow sensor removed prior or Install exh flow sensor and rerun checkout.
during checkout.

Skipping CHECKOUT - A Checkout command was received by the Restart Checkout and allow it to allow it to
not in checkout state Vent Control Board (VCB) while it was not complete.
in the Checkout sate. This is most often
caused by a series of rapidly requested
Checkout starts and aborts without allowing
Checkout to run in between.

Span Pressure transducer span calibration is in None

progress.

Start Normalization... Expiratory flow sensor normalization is in None

progress.

7-58 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Service Application messages

Message in
“Calibration Reason Troubleshooting
running” field

T1 = Intermediate value in low pressure leak None; for information only.

check compliance calculation.

T2 = Intermediate value in low pressure leak None; for information only.

check compliance calculation.

Target flow not reached Flow remains greater than the target flow 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
@ 300 with the minimum flow command during not leaking.
Checkout. 2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not
leaking.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

Total: Value1 O2: Value2 During O2 flow sensor check, O2 flow 1. Check regulator for oscillation. Replace
sensor is more than 15% different than total if necessary.
flow sensor at a nominal flow of 30 l/min. 2. If only O2 flow sensor check fails,
Value1 = measured total flow. replace O2 flow sensor. If both Air and
Value2 = measured O2 flow. O2 flow sensor checks fail, replace Total
Flow Sensor.

Unable to pressurize The circuit could not be pressurized to 10 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and
cmH2O. not leaking.
2. Verify low pressure vent engine system
is not leaking.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly
connected and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.

Unbounded Qin = Value Intermediate value in low pressure leak None; for information only.
check compliance calculation.

Upstream Flow Diff: Difference between flow measured by Total None; for information only.
Value Flow Sensor and inspiratory wire of
neonatal flow sensor during Checkout (ml/
min).

Upstream Flow Failed The inspiratory flow measured by the See Section 7.1.11 on page 7-10
(Upstream) neonatal flow sensor is more than 15%
different from the flow measured by the
Total Flow Sensor.

Valve Step Sweep Valve step sweep in progress. None

Valve Step Sweep Valve step sweep aborted because None; normal operation.
Aborted maximum flow was reached.

Valve Step Sweep Done Valve step sweep completed. None

Valve Sweep Valve sweep in progress. None

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-59

Engström Carestation

Message in
“Calibration Reason Troubleshooting
running” field

Valve Sweep Done Valve sweep completed. None

VMB Exp Flow Sensor Expiratory flow sensor calibration has Verify expiratory flow sensor and
Cal Fail failed. exhalation housing are properly installed.

VMB Exp Flow Sensor Expiratory flow sensor calibration has None
Cal Pass passed.

Waiting for supply FCV calibration - if a weak supply pressure None; normal operation.
pressure is used, system will occasionally pause and
wait for supply pressure to come back up
before resuming FCV calibration.

Weak Supply Detected1: FCV calibration - Indicator that system will None; normal operation. A weak supply
Value use the degraded wall supply routine for pressure was detected when trying to ramp
FCV calibration. the flow up to 165 l/min.

Weak Supply Detected2: FCV calibration - Indicator that system will None; normal operation. A weak supply
Value use the degraded wall supply routine for pressure was detected during the 120 l/min
FCV calibration. flow test.

Weak Supply Detected3: FCV calibration - Indicator that system will None; normal operation. A weak supply
Value use the degraded wall supply routine for was detected during final flow ramp-up
FCV calibration. before first cal points are taken.

Weak Supply Detected4: FCV calibration - Indicator that system will None; normal operation. A weak supply
Value use the degraded wall supply routine for was detected during final flow ramp-up
FCV calibration. before first cal points are taken if DAC
output reached 65,000 counts before flow
reached 170 l/min.

Xducer Error: Value During Paw Xducer check, the insp and See Section 5.2.8 on page 5-15.
exp pressure difference > 4 cmH2O.
Value = pressure difference.

Zero flow samp Error in FCV calibration cal point projection. Check for weak or restricted gas pressure
supply

Zero for flow sampl2 Error in FCV calibration cal point projection. Check for weak or restricted gas pressure
supply

Zero out of range ADC counts are out of the acceptable zero See Section 5.2.8 on page 5-15
pressure range for the inspiratory and/or
expiratory pressure sensor. The acceptable
range for each sensor is 631 to 968 ADC
counts.

Zero Pressure Sensors Airway pressure sensors are currently None

being zeroed.

Zero Pressure Sensors Airway pressure sensor zeros are None

Complete complete.

7-60 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Failed State

7.9 Troubleshooting Failed State

In the Failed state, normal operations are not possible due to a problem in the system.
In Failed state condition, you can copy Error, Alarm, and Event logs to a flash card.
1. With the system in the Failed state, insert a flash card memory device into the
display unit.
2. Press the Help key on the keypad to start the download.
3. “Copying Logs” is displayed on the screen. Wait approximately 60 seconds while
the logs are downloaded to the flash card.
• When “Copying Logs” no longer displays, the download is complete.

System failure. Service required

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 7-61

Engström Carestation

7-62 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Diagnostics and Software Download

8 Service Diagnostics and

Software Download
In this section
8.1 Engström Service Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2
8.1.1 Main menu and system information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2
8.2 Software Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3
8.2.1 Download process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4
8.2.2 Download complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4
8.3 Special Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5
8.3.1 Power Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5
8.3.2 Display Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8
8.3.3 Compatibility Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
8.3.4 System Download Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
8.3.5 CF Card Install Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
8.3.6 View Install Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
8.4 Software upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
8.4.1 Before upgrading software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
8.4.2 Upgrading software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
8.4.3 Checkout procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11
8.5 PC Service Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12
8.5.1 Port setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12
8.5.2 Main menu and system information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13
8.5.3 Log checkout results to file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14
8.5.4 Log calibration results to file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15
8.5.5 VCB diagnostics and calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16
8.5.6 Sensirion sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17
8.5.7 VCB input signal latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17
8.5.8 VCB channel configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18
8.5.9 VCB outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19
8.5.10 VCB calibrations and tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20
8.5.11 Calibration tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22
8.5.12 Neon tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23
8.5.13 Peep stability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24
8.5.14 NVM error log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25
8.5.15 VMB diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26
8.5.16 VMB channel configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27
8.5.17 VMB data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27
8.5.18 Baro P cal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28
8.5.19 Acutronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 8-1

Engström Carestation

8.1 Engström Service Application

Use the Engström Service Application to download software or to run various
diagnostic functions from the Engström ventilator.
Note Display units require different cards depending upon model. The
DU uses the PCMCIA card and the HPDU uses the Compact
Flash card.
To run the application:
1.Set the system power switch to Off.
2.Insert the card (with card and slots facing to the rear) into the
rear PCMCIA interface slot of the display unit (behind left side
door).
3. Set the system power switch to On. The Engström Service Application loads and
displays the Main Menu along with the System Information page.

8.1.1 Main menu and system information

The Main Menu appears on the left-hand side of the screen.

Main Menu

Software Download

Special Functions

• Select Software Download to access the Software Download function.

• Select Special Functions to access logs from the Display Unt.
Note You cannot return to the Special Functions menu of the Engström Service
Application after entering the Software Download menu. You must reboot the
system to exit Software Download.
System Serial Number Engström System Information
ANA(Year)XXXXX __________Currently Installed__________
Main Menu Subsystem HW Rev Serial # SW Ver BootVer
Software Download Front Panel Cntl n/a n/a XX.XX XXXX
Special Functions Power Monitor Bd XXXX/A/XX ABCXXXXX XX.XX XXXX
Vent Monitor Bd XXXX/A/XX ABCXXXXX XX.XX XXXX
Vent Control Bd XXXX/A/XX ABCXXXXX XX.XX XX.XX
Dsply Unit BIOS XXXX/A/XX ABCXXXXX XX.XX n/a
Dsply Unit App XXXX/A/XX ABCXXXXX XX.XX n/a

Figure 8-1. Engström System Information

8-2 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Diagnostics and Software Download
Software Download

8.2 Software Download

Select Software Download to view the Software Download menu.

Main Menu

Software Download

Special Functions

• Select Download New to download only new software versions not found on the
system and that is compatible with installed subsystem hardware.
• Select Download All to download all software subsystems.
Choose “Download New” to install only the updated subsystem software or software
required for newly installed subsystems. If “Download All” is selected, all subsystem
software loads which can take up to 30 minutes.
The software loaded on the machine matches exactly what is on the card. Be sure to
have the latest/correct version of software before attempting a download to avoid
inadvertent overwrites of newer software with an older version.
If during the “Download New” process the compatibility checker detects a newer
version of software component on the system, a “Notice” message is shown on the
screen to confirm the downgrade.
Important “Download All” downloads all compatible software from the card to the system without
issuing a notice that a newer version of software component may be on the system.
Note After replacing any of the following boards; select Download New to download the
current software for the newly installed subsystem.
• Display Unit CPU board, replacement HPDU, or replacement HPDU
Touchscreen.
Note: The BID number will change when replacing the entire display or the display
CPU. You may need a replacement key code for installed options. See Section
4.4.10 on page 4-27 for obtaining replacement key codes.
• Power Monitor board
• Vent Monitor board
• Vent Control board
If the Front Panel Control software is not installed in the system (as would be the case
when the display units control board is replaced), the Engström Service Application
automatically downloads the Front Panel Controls software at startup. During the
download the two display unit LEDs flash and the display speaker sounds an alarm
tone to indicate that Software Download is proceeding.
Note You can not return to the Special Functions menu of the Engström Service Application
after entering the Software Download menu. You must reboot the system to exit
Software Download.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 8-3

Engström Carestation

System Serial Number Loading Engström Product Software Version XX.XX

ANA(Year)XXXXX ___ Installed ___ __New__
Software Download Subsystem HW Rev SW Ver SW Ver Status
Download New Front Panel Cntl n/a XX.XX XX.XX Xxxxxxx
Download All Power Monitor Bd XXXX/A/XXX XX.XX XX.XX Xxxxxxx
Vent Monitor Bd XXXX/A/XXX XX.XX XX.XX Xxxxxxx
Vent Control Bd XXXX/A/XXX XX.XX XX.XX Xxxxxxx
Dsply Unit BIOS XXXX/A/XXX XX.XX XX.XX Xxxxxxx
Dsply Unit App XXXX/A/XXX XX.XX XX.XX Xxxxxxx
ModBus Controller n/a XX.XX XX.XX Xxxxxxx
Dsply Unit FontC n/a XX.XX XX.XX Xxxxxxx
Dsply Unit FontJ n/a XX.XX XX.XX Xxxxxxx
Figure 8-2. Software Download status

8.2.1 Download process

The PCMCIA/Compact Flash card includes only the latest software for each
subsystem along with the diagnostic application.
As each subsystem software segment is being downloaded, the following status
messages note the state of each subsystem and the result of the download:
• In App - System is running its application code; not ready for download.
• Ready - System is in its boot code; ready for download.
• Loading - System is accepting download data.
• Done - Software download has completed successfully.
• Fail - Software download did not complete successfully. A “Fail” message will
require reloading of the software; or repair of the system may be necessary.
• Skipped - Software download was bypassed.
• No Comm- The subsystem is not communicating with the HPDU.
If the subsystem is communicating but the HW Rev or current SW Rev are not known,
dashes will appear for those values.
Note If a Communication Failure occurs during software download, power down the
system, wait for 20 seconds, and restart system.

8.2.2 Download complete

When all the required subsystem software is downloaded, the following message
appears on the screen. Shut down the system to exit the download function.

DOWNLOAD IS COMPLETE.
Remove AC mains power. Turn On/Standby switch
to Standby. Then remove external CF card. Wait 20
seconds before restoring power to the system.
Figure 8-3: Download is Complete status message

8-4 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Diagnostics and Software Download
Special Functions

8.3 Special Functions

Select Special Functions on the Main Menu to show the following menu selections in
the left-hand frame:

Special Functions

Power Diagnostics

Display Diagnostics

Compatibility Table

System Download Log

CF Card Install Log

View Install Errors

->Main Menu

8.3.1 Power Diagnostics

The Engström Service Application provides power supply diagnostics for the various
circuit boards in the Engström ventilator.
Select Special Functions/ Power Diagnostics to view the Power Controller Reading
and Display Unit Power menu items.

Power Controller Reading

Select Special Functions/Power Diagnostics/Power Controller to view the power
status and measured voltages. There are two pages of diagnostics for the Power
Controller. Problem voltages are displayed in red.
Use the ComWheel to scroll to the second page. Push the ComWheel to return to the
Power Diagnostics menu.

Power Diagnostics

Power Controller Reading

Display Unit Power

->Main Menu

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 8-5

Engström Carestation

Power Control Power Readings, Page 1

Label Value Format Units Normal range

AC Status OK, Fail

12Vdc Supply XX.XX Vdc 11.70 to 12.30

3.3Vdc Supply X.XXX Vdc 3.201 to 3.399

1.5 Vdc Supply X.XXX Vdc 1.45 to 1.55

Battery Connected Yes, No

Battery Status Fail,

Bulk Chg,
Over Chg,
Float Chg,
Trickle Chg,
Discharge

Battery Current X.XXX A

Battery 1 Volts XX.X Vdc 10.0 to 15.5

< 6.0 FAIL (red)
<10 T Chg (yellow)
10-15.5 (Green)

Battery 2 Volts XX.X Vdc 10.0 to 15.5

< 6.0 FAIL (red)
<10 T Chg (yellow)
10-15.5 (Green)

Calc Battery Time XX Min 0 to 30

Date Battery Tested XX-ABC-XXXX

Last Full Discharge Time XXX Min

Ext’l Battery Current X.XX A

8-6 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Diagnostics and Software Download
Power Diagnostics

Power Control Power Readings, Page 2

Label Value Format Units Normal range

Board Temperature <65C OK (green) Deg C Upper Limit 64

>65C <75C Warn (Yellow)
>75C Fail (red)

Fan Speed Slow, Fast

Fan 1 Voltage XX.XX Vdc 17.5 to 25.0

(high fan speed = 23.7V
typical)
(low fan speed = 20.7V
typical)

Fan 1 Status Fail, OK

Fan 2 Status Fail, OK

Note Fan 1 is located on the rear cage, Fan 2 is located on the PMB.

Battery Status
The battery status is listed on the first page of the Power Control Readings. Use the
following table for Battery Status descriptions.

Battery Status Description

Fail Battery is disconnected from Power Control Power

Diagnostics and is in Trickle mode for > 12 hours.

Bulk Chg Initial phase of battery charging. Battery is at 600

mA when system is running and 1.2A when system
is in standby.

Over Chg Topping off remaining 5-10% of battery capacity and

approaching full charge.

Float Chg Battery is being maintained at full charge.

Trickle Chg Independent of battery charger. Severely degraded

batteries are charged at 25 mA constant current
when either battery is 6-10 Vdc and batteries are
not connected to Power Control Power Diagnostics.

Discharge System is running on battery power.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 8-7

Engström Carestation

8.3.2 Display Diagnostics

The Engström Service Application provides display unit CPU and diagnostics
information for the display unit.

Display Diagnostics

Test LEDs Board part #: XXX-XXX-XXX B XXX

Serial #: ABCXXXXX
Test Speaker
BIOS Version: XX.XX
Test Backlight 1
FPC Version: XX.XX
Test Backlight 2 MBC Version X
MAC Address: XX XX XX XX XX XX
Test Soft Keys

Test Keys and Battery Internal CF disk: ---------------------------------------------

Test LCD Pixels Card geometry: ----------------------------------------------

CPU Temperature = XX.X deg C

-> Previous Menu CPU Fan Speed = XXXX RPM

Select Special Functions/ Display Diagnostics to view the Display Diagnostics

menu. Use the ComWheel to select menu items. Push the ComWheel to Exit and
return to the Display Diagnostics menu.

Display Diagnostics Action when selected

Test LEDs Select Test LED

to cause the red and yellow LEDs next to the
Silence Alarms key to flash 5 times.
Test Speaker Select Test Speaker
to cause the speaker to sound for 2 seconds.

Test Backlight 1 Select Test Backlight 1

to turn the backlight 2 off for 10 seconds. “If screen
goes black during test, a backlight is out”.

Test Backlight 2 Select Test Backlight 2

to turn backlight 1 off for 10 seconds. “If screen
goes black during test, a backlight is out”.

Test Soft Keys Select Test Soft Keys

to test each soft key. Press a softkey to display a
corresponding highlighted box, then press soft key
again to clear.

Test LCD Pixels Press the ComWheel to begin test, a blank screen
appears. Continue to press ComWheel to
sequence through color screens.

Previous Menu Select Previous Menu to return to the Special

Functions menu.

8-8 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Diagnostics and Software Download
Compatibility Table

8.3.3 Compatibility Table

Select the Special Functions/Compatibility Table to view the current software that
was loaded onto the system. It is the latest listing that appears in the Revision Log,
which allows you to view the current log directly without having to scroll through logs.

8.3.4 System Download Log

Select Special Functions/System Download Log to view the Revision Log history
for the system. The log includes chronological entries for every Software Download
that was made to the system. Use the ComWheel to scroll up and view past
downloads.

8.3.5 CF Card Install Log

Select Special Functions/CF Card Install Log to view the CF Card Install Log for the
software download card. The log includes the chronological entries for every Software
Download that was completed with the card.

8.3.6 View Install Errors

Select Special Functions/View Install Error to view incompatible subsystem error
messages that are recorded during a software download.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 8-9

Engström Carestation

8.4 Software upgrade

8.4.1 Before upgrading software

1. Start up the system.
• Enter the Configuration page on the Service menu (see Section 4.4 on page
4-16 for details).
• Record the following configuration parameters:
— Decimal Marker
— Language
— Paw
— Flow
— CO2
— Height
— Weight
— Energy Expenditure
— Gas Supply Pressure (6.X software or greater only)
— Blood Gases (6.X software or greater only)
— Hb (6.X software or greater only)
— Altitude
2. Download system logs before upgrading new software.
3. Power down the system.

8.4.2 Upgrading software

Start up the machine using the Compact Flash card loaded wtih the new release of
system software.
1. Select Software Download.
2. Select Download New to upgrade the machine to the latest software level.
3. When all the required subsystem software is downloaded, follow the system
message that appears on the screen. Shut down the system to exit the download
function.

8-10 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Diagnostics and Software Download
Checkout procedure

8.4.3 Checkout procedure

1. Start up the system.
2. Enter the Calibration page on the Install/Service menu.
3. Perform the calibration procedures as defined in Section 5.1.1 on page 5-2.
4. Enter the Configuration page on the Service menu (see Section 4.4 on page 4-16
for details), and then set the previously recorded configuration parameters.
• Decimal Marker
• Language
• Paw
• Flow
• CO2
• Height
• Weight
• Energy Expenditure
• Gas Supply Pressure (6.X software or greater only)
• Blood Gases (6.X software or greater only)
• Hb (6.X software or greater only)
• Altitude

CAUTION Changes made in the installation mode will affect the system
configuration. All changes made are permanent and preserved until
changed again. There are several settings that may be changed in the
installation mode. These changes should only be made by the facility
person (Super User) responsible for the configuration of the ventilator.
5. Perform the touchscreen calibration as defined in Section 5.4 on page 5-33, if
installing 7.X software or greater.
6. Verify active feature(s) /option(s) match the feature(s)/option(s) recorded prior to
upgrade.
7. Perform the checkout procedure as defined in Section 3 on page 3-1.
8. Provide the customer with the new User’s Reference Manual.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 8-11

Engström Carestation

8.5 PC Service Application

The Engström ventilator PC Service Application (1505-8001-000) runs on a Windows
based computer and communicates with the ventilator through Port 3 on the display
unit. The PC Service Application uses a RS-422/RS485 to USB converter (1505-
8586-000) and cabling (1505-8587-000) to connect the ventilator display unit to the
PC. For software, converter and cable parts information, see “Software tools” on
page 10-2.
1. Attach the USB connector of the converter cable to the PC.
2. Attach the male d-sub connector to Port 3 on the back of the Engström display
unit.
3. Press the System Setup key. Select Install/Service > Service to access the
Service mode on the Engström and enable communication between the ventilator
and the PC Service Application.

8.5.1 Port setup

When the ventilator serial port is enabled, the PC Service Application displays the
Port Setup screen that allows a COM port for the PC to be selected.
Note Make sure no other applications, such as PDA hot-sync, are using this port while the
PC Service Application is running.
1. Select the appropriate COM port.
2. Select OK to continue.

Menu Item Selections Default

Port COM1, COM2, COM3, COM4, COM5, COM1

COM6, COM7, COM8, COM9, COM10

8-12 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Diagnostics and Software Download
Main menu and system information

8.5.2 Main menu and system information

The PC Service Application main menu shows the Vent Control Board and Vent
Monitor Board revision numbers for system hardware, software, and additional system
components. The Main menu also shows the version number of the PC Service
Application being used.

Note Closing the main menu, closes the PC Service Application.

1. Check the Connection Status message area, which shows if the program is
communicating with the Engström ventilator.
2. Select Gas Supply and PAW units.
• Select Gas Supply units for gas units to display on the VMB screen.
• Select PAW Units for pressure units to display on the VCB and VMB screens.

Menu Item Selections Default

Gas Supply Units (VMB) psig, kPa, bar psig

PAW Units (VCB/VMB) cmH2O, kPa, mbar cmH2O

3. Select the VCB window to display the VCB Diagnostics and Calibrations page or
VMB window to display the VMB Diagnostics page.
• Both VCB and VMB Diagnostics pages can be displayed at the same time.
• When the VCB Diagnostics page is selected, the PC displays the window
used to select the logging file. It is recommended to start logging calibration
and test results immediately, see Section 8.5.3 on page 8-14.

• The Default file name is the VCB serial number.log

• Select Open to create a new file.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 8-13

Engström Carestation

Note Selecting File Name starts the logging function, but does not display the log. To
display the log select Message Log from the VCB page.

8.5.3 Log checkout results to file

The ventilator does not have to be in the Service Mode to log the checkout results.
1. Power on the system and wait for the first menu to display.
2. Connect a PC to the system and start the PC Service Application software
(Revision 1.58 or higher).
3. Access the Log Calibration result to file area of the PC Service Application and
select Find Log File. When Find Log File is selected the Open window appears.

4. Select the desired folder on the local PC hard drive to store Log Files.
• Rename the file, and then select OPEN.
The suggested file naming convention is Serial Number+date+”ck.log”
• If a Log File does not exist a message window displays. Select Yes to create
a Log File.
5. Verify the file address location displayed in the Log Calibration results to file area
and select Start Logging.
The Status Log window displays and indicates that the log has been initialized.
6. From the ventilator, access the Patient Setup menu and select Checkout.
7. Follow the screen instructions and select Start Checkout.
Information from the ventilator will begin loading into the log after a few seconds.
8. From the PC, select Stop Logging from the Status Log window after checks are
complete.
As each system checkout occurs the Status Log will display either Pass or Fail. If a
checkout fails, the log will record and display information about the exact parameter
that failed. This information is essential in determining the cause for checkout
failure(s).
Note Always include the Log file when customer quality reports are submitted.

Log Calibration results to file: Enter file name (example D:\testlog1.log).

Find Log File Searches for a log file that already exists.
Start Logging Updates selected log as calibrations are completed.
Note: The current log overwrites previous entries.
Message Log Displays current log messages.
Stop Logging Turns off the calibration log.

8-14 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Diagnostics and Software Download
Log calibration results to file

8.5.4 Log calibration results to file

The ventilator must be in the Service Mode to log the calibration results.
1. Power on the system and wait for the Patient Setup menu to display.
Note For systems with 4.2X software, wait for the Select Patient menu to display, then
select Patient Setup menu.
2. Access the Service Calibration menu.
3. Connect a PC to the system and start the PC Application software (Revision 1.58
or higher).
4. Access the Log Calibration result to file area of the PC Service Application, and
then select Find Log File.

5. Select the desired folder from the PC hard drive to store Log Files.
• Rename the file and select OPEN.
The suggested file naming convention is Serial Number+date+”cal.log”
• If a Log File does not exist a message window displays. Select Yes to create
a Log File.
6. Verify the file address location displayed in the Log Calibration results to file area
and select Start Logging.
The Status Log window displays and indicates that the log has been initialized.
7. From the Engström ventilator, access the Calibrations menu from the Install/
Service menu.
8. Select each calibration and follow the screen instructions to complete the
calibrations.
9. From the PC, select Stop Logging from the Status Log window after calibrations
are complete.
As each system calibration occurs the Status Log will display Pass or Fail. If a
calibration fails, the log will record and display information about the exact parameter
that failed. This information is essential in determining the cause of a calibration
failure.
Important Always include the Log file when customer quality reports are submitted.

Log Calibration Enter file name (example D:\testlog1.log).

results to file:
Find Log File Searches for a log file that already exists.
Start Logging Updates selected log as calibrations are completed.
Note: The current log overwrites previous entries.
Message Log Displays current log messages.
Stop Logging Turns off the calibration log.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 8-15

Engström Carestation

8.5.5 VCB diagnostics and calibration

Select VCB Window from the PC Service Application main menu to show the VCB
Diagnostics and Calibration page. This page is made up of five grouped areas:
Sensirion Sensor, VCB Outputs, Calibration and Test, VCB Input Signal Latch, and
VCB Channel Configurations. Each of these areas are described later in this section.
Located on the lower-right side of the page is the area where Calibration results can
be logged.

Figure 8-4. VCB Diagnostics and Calibration

8-16 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Diagnostics and Software Download
Sensirion sensors

8.5.6 Sensirion sensors

The Sensirion (Inspiratory Flow) Sensors group shows the temperature and the flow
through each flow sensor: Total flow, Oxygen, and Air.

8.5.7 VCB input signal latch

The VCB Input Signal Latch group shows the status of the item in the group. If the
item is within the acceptable range, “OK” is shown next to the value. If the item is out
of the acceptable range, “FAIL” is shown. If the acceptable range is not currently
known, the Status will show “---”.

Item Description

Module Power FAIL = Power to the monitor module has failed.

OK = Module Power has not failed or module power has been
manually shut off.
Port 2 Power FAIL = Power to the Expansion Port 2 has failed.
OK = Expansion Port 2 power has not failed or Expansion Port 2 power
has been manually shut off.
Insp Press Zero ON = Inspiratory pressure zero valve on.
Valve OFF = Inspiratory pressure zero valve off.
Aux Press Purge ON = Auxiliary pressure purge valve on.
Valve OFF = Auxiliary pressure purge valve off.
Exhalation Vlv Open YES = VMB is commanding the exhalation valve open.
NO = The valve is not opened.
VMB Buzzer On? YES = VMB is activating the buzzer.
NO = Buzzer is not active or is activated by the VCB.
Nebulizer Detected? YES = Nebulizer is connected.
NO = Nebulizer is not connected.
Buzzer Detected? NO = Buzzer current is too low. Valid when buzzer should be on.
YES = Buzzer is sensed.
NA = Buzzer not being activated.
Over Pressure DETECTED = Inspiratory over-pressure currently detected.
NOT DETECTED = Over pressure is not detected on the Inspiratory
side.
VCB PLD Rev Displays the revision number of the Programmable Logic Device
software.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 8-17

Engström Carestation

8.5.8 VCB channel configurations

The VCB Channel Configurations group includes items that are measured from the
VCB. If the item is within the acceptable range, “OK” is shown next to the value. If the
item is out of the acceptable range, “FAIL” is shown. If the acceptable range is not
currently known, the Status will show “---”.

Item Description Format Units Range

Auxiliary Press Auxiliary pressure sensor XXX.XX cmH2O -20 to 120

measurement
Inspiratory Press Inspiratory pressure sensor XXX.XX cmH2O -20 to 120
measurement
Exhalation Volt Exhalation valve voltage XXXXX mV 0 to 12500
Exhalation Current Exhalation valve current XXX.X mA 0 to 815
O2 Flow Current O2 Flow Valve drive current XXX.X mA 0 to 198
Air Flow Current Air Flow Valve drive current XXX.X mA 0 to 198
Nebulizer Power Nebulizer power (when on) XXXXX mV On:11500 to
Nebulizer power (when off) XXX mV 12710
Off: 0 to 500
Ambient Temp Ambient temperature near the XXX.X C 0 to 55
valve drive circuits (10 mV per 1
degree K)
Module Power 16V Circuit breaker for module XXXXX mV 15200 to
power 16800
12.5V Supply 12.5V supply voltage XXXXX mV 12040 to
13330
5V Analog 5V analog supply voltage XXXXX mV 4800 to 5200
6V Analog 6V analog supply voltage XXXXX mV 5760 to 6240
-6V Analog -6V analog supply voltage XXXXX mV -6240 to -5760
5.5V Analog 5.5V analog supply voltage XXXXX mV 5280 to 5720
Insp Flow Power 9V power supply for the O2 and XXXXX mV 8530 to 9240
Air inspiratory flow sensors
Total Insp Flow Pwr 9V power supply for the total XXXXX mV 8530 to 9240
inspiratory flow sensor
4.096V Ref Analog measurement of the XXXXX mV 4055 to 4137
independent 4.096V voltage
reference
Ground Measurement of the analog XXXXX mV 0 to 10
ground at the A to D converter

8-18 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Diagnostics and Software Download
VCB outputs

8.5.9 VCB outputs

The VCB Outputs group controls items that can be turned On or Off. Items whose
default state is “On”, initially have a checkmark in the checkbox. For items whose
default state is “Off”, the checkbox is initially cleared.

Item Function Default

Safe Valve Energized Opens/Closes Safety Valve. Not checked

Effort Valve Energized Opens/Closes Inspiratory Effort Maneuver Valve. Not checked
Nebulizer Enabled Enables/Disables power to the Nebulizer. Not checked
Module Power On Turns Module Bus power on/off. Not checked
Port 2 Power On Turns Expansion Port 2 power on/off. Not checked
Insp Press Zero Inspiratory pressure zero valve on/off. Not checked
Aux Press Purge Auxiliary pressure purge valve on/off. Not checked
Buzzer On Controls the buzzer (On/Off) from the VCB. Not checked
Nurse Call On Controls the Nurse Call (On/Off) from the VCB. (Port Not checked
4, Pins 3, 10 and 11))
Air Flow Valve Enables/Disables Air flow valve. Disabled while a Checked
calibration is running.
Air DAC Set any DAC value from (decimal) 0 to 65535 for the 0
Air Flow Valve.
Set Air Flow Sends the Air Flow value to the VCB. The Air Flow Not checked
value will be sent when checked. When the DAC
value is returned, the Set Air Flow will be cleared
and the Air DAC will be updated with the returned
value.
Air Flow Set any air Flow value from 0 to 170, 000 ml/min for 0
the Air Flow value.
O2 Flow Valve Enables/Disables O2 flow valve. Disabled while a Checked
calibration is running.
O2 DAC Set any DAC value from (decimal) 0 to 65535 for the 0
O2 Flow Valve.
Set O2 Flow Sends the O2 Flow value to the VCB. The O2 Flow Not checked
Value will be sent when checked. When the DAC
value is returned, the Set O2 Flow will be cleared
and the O2 DAC will be updated with the returned
value.
O2 Flow Set any O2 Flow value from 0 to 170, 000 ml/min for 0
the O2 Flow value.
Exhal Flow Valve Enables/Disables Exhalation flow valve. Disabled Checked
while a calibration is running.
Exh DAC Set any DAC value from (decimal) 0 to 65535 for the 0
Exhalation Flow Valve.
Dither DAC DAC value that adjusts the amplitude of the dither 5000
signal to the exhalation valve.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 8-19

Engström Carestation

8.5.10 VCB calibrations and tests

The Calibration and Tests group includes buttons and tabs so that a specific
calibration or test can be accessed easily.

Calibrations
Calibrations may be accessed through buttons that are shown in the Calibrations and
Tests group. The O2 Flow Valve DAC, Air Flow Valve DAC, and the Exhal Flow Valve
DAC return to their default values when a calibration is completed.
1. Select the desired calibration button.
2. Verify that the Calibration Running shows the calibration status and the
completion percent.

Item Function

O2 Flow Valve Runs the O2 Flow Valve test. See Section 5.1.1 on page 5-2.
O2 Sensor Runs the Paracube O2 sensor test. See Section 7.1.10 on page 7-9.
Exh Flow Zero Exhalation flow sensor zero. See Section 5.1.1 on page 5-2.
Zero Pressures Zeros the Inspiratory and Expiratory pressure sensors.
Air Flow Valve Runs Air Flow Valve test. See Section 5.1.1 on page 5-2.
Valve Sweep Factory only, requires additional tools.
Exhal Valve Runs the Exhalation Flow Valve test. See Section 5.1.1 on page 5-2.
Calibration Running Shows the current calibration that is running.
% Done The percentage of the calibration that is completed.

Low P Leak Test

1. Select the Low P Leak Test tab.
2. See “Vent engine leak test (low pressure)” on page 5-8 for complete setup
instructions.
3. Select the Low P Leak button.
Important Pressure of less than 70 cmH2O when the Low Peak button is pressed may result
in false indications.
• The Pressure Leak Test Messages box becomes active when a test is
running and displays Pass, Fail, or provides guidance in case a test failure
occurs. If the test fails, see “Troubleshooting Vent Engine Leaks” on page 7-
12.
• When the calibration has been completed, the Low Pressure Leak Result
displays in ml/min.
• If the test fails, the Pressure Leak Test message box will show a prompt to run
the Low P2 Test.

Item Description

Low P Leak Runs Low Pressure Leak test.

Low Pressure Leak result: The measured leak from the last Low Pressure Leak test run.

8-20 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Diagnostics and Software Download
VCB calibrations and tests

High P Leak Test

1. Select the High P Leak Test tab.
2. Complete setup instructions. See “Vent engine leak test (low pressure)” on
page 5-8 and “Vent engine leak test (high O2 pressure)” on page 5-11 for
complete setup instructions.
3. Verify Air inlet filter is installed. If it is not, then clear the Air inlet installed
checkbox.
4. Verify O2 inlet filter is not installed. If it is installed, then check the O2 inlet filter
installed checkbox.
5. Select the High O2 Leak or High Air Leak button to start the test.
• The description of the test running shows in the Pressure Leak Test
Messages box.
• When the calibration has completed, the Leak Result is shown in ml/min.

Item Description

High O2 Leak Runs High O2 Pressure Leak test.

O2 Leak Displays the calculated vent engine high pressure O2 leak. The value
reported is based on the O2 inlet filter installed selection.
O2 Flow Valve Leak Displays the calculated vent engine high pressure O2 Flow Valve leak.
Measurement includes bypass flow. If leak is greater than 200 ml,
perform vent engine cleanout procedure in Section 5.2.3 on page 5-5.
If leak is greater than 500 ml, replace the flow valve.
High Air Leak Runs High Air Pressure Leak Test.
Air Leak Displays the calculated vent engine high pressure Air leak. The value
reported is based on the Air inlet filter installed selection.
Air Flow Valve Leak Displays the calculated vent engine high pressure Air Flow Valve leak.
If leak is greater than 200 ml, perform vent engine cleanout procedure
in Section 5.2.3 on page 5-5. If leak is greater than 500 ml, replace the
flow valve.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 8-21

Engström Carestation

Span Cal
1. Select the Span Cal tab.
2. Complete setup instructions. See “Vent engine leak test (high Air pressure)” on
page 5-13 for complete setup instructions.
3. Enter desired Span DAC value. Select the Reset button to reset the Span DAC
value to 0.
4. Select the Start Paw Span to begin test and Paw Span to end the test.
Note There is no indication of a successfully completed calibration other than a change
in pressure readings. When Span Cal is complete, all three sensors should be
within +/- 4 cmH2O of each other.

Item Description

Start Paw Span Starts airway pressure transducer zero and span for all three pressure
transducers (Insp, Exp, and Aux).
End Paw Span Ends airway pressure transducer zero and span for all three pressure
transducers (Insp, Exp, and Aux).
Span DAC Value Exhalation valve DAC counts for the Paw Span Test. Default = 0
Reset DAC Sets DAC value to zero.

8.5.11 Calibration tables

Displays a new window showing the calibration tables of the Air Flow Valve, O2 Flow
Valve, and Exhal Valve tests. Select the Cal Tables button to open the calibration
Tables window.

8-22 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Diagnostics and Software Download
Neon tools

8.5.12 Neon tools

The Neon Toolbox group contains lists of counts, flows, and zero offsets related to the
Neonatal Flow Sensor (NFS). Select the Neon tool button to open the Neon Toolbox
window.

VCB flows

Item Function Unit

Insp Flow Displays the Inspiratory Flow counts reported by the Counts
Neonatal Flow Sensor.
Exp Flow Displays the Expiratory Flow counts reported by the Counts
Neonatal Flow Sensor.
Net Flow Net Flow is calculated from the counts reported by the ml/min
Neonatal Flow Sensor and the current zero point.
Inspiratory flow is displayed as positive net flow and
expiratory flow is displayed as negative net flow.

VMB flows

Item Function Unit

Insp Flow Displays the Inspiratory Flow counts reported by the Counts
Neonatal Flow Sensor.
Exp Flow Displays the Expiratory Flow counts reported by the Counts
Neonatal Flow Sensor.
Net Flow Net Flow is calculated from the counts reported by the ml/min
Neonatal Flow Sensor and the current zero point.
Inspiratory flow is displayed as positive net flow and
expiratory flow is displayed as negative net flow.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 8-23

Engström Carestation

Static zeroing

Item Function Unit

Insp Offset The inspiratory point of the DAC, recorded from the last Counts
static zero.
Exp Offset The expiratory point of the DAC, recorded from the last Counts
static zero.
Zero NFS When selected, the system performs a static zero of the
Neonatal Flow Sensor.

Offsets

Item Function Unit

Insp Offset (DAC Displays the inspiratory DAC zero offset movement from Counts
Counts) the last recorded static zero. Updated by the dynamic
zeroing.
Exp Offset (DAC Displays the expiratory DAC zero offset movement from Counts
Counts) the last recorded static zero. Updated by the dynamic
zeroing.
Insp Offset (ADC Displays the calculated inspiratory zero offset since the Counts
Counts) last DAC zero movement. Updated by the dynamic
zeroing.
Exp Offset (ADC Displays the calculated expiratory zero offset since the Counts
Counts) last DAC zero movement. Updated by the dynamic
zeroing.

8.5.13 Peep stability

The Peep Stability menu is used by manufacturing
only. Peep Stability contains the measured Peep
pressure reported by the VCB, the maximum Peep
pressure measured by the VCB at Peep level, and the
minimum Peep pressure measured by the VCB at
Peep level. The Status of the Peep Stability pressure
measurements displays PASS, FAIL, or is dashed if
the measurement is unknown.

8-24 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Diagnostics and Software Download
NVM error log

8.5.14 NVM error log

The NVM (Non-volatile Memory) error log window shows the VCB NVM error log from
the VCB.

This file may be requested to assist in product investigations. If the error log is
requested, do the following.
1. Select the NVM Error Log button to open the window.
2. Select GetError Log to show the VCB error log.
3. Select all of the content in the window.
4. Copy and paste the content into an e-mail or separate document and forward to
requesting engineer.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 8-25

Engström Carestation

8.5.15 VMB diagnostics

Selecting VMB Diagnostics on the Main menu brings up the following page that
contains these grouped areas: VMB Channel Configurations, VMB Outputs, VMB
Data, Acutronic, Baro P Cal, Neon Tools and EEProm. Each of these grouped areas
are explained later in this section.

Figure 8-5: VMB Diagnostics

8-26 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Service Diagnostics and Software Download
VMB channel configurations

8.5.16 VMB channel configurations

The VMB Channel Configurations group includes items that are measured from the
VMB. If the item is within the acceptable range, “OK” is shown next to the value. If the
item is out of the acceptable range, “FAIL” is shown. If the acceptable range is not
currently known, the Status will show “---”.

Item Description Format Units Range

Expiratory Press Expiratory Pressure sensor XXX.XX cmH2O -26.8 to 131.8

measurement
Barometric Press Barometric pressure sensor XXX.XX cmH2O 643.7 to 1182.0
measurement
O2 Supp Press O2 supply pressure sensor XXX psig -9.1 to 127.8
measurement
Air Supp Press Air supply pressure sensor XXX psig -9.1 to 127.8
measurement
Reference 1.22V Reference XXXXX mV 1104 to 1338
12.5V Supply 12.5V Power supply to the VMB XXXXX mV 10900 to 13320
6.1V Expiratory 6.1V power supply to the XXXXX mV 5770 to 6370
expiratory flow sensor
5V O2 Supply 5V power supply to the O2 sensor XXXXX mV 4720 to 5380

5V O2 Press 5V power supply to the O2 XXXXX mV 4680 to 5340

pressure sensor
5V Air Press 5V power supply to the Air XXXXX mV 4680 to 5340
pressure sensor
5.5V Analog 5.5V analog supply XXXXX mV 5140 to 5880
-5.5V Analog -5.5V analog supply XXXXX mV -6220 to -4440
Ground Ground XXXXX mV

8.5.17 VMB data

The VMB Data group shows the reported values for Expiratory Flow and O2
concentration.

Item Description Format Units

Exp Flow Expiratory flow sensor measurement. XXX.XX ml/min

O2 % Measured oxygen concentration from the oxygen XX.X %
sensor.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 8-27

Engström Carestation

8.5.18 Baro P cal

Baro P cal is used to calibrate the barometric pressure transducer.

Item Description

Enter Pressure Enter the local barometric pressure in mmHg. The Baro P Calibration will
use this value to calibrate the barometric pressure transducer.
Baro P Cal Starts the barometric pressure transducer calibration. The calibration will
Fail if nothing is entered in the Enter Pressure box.
Status Displays the results of the barometric calibration (Passed or Failed).

8.5.19 Acutronic
The Acutronic Flow Sensor is used in the Engström ventilator. Use this window to
view the Acutronic software version, and the Expiratory Zero ADC and DAC values.

Item Description

SW Ver Software version of the acutronic Sensor software.

Exp Zero ADC Displays the Analog to Digital Counter zero value fro the expiratory flow
sensor.
Exp Zero DAC Displays the Digital to Analog Counter used to zero the expiratory flow
sensor.

8-28 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures

9 Repair Procedures
In this section
9.1 Circuit board replacement precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4
9.1.1 Software download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4
9.1.2 Required calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4
9.2 Bleed the system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5
9.3 Access to chassis components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5
9.3.1 Removing the chassis from the housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6
9.3.2 Removing the Vent Engine from the chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6
9.3.3 Replacing chassis mounted components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7
9.3.4 Replacing vent engine components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7
9.3.5 Replacing the vent engine harness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
9.3.6 Replacing the Inspiratory Valve Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
9.3.7 Replacing the free breathing valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
9.3.8 Replacing the Vent Engine assembly, complete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
9.3.9 Replacing the Vent Engine sub-assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13
9.4 Service the High Performance Display Unit (HPDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14
9.4.1 Removing the HPDU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14
9.4.2 Disassembling the HPDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-15
9.4.3 Replacing the CPU Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16
9.4.4 Replacing the CPU board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16
9.4.5 Replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17
9.4.6 Replacing the LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18
9.4.7 Replacing the backlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19
9.4.8 Replacing the inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
9.4.9 Replacing the front enclosure or components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
9.5 Service the High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)/Touchscreen. . . . . . . . . .9-24
9.5.1 Removing the display unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
9.5.2 Disassembling the display unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
9.5.3 Replacing the CPU Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
9.5.4 Replacing the TSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
9.5.5 Replacing the Connector Panel assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
9.5.6 Replacing the CPU board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
9.5.7 Replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
9.5.8 Replacing the LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
9.5.9 Foam to LCD Display Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30
9.5.10 Replacing the backlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
9.5.11 Replacing the inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32
9.5.12 Replacing the front enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33
9.5.13 Replacing a membrane switch and keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-1

Engström Carestation

9.6 Display arm (non-remote mount) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-35

9.6.1 Removing the non-remote display arm from the ventilator chassis . . . .9-35
9.6.2 Removing the non-remote display arm from the display unit . . . . . . . . .9-35
9.7 Display arm (remote mount) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-36
9.7.1 Mounting the remote display arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-36
9.7.2 Removing the remote display arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-38
9.7.3 Mounting to ISO 19054 Rail System (medi-rail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-38
9.8 Remove the ventilator from the cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-39
9.9 Remove the compressor from the cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-40
9.10 Replacing the cart base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-41
9.11 Replacing the cart casters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-44
9.11.1 Production Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47
9.12 Airway Module Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-48
9.12.1 Mounting and connecting the airway module bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-48
9.13 Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-49
9.13.1 Attaching Key/BID labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-49
9.13.2 Attaching Feature labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-49

WARNING To prevent fires:

• Use lubricants approved for O2 environments, such as Krytox. Other
lubricants may burn or explode in high O2 concentrations.
• All covers used on the system must be made from antistatic
materials. Static electricity can cause fires in high O2
concentrations.

w Obey infection control and safety procedures. Used equipment may

contain blood and body fluids.

w A movable part or a removable component may present a pinch or a

crush hazard. Use care when moving or replacing system parts and
components.

w Some internal parts have sharp edges and can cause cuts or
abrasions. Use care when servicing internal components.

9-2 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures

w When servicing the Engström ventilator, extreme care must be taken to

avoid introducing foreign debris into the pneumatic flow passages of the
ventilator. This includes dust and contaminants on the vent engine and
particularly metal chips generated by screw threads. Before removing
components on the vent engine, secure a clean work area and
thoroughly clean the vent engine to remove any contaminants. Failure
to do so may result in damage to the internal components.

w After repairs are completed, always perform the Checkout Procedure

(Section 3) of this manual.

CAUTION Electrostatic discharge through circuit boards may damage the

components on them. Wear a static control wrist strap before touching
the circuit boards. Handle all circuit boards by their non-conductive
edges. Use anti-static containers when transporting them.
Important If you encounter multiple failures during the Super User Calibrations, System
Checkout, or during the Service Checkout Procedures, especially test associated with
air supply, it could be an indication of water or hydrocarbon contamination. If you
suspect contamination of this type, inspect the pipe inlet filters for signs of
contamination. Contamination of this type would require the replacement of all
contaminated components or the Vent Engine Sub-assembly, based on the extent of
the contamination.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-3

Engström Carestation

9.1 Circuit board replacement precautions

The Engström ventilator stores the system serial number and installed optional
features, if any, in the following locations:
• Display Unit CPU board
• Vent Control board (VCB)
• Power Monitor board (PMB)
Each time the system is powered up, the software checks to ensure that the
information stored in these locations is the same.
If, on power up, only two of the three boards have matching information (such as
would be if one of these boards is replaced), the software loads the information from
the two matching boards to the third board. This scheme allows for replacement of
these boards while retaining machine specific parameters.
Note No checking or replication occurs when the Engström Service Application is loaded.
The unit must be powered up with system software.

CAUTION Do not replace more than one of these boards at a time without first
powering up the unit. Wait until the initial checkout menu appears to
insure that the machine specific information has been replicated.

9.1.1 Software download

After replacing any of the following boards, download the current software for the
newly installed subsystem. See “Software Download” on page 8-3.
• Display Unit CPU board, replacement HPDU or replacement HPDU Touchscreen
• Power Monitor board (PMB)
• Vent Monitor board (VMB)
• Vent Control board (VCB)

9.1.2 Required calibrations

When repairs are complete, if either the VMB or the VCB were replaced, the following
calibrations must be performed before completing the checkout procedure.
If the VMB is replaced, do the following:
• Calibrate the airway pressure transducers (see Section 5.2.8 on page 5-15).
• Calibrate the barometric pressure transducer (see Section 8.5.18 on page 8-28).
If the VCB is replaced, do the following:
• Calibrate the airway pressure transducers (see Section 5.2.8 on page 5-15).
• Calibrate the flow control valves: O2 FCV, Air FCV, and Exhalation Valve (see
Section 4.3 on page 4-15).
If the CPU board is replaced (1505-5933-000), do the following:
Calibrate the touchscreen (see Section 5.4 on page 5-33).
If the Touch Sensor Board (TSB) is replaced, do the following:
Calibrate the touchscreen (see Section 5.4 on page 5-33).

9-4 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Bleed the system

9.2 Bleed the system

Before disconnecting pneumatic fittings, do the following to bleed all gas pressure
from the system.
1. Disconnect all gas supplies from the source.
2. Set the system switch to On.
3. Make sure that all pressures read zero.
4. Establish a flow for the affected gas to bleed down the pressure.
5. Set the system switch to Standby.

9.3 Access to chassis components

Most of the system components are mounted to a two-tier chassis (A) that slides out
of the main housing (B) for access to the internal components.
The pneumatic and related Vent Engine (C) components are mounted on a manifold
that occupies the lower tier of the chassis. To access the pneumatic components, the
entire manifold assembly can be removed from the chassis.
The electrical and related circuit board components occupy the upper tier.
Electrical components on the Vent Engine connect to the Ventilator Control Board
(VCB) and the Ventilator Monitor Board (VMB) through a single, two-connector
harness.
To diagnose the operation of the Engström ventilator while still disassembled, the
components (Vent Engine, circuit boards, display unit) can be arranged and
reconnected with existing harnesses. A separate Display Unit Cable (M1063496) can
be used as a service tool to make the connection between the Chassis and the
Display Unit (D) less restrictive.

B C

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-5

Engström Carestation

9.3.1 Removing the chassis from the housing

1. To prevent the housing from tipping over when
the chassis is removed, position the display unit
as shown, centered over the housing.
2. If applicable, remove any patient circuit B
B
components.
A
3. Remove the Exhalation Valve. The chassis can
not be removed with the Exhalation Valve in
place.
4. Disconnect the Display Cable (A) from the
chassis connector.
5. Loosen the four captured mounting screws (B)
at each corner of the back panel.
B B
6. Slide the chassis out of the housing.
Note When installing the chassis into the housing, hand start all four screws, starting with
bottom two, and then torque to 2.0 Nm.

9.3.2 Removing the Vent Engine from the chassis

1. Remove the circuit board retainer (A).
2. Disconnect the engine harness connectors from the circuit boards.
3. Remove the four screws, two on each side (B), that hold the Vent Engine manifold
to the chassis.
Note When removing the chassis from the housing, check to make sure the white plastic
plug under the display arm does not impede the chassis removal.
4. Remove AIR gas inlet filter assembly, which includes the filter bowl o-ring and
filter element.
5. If applicable, remove optional O2 gas inlet filter assembly, which includes filter
bowl o-ring and filter element.
6. Slide the Vent Engine out of the chassis.

B B

9-6 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Replacing chassis mounted components

9.3.3 Replacing chassis mounted components

Most of the major components on the chassis can be replaced directly. Only a few
less accessible components require you to remove other components before they can
be replaced.
When replacing the Power Management Board, transfer the existing heat sink and fan
(A) to the new board.

Note See Section 9.1 on page 9-4 for precautions regarding board replacement. After
replacing a circuit board, download current software (see “Software download” on
page 9-4), and then calibrate the system (see “Required calibrations” on page 9-4).

9.3.4 Replacing vent engine components

CAUTION The vent engine manifold bottom plate is not designed to be removed in
the field.

CAUTION When servicing the ventilator, extreme care must be taken to avoid
introducing foreign debris into the pneumatic flow passages of the
ventilator. This includes dust and contaminants on the vent engine and
particularly metal chips generated by screw threads. Before removing
components on the vent engine, secure a clean work area and
thoroughly clean the vent engine to remove any contaminants. Failure
to do so may result in damage to the internal components.
If the vent engine manifold requires replacement, use one of the following options:
• Manifold, Main Assembly (1505-8504-000), this does not include mounted
components.
• Vent Engine Assembly Complete (M1081816-S)
• Vent Engine Sub-assembly (M1115997-S)
Important Order the sub-assembly part only if vent engine water contamination/entry or
hydrocarbon contamination occurs.
All mounting hardware for Vent Engine components can be accessed from the top.
When replacing a component, ensure that the o-ring or gasket under the component
is properly seated in the manifold.
To remove the harness connector from the O2 Sensor, release the retaining tab with a
small, thin-blade screwdriver. Twist the screwdriver slightly to release the tab.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-7

Engström Carestation

Always perform Vent Engine Debris Cleanout after replacing components, see
Section 5.2.3 on page 5-5.
Lubricate o-rings using a small amount, only enough to wet the surface of the o-ring,
of Krytox prior to installation.
Important If you encounter multiple failures during the Super User Calibrations, System
Checkout, or during the Service Checkout Procedures, especially test associated with
air supply, it could be an indication of water or hydrocarbon contamination. If you
suspect contamination of this type, inspect the pipe inlet filters for signs of
contamination. Contamination of this type would require the replacement of all
contaminated components or the Vent Engine Sub-assembly, based on the extent of
the contamination.

Cleaning and repairing the Vent Engine

1. Use compressed air to blow any loose particulates and dust from the manifold and
components prior to loosening fasteners. Use caution around small parts and
elastomers such as o-rings and diaphragms.
2. Obtain alcohol prep pads or similar damp cleaning wipes before removing
components. Do not use materials that will lose fibers or leave a residue on
components.
3. Completely remove all fasteners and place in a temporary container before
moving the component.
4. Carefully lift the component straight up and away from the manifold. Check to
make sure all necessary o-rings and gaskets are present. Store components in a
temporary container and not on the workspace tabletop.
5. If the component is going to be re-installed, place it on its side or back on a clean
surface to protect the mating surface.

9-8 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Replacing vent engine components

6. Using an alcohol prep pad, damp wipe clean the manifold surface by starting at
the opening and wiping away from it. This will reduce the risk of loose material
dropping into the manifold.
7. Carefully inspect the opening in the manifold. If there is any visual sign of
contamination or discoloration, the manifold and any upstream components must
be replaced.
8. If the component removed is to be reinstalled, clean it in a similar manner by
wiping from any gas stream access points toward the outside edge.
9. Carefully inspect the component and seal. If there is any sign of contamination,
knicks, small tears, or discoloration, the component and or seal must be replaced.
10. Carefully set the component back on the manifold directly over and aligned with
the attachments. Avoid sliding the component after it is in contact with the
manifold.
11. Reinstall the fasteners and torque them to the required specification as listed.
Note Perform Vent Engine Debris Cleanout (page 5-5) after replacement of vent engine
components.
Note When replacing components, do not over tighten the mounting hardware. Use the
following torque spec table to properly mount the component.

Component Torque (Nm)

Regulator 2.0
Flow Control Valve 4.0
O2 Sensor 2.0
O2 sensor to plate 0.3
O2 sensor plate to manifold 2.0
Flow Transducer 2.0
Inspiratory Valve Assembly Manifold 4.0
Inlet Manifold Sub-assembly 4.0
Outlet Manifold Sub-assembly 4.0
Pneumatic restrictor 1.0
Pneumatic Restrictor Plate 2.0
Legris Fitting 4MM 4.0
Zeroing Valve mounting screws 0.07
Pressure Sensor Assembly 1.0
O2 and Air Filter Adapter screws 1.2

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-9

Engström Carestation

9.3.5 Replacing the vent engine harness

1. Remove the chassis from the housing per Section 9.3.1 on page 9-6.
2. Remove the Vent Engine from the chassis per Section 9.3.2 on page 9-6.
3. Cut the tie-wraps holding the wiring harness to the outlet manifold.
4. Remove the following connections:• Flow control valves (Air and O2)
• • Flow sensors (Air, O2, and Total)
• • Pressure transducers (PAW, AUX, and Exh)
• • O2 module
• • Voice coil
• • Exhalation flow sensor PCB
5. Remove the harness.
6. Install the new harness starting with the connections to the components in reverse
order.
7. Route the new harness along the outlet manifold in the same manner of the old
harness.
8. Secure the wiring harness to the outlet manifold using the three tie-wraps included
in the kit.
9. Connect the wiring harness from the outlet manifold to the VCB and VMB.
10. Perform Service level tests and calibrations per Section 5.2, “Service level tests
and calibration”.
11. Perform the Calibration procedure per Section 5.1, “Calibration (super-user and
service)”.
12.Perform the System Check procedure per Section 3.2, “System Check” .

9.3.6 Replacing the Inspiratory Valve Assembly

1. Remove the chassis from the housing per Section 9.3.1 on page 9-6.
2. Remove the Vent Engine from the chassis per Section Note on page 9-6.
3. Disconnect the wiring harness from the inspiratory valve and safety valve
actuators.
4. Remove the four M4x12 socket head screws that secure the assembly to the main
manifold and remove the Inspiratory Valve assembly.
5. Install the new Inspiratory Valve assembly to the main manifold using four M4x12
socket head screws and torque to 2.0 Nm.
Note If using an original manifold without guide pins, use the Safety Valve Alignment tool
(p/n 1505-8598-000) to align the Inspiratory Valve Assembly on the main manifold.
6. Transfer or install the new Safety Valve Actuator (M1114504) and Seal (1505-
8600-000) to the new Inspiratory Valve Assembly. Apply a small amount (only
enough to wet the surface) of Loctite 271 to screw and torque to 2.0 Nm
7. Perform Service level tests and calibrations per the following:
• “Vent engine debris clean-out” on page 5-5,
• “Vent engine leak test (low pressure)” on page 5-8,
• “Verify operation of free-breathing valve” on page 5-18,
• “Verify operation of inspiratory effort valve” on page 5-20, and

9-10 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Replacing the Inspiratory Valve Assembly

• “Mechanical overpressure valve test” on page 5-24.

8. Install Vent Engine assembly into chassis per Section Note on page 9-6.
9. Install chassis into housing per Section 9.3.1 on page 9-6.
10. Perform Super User calibrations per Section 5.1.1 on page 5-2.
11. Perform Automated Checkout per Section 3.3 on page 3-2.

Manifold with guide pins

Original Manifold without guide pins Safety valve alignment tool

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-11

Engström Carestation

9.3.7 Replacing the free breathing valve

1. Remove the chassis from the housing per Section 9.3.1 on page 9-6.
2. Remove the Vent Engine from the chassis per Section Note on page 9-6.
3. Remove the Free Breathing Valve seat (1503-3204-000) from the main manifold.
4. Remove and discard Valve Flapper (0211-1454-100) and o-ring (M1136785).
5. Clean the Free Breathing Valve seal and Valve Flapper using an alcohol prep
pad.
6. Pull the Valve Flapper through the hole in the Free Breathing Valve seat, and then
cut off tip of flapper to approximately 7mm.
7. Apply a thin film of Krytox to o-ring (only enough to wet the surface of the o-ring)
and fit o-ring into the groove located on the Free Breathing Valve seat.
8. Install the Free Breathing Valve seat into the main manifold and tighten valve until
it is flush with the manifold.
9. Perform Service level tests and calibration per Section 5.2.9 on page 5-18.
10. Install Vent Engine Assembly into chassis per Section 9.3.8 on page 9-12.
11. Install chassis into housing per Section 9.3.1 on page 9-6.
12. Perform Super-User calibrations per Section 5.1.1 on page 5-2.
13. Perform an Automated Checkout per Section 3.3 on page 3-2.

9.3.8 Replacing the Vent Engine assembly, complete

1. Remove the chassis from the housing per Section 9.3.1 on page 9-6.
2. Remove the Vent Engine assembly from the chassis per Section Note on page 9-
6.
3. Replace the Vent Engine with new Vent Engine assembly and connect harness to
the VCB and VMB.
4. Perform Service level tests and calibration per Section 5.2 on page 5-4.
Note Do not install Vent Engine assembly into chassis until all tests and calibration in
Step 4 have been completed.
5. Install Vent Engine assembly into chassis per Section Note on page 9-6.
6. Install chassis into housing per Section 9.3.1 on page 9-6.
7. Perform Super-User calibrations per Section 5.1.1 on page 5-2.
8. Perform an Automated Checkout per Section 3.3 on page 3-2.

9-12 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Replacing the Vent Engine sub-assembly

9.3.9 Replacing the Vent Engine sub-assembly

1. Remove the chassis from the housing per Section 9.3.1 on page 9-6.
2. Remove the Vent Engine assembly from the chassis per Section Note on page 9-
6.
3. Remove the following components from the Vent Engine assembly:
a. Harness, vent engine to VCB/VMB (1505-5706-000).
b. Inspiratory Manifold Panel Assembly with safety valve (1505-8502-000).
c. Outlet Manifold Panel Assembly, including all mounted components (1505-
8505-000).
d. O2 Pipeline Adapter from inlet manifold (1505-3206-000).
e. AIR Pipeline adapter from inlet manifold (1505-3207-000).
4. Clean and install the above removed parts on the new Vent Engine sub assembly
per Section 9.3.4 on page 9-7.
5. Connect the new Vent Engine assembly harness to the VCB and VMB.
6. Perform Service level tests and calibration per Section 5.2 on page 5-4.
Note Do not install Vent Engine assembly into chassis until all tests and calibration in
Step 6 have been completed.
7. Install Vent Engine assembly into chassis per Section Note on page 9-6.
8. Install chassis into housing per Section 9.3.1 on page 9-6.
9. Perform Super-User calibrations per Section 5.1.1 on page 5-2.
10. Perform an Automated Checkout per Section 3.3 on page 3-2.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-13

Engström Carestation

9.4 Service the High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)

Note The item numbers in the following illustrations in this section correspond to the parts
list in Section 10.8.2 on page 10-16.
Note To service the DU or HPDU Touchscreen, see Appendix C - Original parts (page C-5)
and Section 9.5 on page 9-24, respectively. For information on the remote display
arm, see Section 9.7 on page 9-36.
The fan filter (26) and the access door (3) to the PCMCIA interface can be replaced
with the display unit in place.
To replace the filter, slide the filter capsule (25) downward to remove it from the
display unit.

26 3

25

To service other components of the display unit, you must first remove the display unit
from the machine.

9.4.1 Removing the HPDU

The HPDU attaches to the remote and non-remote display arm pivot (not shown) with
screws that are accessible under the upper display arm yoke covers.
1. Remove the pivot arm covers (A) on each side of the upper display arm pivot.
The pivot covers are held in place by three tabs in the locations indicated by the
arrows. Slide a thin blade into the slot at the top of the yoke cover arc and rotate
cover to remove.
2. Disconnect the display cable (B) and remove the strain relief (C).
3. Remove the four screws that hold the display unit to the upper pivot (A).

B
C
A

A
AB.98p171

AB.98p172

9-14 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Disassembling the HPDU

9.4.2 Disassembling the HPDU

Place the display unit face down on an anti-static pad.
1. Loosen (L) the four captive screws at each corner of the rear enclosure.
2. Lift the rear enclosure slightly and pivot it away from the lower enclosure at the
bottom side of the display unit.

28 29 24

L L

20

L 12

27 5 21 2 1

You can now replace the following items:

• Internal Compact Flash card (27)
• External Compact Flash Kit (28)
• Fan (24) — for the HPDU this is a 12-volt fan
• Connector panel assembly (21)
• Encoder assembly (12)
• Battery (5)
• Speaker (20) — To access the mounting screws for the speaker, you must first
remove the ten screws that hold the mounting plate to the front enclosure so that
you can raise the bottom edge of the assembly slightly. For detailed instructions,
see Section 9.4.6 on page 9-18.
• Rear enclosure (1) — You can transfer the captive screws to the new enclosure.
However, the gasket (2) is held in place with adhesive. When replacing the rear
enclosure, also include a new gasket.
Replacing additional items in the display unit requires further disassembly.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-15

Engström Carestation

9.4.3 Replacing the CPU Fan

CAUTION Do not remove the heatsink from the CPU board.

1. Take notice of the position of the fan harness, and then disconnect the fan
harness from the CPU board.
2. Remove the fan (29) from the CPU heatsink, leaving the heatsink in place.
3. Remove the heatsink from the replacement fan assembly and discard it.
4. Position the fan harness as before, and then secure the fan to the CPU heatsink.
5. Connect the fan harness to the CPU board.

9.4.4 Replacing the CPU board

1. Remove the two screws from the connector panel assembly (21).
2. Disconnect the following cables:
• Inverter harnesses (A)
• Right membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (B)
• Speaker cable (C)
• Encoder assembly cable (D)
• Lower membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (E)
• Fan cable (F)
• LCD cable (G)
• Left membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (H).

27
I I
I
5 I

A
H
B
G

21

D E F I

9-16 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Replacing the battery

3. Remove the remaining four screws (I) that hold the CPU board to the mounting
plate.
4. Remove the CPU board from the mounting plate.
5. Transfer the internal Compact Flash Card (27) to the new CPU board.
6. Transfer the battery (5) to the new CPU board, see Section 9.4.5 for detailed
instructions.
7. Reassemble in the reverse order.

CAUTION Align the LCD cable connector parallel with the PCB connector prior to
pressing into place.
Note Make sure the cable is plugged in securely. If it is not, the screen may display
incorrectly (white) or multi-colored striped screen.
8. Download the software, see Section 8.2 on page 8-3.

9.4.5 Replacing the battery

1. Gently lift battery (5) to the left until it can be removed from the holder.
2. Touching only the sides of the battery, place the battery under the retaining clip.

CAUTION When replacing the battery, only touch the sides of the battery and not
the top or bottom as corrosion may occur.
Note System re-boot may be required up to three times to properly load BIOS and display
the Normal Screen.
Note After the system is restarted, check that the Time/Date settings are correct. Reset, if
necessary.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-17

Engström Carestation

9.4.6 Replacing the LCD display

1. Disconnect the following cables:
• Right membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (A)
• Encoder assembly cable (B)
• Lower membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (C)
• Fan cable (D)
• LCD cable (E)
• Left membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (F)
2. Remove the ten screws (circled) that hold the mounting plate to the front
enclosure.

F
A

B C D

3. Remove the mounting plate assembly from the front enclosure.

4. Disconnect the backlight harnesses (G) from the inverter boards.
5. Slide the grommet (H) out of the mounting plate slot (transfer to new LCD).
6. Remove the four screws (circled) that hold the LCD to the mounting plate.

H
G

9-18 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Replacing the backlights

7. Lift the left side of the LCD display slightly away from the mounting plate to pull
some of the display ribbon cable (I) to the top side of the plate. Flip the LCD over
to the left of the assembly.
8. Disconnect the display ribbon cable (J).

LCD Display

I J

9. Reassemble in reverse order.

Note When replacing the LCD, pull the excess ribbon cable to the bottom side of the plate
as you lower the LCD on to the plate. For the backlight harness grommet (H), ensure
that the slit in the grommet faces toward the inside of the keyhole.

9.4.7 Replacing the backlights

The backlight replacement kit includes a backlight assembly (with two backlights) and
two inverters with mounting hardware. To replace the backlight assembly follow the
procedure in Section 9.4.6 on page 9-18 to gain access to the assembly. To replace
the inverters, follow the procedure in the next section.
Note When replacing a backlight or a backlight inverter, you must replace both inverters
and the backlight assembly found in the Backlight Kit.
1. Remove the one screw (K) that holds the backlight assembly to the LCD.
2. Slide the backlight assembly to the left to free it from the retaining tabs and then
lift it out of the holder.

K
H

Slit

3. Transfer the grommet (H) to the new backlight assembly.

4. Reassemble in reverse order.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-19

Engström Carestation

9.4.8 Replacing the inverters

The display unit includes two inverters (one for each backlight).
The inverters “sandwich” the mounting plate and use it as a heatsink. Follow the
procedure in Section 9.4.6 on page 9-18 to get access to the inverters. Replace one
inverter at a time.
Note When replacing a backlight or a backlight inverter, you must replace both inverters
and the backlight assembly found in the Backlight Kit.
1. Disconnect the backlight cable (A) from the inverter.
2. Remove the two Nylon screws (B) that hold the inverter to the backplate.
3. Slide the inverter out of the sleeve and disconnect it from the CPU harness (C).
4. Reassemble in reverse order.

Front inverter B

Rear inverter B

9-20 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Replacing the front enclosure or components

9.4.9 Replacing the front enclosure or components

Disassemble the display unit following procedures in the previous sections to the point
where you have removed the mounting plate assembly from the front enclosure.
If you are replacing the front enclosure, you can transfer the encoder (12) assembly to
the new enclosure; but, you must build up the replacement enclosure with:
• New window (11)
• New membrane switches — right-side (14), lower (15), left-side spacer (16)
• New keypads - right-side (17), lower (18), left-side blank (19)
• New EMC gasket (10)
If you are replacing a keypad or a membrane switch, you must replace both items.

10
11
16
19
14
17

12 Nub
15
18

Replacing the window

1. Place the front enclosure face up on a flat surface.
2. Press down on one corner of the window to free it from the enclosure.
3. Lift around the edge of the window until it can be held from the back.
4. Slowly pry the window from the enclosure.
5. Place the front enclosure face down on a flat surface, taking care not to damage
the encoder.
6. Remove any remaining residue from the mounting area; clean with isopropyl
alcohol.
7. Remove the inside protective material from the front of the window.
8. Peel the front outside frame of the release liner.
9. Lower the window straight down in the enclose, noting the notch in the window
and the matching nub on the enclosure.
10. Before seating the window, position it in contact with the bottom and right sides of
the frame (see arrows) so the larger gap between the window and the enclosure is
at the top and left edges (as viewed from behind).
11. Remove the protective film from the back side of the window.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-21

Engström Carestation

Replacing a membrane switch and keypad

1. Remove the screw that attaches the grounding strap to the enclosure.
2. Pry the membrane switch and keypad from the enclosure.
3. Remove any remaining residue from the mounting area; clean with isopropyl
alcohol.
4. Remove the backing from the membrane. Make sure to remove the small backing
below the flex cable being careful not to allow the ribbon cable to adhere to the
backing.

5. Insert the flex cable and ground strap through the slot in the enclosure. Make sure
that all of the ground strap passes through the slot and does not remain folded
over under the membrane.

Ground strap fully inserted

6. Carefully lower the membrane straight down to the enclosure. Seat the membrane
in place.
7. Remove the backing from the keypad and install it over the membrane switches.
8. Attach the ground strap to the enclosure.

9-22 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Replacing the front enclosure or components

Installing the EMC gasket

To fully seal the display unit enclosure, you will need approximately 2.3 meters of
EMC gasket (10).
1. Cut the gasket into five strips to the lengths as shown below.

1206 mm
286 mm (four sides)

222 mm 222 mm

286 mm
10

2. Sparingly apply “Super Glue Gel” to the channels in the outside grove of the
enclosure near the corners, and then insert the continuous length of gasket.
3. Sparingly apply “Super Glue Gel” to the channels in the inside grove around the
window near the corners, and then insert the individual lengths of gasket.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-23

Engström Carestation

9.5 Service the High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)/

Touchscreen
Note The item numbers in the following illustrations in this section correspond to the parts
list in Section 10.8.1 on page 10-13.
Note To service the DU or HPDU, see Appendix C - Original parts (page C-5) and Section
9.4 on page 9-14, respectively. For information on the remote display arm, see
Section 9.7 on page 9-36.
The fan filter (26) and the access door (3) to the PCMCIA interface can be replaced
with the display unit in place.
To replace the filter, slide the filter capsule (25) downward to remove it from the
display unit.
To service other components of the display unit, you must first remove the display unit
from the machine.

26

3
25

9.5.1 Removing the display unit

The display unit attaches to the remote and non-remote display arm pivot with screws
that are accessible under the upper display arm yoke covers.
1. Remove the pivot arm covers (A) on each side of the upper display arm pivot.
Slide a thin blade into the slot at the top of the yoke cover arc and rotate cover to
remove.
2. Disconnect the display cable (B) and remove the strain relief (C).
3. Remove the four screws that hold the display unit to the upper pivot (A).

B
C
A

A
AB.98p171

AB.98p170

9-24 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Disassembling the display unit

9.5.2 Disassembling the display unit

Place the display unit face down on an anti-static pad.
1. Loosen (L) the four captive screws at each corner of the rear enclosure.
2. Lift the rear enclosure slightly and pivot it away from the lower enclosure at the
bottom side of the display unit.

28 29 30 31 24

L
L

AB.98p190
27 5 21 2 1

You can now replace the following items:

• Internal Compact Flash card (27)
• External Compact Flash Kit (28)
• CPU fan (29)
• TSB (30)
• Tachometer harness (31)
• Fan (24) — for the HPDU this is a 12-volt fan
• Connector panel assembly (21) — must remove TSB first
• Encoder assembly (12)
• Battery (5)
• Speaker (20) — To access the mounting screws for the speaker, you must first
remove the ten screws that hold the mounting plate to the front enclosure so that
you can raise the bottom edge of the assembly slightly. For details, see Section
9.4.6 on page 9-18.
• Rear enclosure (1) — You can transfer the captive screws to the new enclosure.
However, the gasket (2) is held in place with adhesive. When replacing the rear
enclosure, also include a new gasket.
Replacing additional items in the display unit requires further disassembly.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-25

Engström Carestation

9.5.3 Replacing the CPU Fan

CAUTION Do not remove the heatsink from the CPU board.

1. Notice the orientation of the fan harness, and then disconnect the fan harness
from J4 on the TSB board.
2. Remove the fan (29) from the CPU heatsink, leaving the heatsink in place.
3. Remove the heatsink (discard) from the replacement fan assembly.
4. Noting the original orientation of the fan harness, secure the fan to the CPU
heatsink.
5. Connect the fan harness to J4 of the TSB board.

9.5.4 Replacing the TSB

1. Disconnect the Touchscreen ribbon cable from the Touch Sensor Board (TSB).
2. Disconnect the fan cable from J1 on the TSB.
3. Disconnect the tachometer harness from J3 on the TSB.
4. Disconnect the CPU fan from J4 on the TSB.
5. Remove screw from TSB, and then remove the board.
6. Replace TSB and reassemble in reverse order.

9.5.5 Replacing the Connector Panel assembly

The TSB must be removed before the Connector Panel assembly can be replaced.
1. Disconnect the Touchscreen ribbon cable from the TSB.
2. Disconnect the fan cable from J1 on the TSB.
3. Disconnect the tachometer harness from J3 on the TSB.
4. Disconnect the CPU fan from J4 on the TSB.
5. Remove screw from TSB, and then remove the board.
6. Remove screw from left-hand side of Connector Panel assembly.
7. Replace Connector Panel assembly and reassemble in reverse order.

9-26 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Replacing the CPU board

9.5.6 Replacing the CPU board

1. Remove the two screws from the connector panel assembly.
2. Disconnect the following cables:
• Inverter harnesses (A)
• Right membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (B)
• Touchscreen cable (C)
• Speaker cable (D)
• Encoder assembly cable (E)
• Lower membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (F)
• Fan cable (G)
• LCD cable (H)
• Left membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (I).

27
J
J

J
5

B I

C
H

E F G J

3. Remove the remaining four screws (J) that hold the CPU board to the mounting
plate.
4. Remove the CPU board from the mounting plate.
5. Transfer the internal Compact Flash card (27) to the new CPU board.
6. Transfer the battery (5) to the new CPU board, see Section 9.5.7 on page 9-28 for
detailed instructions.
7. Reassemble in reverse order.

CAUTION Align the LCD cable connector parallel with the PCB connector prior to
pressing into place.
Note Make sure cable is plugged in securely. If not screen may display incorrectly (white) or
multi-colored striped screen.
8. Download software, see Section 8.2 on page 8-3.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-27

Engström Carestation

9.5.7 Replacing the battery

1. Gently lift battery to the left until it can be removed from holder.
2. Touching only the sides of the battery, place the battery under the retaining clip.

CAUTION When replacing the battery be careful to only touch the sides of the
battery, not the top or bottom as corrosion may occur.
Note System re-boot may be required up to three times to properly load BIOS and display
the Normal Screen.
Note After the system is restarted, check that the Time/Date settings are correct. Reset, if
necessary.

9.5.8 Replacing the LCD display

1. Disconnect the following cables:
• Right membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (A)
• Touchscreen cable (B)
• Encoder assembly cable (C)
• Lower membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (D)
• Fan cable (E)
• LCD cable (F)
• Left membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (G)
2. Remove the ten screws (circled) that hold the mounting plate to the front
enclosure.

A G

B
F

C D E

3. Remove the mounting plate assembly from the front enclosure.

9-28 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Replacing the LCD display

4. Disconnect the backlight harnesses (H) from the inverter boards.

5. Slide the grommet (I) out of the mounting plate slot and transfer to new LCD.
6. Remove the four screws (circled) that hold the LCD to the mounting plate.

I
H

7. Lift the left side of the LCD display slightly away from the mounting plate to pull
some of the display ribbon cable (J) to the top side of the plate. Flip the LCD over
to the left of the assembly.
8. Disconnect the display ribbon cable (K).

LCD Display

K J

9. Reassemble in reverse order.

Note When replacing the LCD, pull the excess ribbon cable to the bottom side of the plate
as you lower the LCD on to the plate. For the backlight harness grommet (I), ensure
that the slit in the grommet faces toward the inside of the keyhole.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-29

Engström Carestation

9.5.9 Foam to LCD Display Assembly

1. Place the LCD back-down on an anti-static pad carefully to avoid damage to the
speaker.
2. Ensure the metal perimeter of the LCD display is dry and free of dust and
particles.

Ensure LCD metal

perimeter surround is
dry and free from dust
and particles.

3. Peel the backing strip from one piece of foam (2 long and 2 short per assembly) .
4. Affix the 2 long strips of foam to the top and bottom and the short foam strips to
the sides of the metal bezel. Use the inside edge of the bezel as a reference
location.

Use LCD metal

Top
edge as a
guide, and
verify that
Side foam does not
obscure view
Side

Bottom

5. Re-assemble LCD and CPU in reverse order using the supplied touch panel front
enclosure (refer to Section 9 of the appropriate TRM).
Note Ensure touch panel front enclosure touch screen cables and membrane switch
cables are not pinched.

9-30 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Replacing the backlights

9.5.10 Replacing the backlights

The backlight replacement kit includes a backlight assembly (with two backlights) and
two inverters with mounting hardware. To replace the backlight assembly follow the
procedure in Section 9.5.8 on page 9-28 to get access to the assembly. To replace
the inverters, follow the procedure in the next section.
Note When replacing a backlight or a backlight inverter, you must replace both inverters
and the backlight assembly found in the Backlight Kit.
1. Remove the one screw (L) that holds the backlight assembly to the LCD.
2. Slide the backlight assembly to the left to free it from the retaining tabs and then
lift it out of the holder.

L
I

Slit

3. Transfer the grommet (I) to the new backlight assembly.

4. Reassemble in reverse order.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-31

Engström Carestation

9.5.11 Replacing the inverters

The display unit includes two inverters (one for each backlight).
The inverters “sandwich” the mounting plate and use it as a heatsink. Follow the
procedure in Section 9.5.8 on page 9-28 to gain access to the inverters. Replace one
inverter at a time.
Note When replacing a backlight or a backlight inverter, you must replace both inverters
and the backlight assembly found in the Backlight Kit.
1. Disconnect the backlight cable (A) from the inverter.
2. Remove the two Nylon screws (B) that hold the inverter to the backplate.
3. Slide the inverter out of the sleeve and disconnect it from the CPU harness (C).
4. Reassemble in reverse order.

Front inverter B

Rear inverter B

9-32 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Replacing the front enclosure

9.5.12 Replacing the front enclosure

To replace the front enclosure order the touchscreen replacement kit (M1210179-S).
See Appendix B for parts list.

9.5.13 Replacing a membrane switch and keypad

10
11
16
19
14
17

12 Nub
15
18
• New membrane switches — right-side (14), lower (15), left-side spacer (16)
• New keypads - right-side (17), lower (18), left-side blank (19)
• New EMC gasket (10)
If you are replacing a keypad or a membrane switch, you must replace both items.
1. Remove the screw that attaches the grounding strap to the enclosure.
2. Pry the membrane switch and keypad from the enclosure.
3. Remove any remaining residue from the mounting area; clean with isopropyl
alcohol.
4. Remove the backing from the membrane. Be sure to remove the small backing
below the flex cable. Be careful not to allow the ribbon cable to adhere to the
backing.

5. Insert the flex cable and ground strap through the slot in the enclosure. Ensure
that all of the ground strap passes through the slot an does not remain folded over
under the membrane.

Ground strap fully inserted

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-33

Engström Carestation

6. Carefully lower the membrane straight down to the enclosure. Seat the membrane
in place.
7. Remove the backing from the keypad and install it over the membrane switches.
8. Attach the ground strap to the enclosure.

To install the EMC gasket

To fully seal the display unit enclosure, you will need approximately 2.3 meters of
EMC gasket (10).
1. Cut the gasket into five strips to the lengths as shown below.

1206 mm
286 mm (four sides)

222 mm 222 mm

286 mm
10

2. Sparingly apply “Super Glue Gel” to the channels in the outside grove of the
enclosure near the corners, and then insert the continuous length of gasket.
3. Sparingly apply “Super Glue Gel” to the channels in the inside grove around the
window near the corners, and then insert the individual lengths of gasket.

9-34 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Display arm (non-remote mount)

9.6 Display arm (non-remote mount)

For information about the Remote mount display arm, see Section 9.7 on page 9-36.

9.6.1 Removing the non-remote display arm from the ventilator

chassis
Important The display unit is top-heavy when removed from the ventilator.
1. Raise the display unit (A) so it faces upward, as shown.
2. Disconnect the display cable (B) from the back of the ventilator.
3. While supporting the display arm, remove the three recessed screws (C) from the
base of the non-remote arm using a number 3 Ball Allen wrench.

C
A
C

AB.98p178
B
AB.98p177

4. Remove the display and arm assembly from the top of the ventilator chassis and
carefully place the Display Unit face down on an anti-static pad.

9.6.2 Removing the non-remote display arm from the display unit
The display unit attaches to the non-remote display arm pivot with screws that are
accessible under the upper display arm yoke covers.
1. Remove the yoke covers on each side of the upper display arm pivot. (A)
Slide a thin blade into the slot at the top of the yoke cover arc and rotate the cover
to remove.
2. Disconnect the display cable (B), and then remove the strain relief (C).
3. Remove the four screws (D), two on each side, from the upper display arm pivot
and remove the display arm.

B
A

C D
AB.98p171

AB.98p179

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-35

Engström Carestation

9.7 Display arm (remote mount)

The Engström remote mount arm is an optional upgrade that may be used to mount
the display unit on an ISO 19054 Rail system (medi-rail). For information about the
servicing the Standard Display Arm, see Appendix C - Original parts (page C-17).

9.7.1 Mounting the remote display arm

CAUTION To prevent moisture from entering the system and damaging the ventilator, ensure
appropriate white plugs have been inserted into the ventilator chassis. l
1. Insert the large white plug (A) into the center M6 threaded hole of the ventilator
chassis.
If you are permanently remote mounting the display unit and the receiver is not
used, insert the three small white plugs into the three M4 threaded holes of the
ventilator chassis, as shown below.

B B

2. Secure the remote mount receiver to the ventilator chassis using three flat-head
screws (B) and tighten to 2 Nm torque.
3. To prepare the arm for cable installation, open the primary latch (C). Seat the arm
on the receiver or rail for leverage, close the primary latch, and then turn the arm
45° to the left. Open the primary latch and pull the secondary latch (D) to
disengage the arm from the receiver or rail.

D
45°
C

4. With the part number towards the

top, feed the cable (E) through E
the base of the arm.
5. Attach the arm cover as shown
using four self-threading screws F
(F) (0.5 Nm torque).

9-36 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Mounting the remote display arm

6. Secure the display arm to the display unit:

a. Apply a very light coating of Loctite 222 to each of the four M4x8 socket head
cap screws. Insert and start either the left or right, top and bottom screws (G) of
the upper pivot into the back of the display unit.
b. Slide the arm onto the back of the display under the started screws (H) and insert
the two remaining screws. Tighten all four screws using a #3 Ball Allen wrench
to 2 Nm torque.
c. Install the yoke covers (I) into the upper and lower pivots.
Note Align and insert the flat surfaces of the yoke covers, using the flat surfaces as a
hinge, and then press the covers into place.

G H

7. Secure the cable onto the display unit with the edge of the part number label
aligned underneath the strain relief, as shown below. Insert the M4x12 socket
head cap screw and tighten using a #3 Ball Allen wrench to 2 Nm torque.

8. Firmly hold the display unit at the

junction of the display arm and display
screen, and align the arm assembly
with the receiver mount. Ensure the
cable is positioned in the cable channel
of the receiver mount.
9. Ensure the primary latch is open and
seat the arm assembly onto the
receiver mount. Listen for an audible
click of the secondary latch.
10. Close the primary latch to secure the
arm assembly onto the ventilator. If not
already done, rotate arm back from 45° angle to normal position.
11. Connect and secure the upper end of the display cable to the display unit.
12. Connect and secure the lower end of the display cable to the ventilator chassis.
13. Perform Automated Checkout procedure as defined in Section 3.3 on page 3-2.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-37

Engström Carestation

9.7.2 Removing the remote display arm

WARNING A movable part or a removable component may present a pinch or

crush hazard. Use care when moving or replacing system parts and
components.
To remove the display arm:
1. Power down the Engström and lock casters if using and Engström Cart.
2. Position the display arm so that it is vertical and the display unit so that it is
horizontal (facing up).
3. Firmly hold the display unit at the junction of the display arm and display screen.
Open the primary latch (1). Pull and hold the secondary latch (2) toward the front
of the arm assembly to disengage the display unit.

AB.98.296

AB.98.297
4. Carefully lift and remove the display unit from the ventilator.
Important The display unit is top heavy when removed from the ventilator.

9.7.3 Mounting to ISO 19054 Rail System (medi-rail)

Note Ensure the cable length is sufficient to reach from the Engström system to the desired
mounting location.
1. Align and seat the arm onto the rail system. Listen for an audible click of the
secondary latch.
2. Close the primary latch to secure the arm onto the rail system.
AB.98.304

AB.98.298

9-38 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Remove the ventilator from the cart

9.8 Remove the ventilator from the cart

WARNING To avoid personal injury, two people are required to remove the
ventilator from the cart.
1. Locate the latch (A) on the side of the cart.
2. Pull out the latch, as shown, to unlock the ventilator housing from the cart.

3. With a person on each side of the cart, lift the ventilator housing off of the cart.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-39

Engström Carestation

9.9 Remove the compressor from the cart

In routine cases, the compressor can be serviced without removing it from the cart.
Refer to the EVair03 Technical Reference Manual (CI-3090 rev C).
In situations where more access to components is required, the compressor can be
removed from the cart for service.

WARNING To avoid personal injury, two people are required to remove and install
the compressor.
1. Remove the trim pieces from the side extrusions.

Tap in screwdriver Pry to loosen

blade at base

2. Remove the compressor mounting hardware from each side of the cart.
3. Screw in a lifting handle (service tool p/n 5370055) into each side of the
compressor.

Service tool

4. With a person on each side of the cart, lift the compressor slightly and slide it
forward out of the cart.

CAUTION To avoid tipping, use care when moving the ventilator with the
compressor removed from the cart.

9-40 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Replacing the cart base

9.10 Replacing the cart base

Important Remove the ventilator or compressor (if applicable) from the cart before proceeding
with cart basereplacemnet procedures.
1. Lock all casters on the ventilator cart.
2. Remove screws (A) from the back panel.

Back panel

3. Remove the back panel by lifting it off of the base pins.

4. Remove the screws (B) from the bottom cover plate of the cart.

B
Bottom cover plate

5. Lift the cover plate and place it next to the cart.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-41

Engström Carestation

6. If the cart has outlets, unplug the cable harness (D) from the inrush board to the
toroid and the harness (C) from the AC outlets to the toroid.

Note Carts without the AC outlets have a weight at the bottom of the cart.
7. Access the toroid or weight and remove the screw (E) that secures the toroid/
weight to the bottom plate. Carefully lift the toroid/weight out of the internal
compartment of the cart. For the toroid, remove the first nut on the cover plate (not
shown) and remove the ground wire (F) to the toroid.

Weight
E
Toroid

8. Carefully position the cover plate back inside the bottom of the cart and lay the
cart on the front side. Turn the cart top-down being careful not to damage the
cover plate (wires or inrush board).

9-42 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Replacing the cart base

9. Unscrew the bottom plate retaining screws and remove the bottom plate.

10. Remove the screws (F) from the cart base and carefully lift the base from the
alignment pins (circled).
• If necessary, use a flat blade screwdriver to carefully pry the base from the
uprights.

11. Install the replacement base by reassembling in reverse order.

Important All power cord retatiners that were loosened must be tightened to .45 Nm.
12. Perform an Electrical Safety Test after installing the ventilator to the cart.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-43

Engström Carestation

9.11 Replacing the cart casters

Remove the ventilator and compressor (if applicable) from the cart before proceeding
with the caster replacement procedures. Refer to the EVair Technical Reference
Manual (2066031-001) for removal procedure.

WARNING To avoid personal injury, two people are required to remove and install
the ventilator and/or compressor.
1. Lock all casters on the ventilator cart. Remove all system accessories if
applicable.
2. Lay the cart down on the opposite side of the caster that will be replaced.
3. Remove the defective caster using the adapter included in the kit.
4. Before replacing the caster, ensure
the following:
• No oil or other contaminants are A
present on the replacement
caster or in the base of the
threaded hole (A), if oil or
contaminants are present clean
and remove loose debris.
• No thread damage to the base
threaded hole.
•
5. Apply a line of Loctite 242 inside the
cart base threaded hole (A) and on
the threads of the replacement caster B
B
(B) prior to threading the caster into
the base.

WARNING Failure to apply Loctite and to properly torque the caster may allow
potential loosening of the caster, resulting in caster stem failure.

9-44 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Replacing the cart casters

6. Attach the adapter included in the kit to the torque wrench at 90 degrees
(perpendicular) to the torque wrench as shown.

7. Torque the caster to 25Nm +/- 1 Nm (A). Do not make contact with raised edge on
cart base (B).

CAUTION Use care when applying torque to the front casters. Avoid contact with
the adapter and cart base while tightening.There is a raised edge (B) on
the cart base and a false torque could occur if contact is made.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-45

Engström Carestation

Important If you are unable to use the method shown (adapter at 90 degrees) in step 6, it is
possible to torque the caster with the wrench adapter in line with the torque wrench as
shown below. If using this method, it is necessary to re-calculate the torque that will be
set on the wrench to accommodate the additional length added by the adapter. Use
the equation and image shown to determine the torque value that you should set the
wrench.

A L

Ta

Tw

Ta A L Tw

25 +/- 1 Nm 0.063 m (L x Ta) measure calculate

Tw =
(L + A)
Ta = Torque applied at the adapter. This is the value required for your caster application in Newton-meters.
A = Length of adapter for your application in meters.
L = Length from square drive to hand position (should be center of handle) in meters.
Tw = Torque value that the wrench is set to in Newton-meters.

9-46 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Production Marking

8. Once the caster is set to the

proper torque and the caster
collar is tightened, mark both the
caster collar and the cart base
using a permanent marker
(preferably black).
• Rotate the plastic collar on A
the caster clockwise
(tighten). This takes up
clearance between the B
plastic collar and the steel
stem for consistent marking
and inspecting.
• To aid in future inspection,
make a small mark on the
cart base (A) and caster
collar (B). These marks will
be used in the future to
provide a visual aid to
determine if the caster has
loosened.
• If the base was previously marked, then remark the replacement caster collar
using a permanent marker to align with the existing mark on the cart base (A).
9. Before lowering the machine, make sure the caster turns freely.
10. Carefully lower the machine to the floor.
11. Reassemble the machine:
• Install the ventilator on the cart.
• If the compressor was removed, reinstall the compressor - refer to the
appropriate Technical Reference Manual.
• Tighten all power cord retainers that were loosened to 0.45 Nm.
12. Perform an Electrical Safety Test after installing the ventilator and/or compressor
to the cart.
13. Perform a System Check.

9.11.1 Production Marking

Grooves are now located on all four caster collars and corresponding locations on the
cart base assembly. These grooves are intended to be used to provide a visual aid to
determine if the caster(s) have loosened.

If you are replacing a caster on a

machine that has a production cart base groove
groove, use a permanent marker
(preferably black) to mark the caster caster collar groove
collar to align with the groove in the
cart base.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-47

Engström Carestation

9.12 Airway Module Bay

9.12.1 Mounting and connecting the airway module bay

The airway module bay may be mounted on either side of the ventilator.

WARNING Do not place the airway module in the lower slot when the airway
module is on the right side of the system. Exhaust from the gas exhaust
port will adversely affect the accuracy of the airway module CO2 and
O2 measurements.
• Install only one airway module into the airway module bay. The
system does not support the use of multiple airway modules.
• Only install singe width airway modules (E-miniC and CARESCAPE
respiratory modules) in the upper right slot of the airway module
bay. The upper left slot of the module bay does not support
communication between the module and the system.

CAUTION The airway module bay port must only be used for connecting the
module bay to the ventilator.
1. Lock the ventilator cart wheels.
2. Connect one end of the cable to the airway module bay connection on the back of
the ventilator (A) and tighten the screws.
3. Attach the module bay (B) to the desired side of the ventilator.
• Loosen the thumbscrews.
• Slide the airway module bay behind the thumbscrew and tighten.
4. Connect the end of the cable to the airway module bay connection (C) and tighten
the screws.

5. Slide the airway module into the upper slot of the airway module bay.
6. Attach the tubing to the airway module.
Note Follow instructions in reverse order to disassemble.

9-48 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Labels

9.13 Labels

9.13.1 Attaching Key/BID labels

1. If present, remove the existing Key/BID label from the back of the machine.
2. Clean the area with Isopropyl alcohol.
3. Affix the new Key/BID label to the machine

AB.98p192
9.13.2 Attaching Feature labels
Housing (current)
1. Attach the feature specific label into the recess in the label holder, which is
molded into the front of the housing.
2. Discard the Feature Label holder.

AB.98p167

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-49

Engström Carestation

Housing (original)
The original housing requires a separate label holder to attach the Feature Options
labels (see page 10-43).
Use the feature label holder to attach FRC, SpiroDynamics, Neonatal or NIV labels.
1. Attach the Feature Label holder to the front of the housing as follows:
• Align the right edge of the label approximately 6 mm from the right edge of the
outlet manifold.
• Align the bottom edge of the label approximately 15 mm from the top edge of
the outlet manifold.
2. Affix the feature specific label to the square recess in the label holder. Install
labels starting with the right-most available recess, as shown below.

AB.98p110

9-50 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Repair Procedures
Attaching Feature labels

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 9-51

 Illustrated Parts

10 Illustrated Parts
In this section
10.1 Service tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
10.1.1 Software tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
10.1.2 Manual shut-off valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
10.1.3 Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
10.1.4 Leak test devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-4
10.1.5 Lubricants and adhesives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5
10.1.6 Touch-up paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5
10.2 Exhalation valve assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6
10.3 Neonatal Flow Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7
10.4 Exhalation valve heater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8
10.5 External components (current) - front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9
10.6 External components (current) - rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10
10.7 Display arm mounting hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11
10.7.1 Non-remote mount display arm assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11
10.7.2 Remote mount display arm assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-12
10.8 Display Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-13
10.8.1 High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)/Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . .10-13
10.8.2 High Performance Display Unit (HPDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-16
10.9 Main enclosure (external) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-19
10.10 Main enclosure (internal). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-21
10.11 Vent Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-23
10.12 Outlet manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-26
10.13 Inlet Manifold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-28
10.14 AC power cords. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-30
10.15 AC Inlet/Outlet Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-31
10.16 Cart (current). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-34
10.17 Module rack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-36
10.18 Compact Airway Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-37
10.18.1 Airway Module Planned Maintenance Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-38
10.19 Compressor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-39
10.19.1 EVair03 Compressor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-39
10.19.2 EVair Compressor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-41
10.20 Feature option labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-43
10.20.1 Vent Housing (current) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-43
10.20.2 Vent Housing (original) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-43
10.21 Key/BID label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-44

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-1

Engström Carestation

10.1 Service tools

10.1.1 Software tools

Item Description Part Number

1 Engström Service Application/System Software 7.X 2086401-S
(on Compact Flash card - HPDU/Touchscreen)
21 Engström Service Application/System Software 6.X M1179456-S
(on Compact Flash card - HPDU)
31 Engström Service Application/System Software 5.X M1148265-S
(on Compact Flash card - HPDU)
41 Engström Service Application/System Software 4.X M1079267
(on Compact Flash card - HPDU)
52 Engström Service Application/System Software 2.X 1505-8000-000
(on Compact Flash card - DU)
62 Compact Flash Adapter, PCMCIA carrier 1009-5874-000
7 Windows based PC Service Application 1505-8001-000
8 Cable, 9-pin male/female D-sub connector 1505-8587-000
9 Converter, USB to RS-422/RS-485 (includes USB cable) 1505-8586-000
1 For High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)
2
For Standard Display Unit (DU)

1 2 3 4 7 6

AB.98.099
8
AB.98p168

Male pin end Female pin end Port 3

(9-pin DSUB) (9-pin DSUB) (9-pin)
7 1 TX+
8 2 TX+
9 3 RX+
6 4 RX-
3 5 GND

AB.98.098 AB.98.097
9

USB Type B RS-422/RS-485

10-2 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
Manual shut-off valves

10.1.2 Manual shut-off valves

Item Tool Part Number

1 Manual shut-off valve — O2 1505-8578-000
Manual shut-off valve — Air 1505-8579-000
1a O-ring 1006-3614-000
1b Adapter — O2 M18 1505-8576-000
Adapter — Air M16 1505-8577-000
1c Valve, two-way 0207-6023-300
1d Nipple, 1/8 NPTM 1 L — O2 0213-5025-335
1Nipple, 1/8 NPTM 1.5 L — Air 0213-5026-500
1e Filter body, M18 — O2 1001-5921-000
Filter body, M16 — Air 1001-5923-000

1a 1b 1c 1d 1e

10.1.3 Special tools

Item Description Part Number

1 Cable, Remote Display Unit (2 meters). Used to connect M1063496
display unit to ventilator chassis when disassembled for repair
and evaluation, see Section 9.3 on page 9-5.
2 Tool, Nebulizer connector, see Section 10.12 on page 10-26. 1505-8506-000
3 Safety Valve alignment tool (for early manifolds only), see 1505-8598-000
Section 9.3.5 on page 9-10.
4 Tube, 4MM OD Nylon. Unit of measure - Meter, see Section 1001-3060-000
5.2.4 (page 5-5) - Tubing for Regulator Test Port
5 Hex wrench adapter, 41 mm. See Section 9.10 on page 9-42 2087398-001
— Handle, Service Air Compressor – two required (see Section 5370055
9.9 on page 9-40)

1 2 3

5
4

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-3

Engström Carestation

10.1.4 Leak test devices

Item Tool Part Number

— Leak test device kit (includes items 1 through 10) 1505-8590-000
1 Syringe, 60 cc 1505-3061-000
2 Clamp, tubing 7000-0000-097
3 Tee, 1/8 inch barb 7000-0000-186
4 Negative low-pressure leak test device 0309-1319-800
5 Tee, sensing 22-mm to 15-mm 0212-0763-100
6 Connector, Endo tube 0219-5060-530
7 Plug, 4-mm 1006-3530-000
8 Plug, stopper (2) M1210946
9 Silicone tubing 3/16 ID 1006-3666-000
10 Tubing, clear 0.125 ID 1605-1001-000

10
10 2

10

1
4

8 6
9

10

10-4 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
Lubricants and adhesives

10.1.5 Lubricants and adhesives

Item Description Part Number

— Lubricant, Krytox GPL 205, 2 oz 1001-3854-000
— Thread Lock, Loctite 24221 (medium strength), 10 ml 0220-5017-300
— Thread Lock, Loctite 277 (high strength), 50 ml 0220-5026-300
— Thread Lock, Loctite 222 (medium strength), 10 ml 7000-0000-183

10.1.6 Touch-up paint

Item Description Part Number

— Neutral gray N7 (dark gray), 18-ml bottle 1006-4198-000
— Neutral gray N9 (light white) 18 ml bottle 1006-4200-000

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-5

Engström Carestation

10.2 Exhalation valve assembly

Item Description Part Number

— Exhalation valve assembly (with flow transducer) 1505-3848-000
— Exhalation valve assembly (without flow transducer) 1505-8568-000
1 Diaphragm 1505-3224-000
2 Seal 1505-3223-000
3 Housing 1505-3222-000
4 Seal 1505-3257-000
5 Retaining ring 1505-3039-000
6 Flow transducer (includes check valve and screen) 1505-3231-000
7 O-ring 1503-3056-000
8 Plunger 1505-3245-000
9 Spring 1505-3013-000
10 O-ring 1505-3009-000
11 Water trap 1505-3244-000

2 3

6
1

10
AB.98.030

11

10-6 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
Neonatal Flow Sensor

10.3 Neonatal Flow Sensor

Item Description Part Number

1 Neonatal Flow Sensor 1505-3272-000
2 Neonatal Flow Sensor Cable 1505-5604-000

MD.24.099
2

MD.24.100

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-7

Engström Carestation

10.4 Exhalation valve heater

Item Description Part Number

1 Exhalation valve heater M1200693
2 Cable (order separately) M1188723

AB.98.319

AB.98.323

10-8 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
External components (current) - front

10.5 External components (current) - front

Item Description Part Number

1 Display Unit See Section 10.8
2 Module rack See Section 10.17
3 Cart See Section 10.16
4 Handle, Left, Main Vent Housing M1185374
5 Handle, Right, Main Vent Housing M1185373
6 Screw #6x3/4 inch, Phillips, Pan Head M1221487
7 Foot with rivet, Main Vent Housing M1185376

1
7

4 5
6 6
2

AB.98.127

Note For information about the original main vent housing, see “External components
(original) - front” on page C-3.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-9

Engström Carestation

10.6 External components (current) - rear

2 3

7 6
1
5

AB.98.358

Item Description Part Number

1 Main enclosure (external) See Section 10.9
Main enclosure (internal) See Section 10.10
2 Display arm mounting hardware See Section 10.7
Remote mount display arm assembly See Section 10.7.2
3 Guard, DU connector 1505-3419-000
4 Screw, M4x12 0140-6226-111
5 Spacer, connector guard 1505-3434-000
6 Screw, M4x25 0140-6226-125
7 Housing, Main Vent M1185368

10-10 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
Display arm mounting hardware

10.7 Display arm mounting hardware

10.7.1 Non-remote mount display arm assembly

For information about the Standard Display Arm mount and assembly, see Appendix
C - Original parts page C-21.

Item Description Part Number

— Cable, Display Unit M1151642
Cable, Remote Display unit (2 meter) M1063496
Cable, Remote Display unit (5 meter) M1135865
1 Non-remote Mount Arm M1162945
2 Screw, M4x10 Socket Head Cap 0140-6226-112
(For mounting non-remote arm to ventilator chassis.)
3 Yoke Cover, Arm (upper and lower) M1135997
4 Arm Cover M1135999
5 Screw, Arm Cover, Pozi-Dr TRS M3-0 5x8 A-4 SST 1406-3242-000
6 Strain Relief, HPDU cable M1151644
7 Screw, Strain Relief, M4x12, Socket Head Cap 1102-3006-000
8 Screw, Arm to HPDU, M4x8 Socket Head Cap 9211-0640-083

3 4
2

7 5
6
AB.98p180

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-11

Engström Carestation

10.7.2 Remote mount display arm assembly

Item Description Part Number

— Cable, Display Unit M1151642
Cable, Remote Display unit (2 meter) M1063496
Cable, Remote Display unit (5 meter) M1135865
1 Remote Mount arm M1135995
2 Remote Mount Receiver M1157300
3 Screw, Receiver, M4x0.7, 12 MM LG FL PH Head SST 0140-6226-112
4 Screw, Arm to HPDU, M4x8 Socket Head Cap 9211-0640-083
5 Yoke Cover, Arm (upper and lower) M1135997
6 Arm Cover M1135999
7 Plug, Large plug (1 req.) M1144306
8 Plug, Small plug (3 req.) M1144305
9 Screw, Arm Cover, Pozi-Dr TRS M3-0 5x8 A-4 SST 1406-3242-000
10 Screw, Strain Relief, M4x12, Socket Head Cap 1102-3006-000
11 Strain Relief, HPDU cable M1151644

1
5 6

10 9
2 11 8
AB.98p185

10-12 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
Display Unit

10.8 Display Unit

For information about the Original Display Unit parts, see Appendix C - Original parts
page C-15.

10.8.1 High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)/Touchscreen

Item Description Part Number

— HPDU/Touchscreen Assembly, complete with front See Appendix B
bezel label
— Touchscreen repair kit See Appendix B
— Touchscreen Field Upgrade See Appendix B
1 Enclosure, rear (HPDU) 1009-6089-000
2 Gasket, cover plate 1009-5678-000
3 Door 1009-5679-000
4 CPU Board, HPDU (without Compact Flash card) M1223519
5 Battery, Lithium 3V (positive side up) 1009-5800-000
6 Kit, 12 in LCD with LED backlight 2090145-001
71 Kit, 12 in LCD with LED backlight 2090145-001
7a Harness, inverter 1009-5527-000
7b Spacer, 8mm Nylon 1009-5695-000
7c Insulator, tube Not available
8 Grommet, diagonal cut (backlight cable) 1009-3151-000
9 Enclosure assembly, front M1210180
10 Gasket, EMC 1.8mm OD hollow RND (2.3 m per
enclosure)
11 Touchscreen Window
12 Encoder assembly 1503-3012-000
13 Knob, soft touch GEMS steel blue M1143580
142 Membrane switches, right 1009-5505-000

152 Membrane switches, lower 1009-5507-000

162 Membrane switches, left 1009-5506-000

17 Keypad, right-side (part of keypad set) See Keypad sets
18 Keypad, lower (part of keypad set) in table on
page B-3.
19 Keypad, left (part of keypad set)
20 Speaker assembly, 8-ohm 1605-3263-000-S
21 Enhanced Serial Port with interface boards - HPDU M1057953-S
22 Cable, ribbon CPU to Display 1009-5520-000
23 Grommet 1009-3152-000
24 Fan, 12Vdc (HPDU) M1128637
25 Capsule, fan filter 896089
26 Filter, fan 897010
27 Compact Flash Card, formatted M1055008
28 External Compact Flash Interface Replacement Kit M1056240
29 3 Fan, CPU - with heatsink 12V 1009-6095-000
30 Screw, M4x12 Pan 0140-6226-111

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-13

Engström Carestation

Item Description Part Number

31 Guard 1505-3419-000
32 Screw, M4x25 Pan 0140-6226-125

33 Spacer 1505-3434-000

34 HPDU Front bezel label, Engström Carestation M1143618

35 PWA DU TSB M1198435
36 Harness CPU Tachometer M1200701
37 Standoff Hex, M4x8 M1207915
38 Foam pad, short M1210088
39 Foam pad, long M1210093
Not shown: Where used (quantity)
Speaker (2) — Screw, M3x6 Sems 0140-6219-128
Door (2)
Rear enclosure (4) — Screw, M4x12 relieved body 1504-3001-000
Rear enclosure (4) — Lockwasher, M4 external 9213-0540-003
Fan (4) — Screw, M3x16 1504-3003-000
Fan (4) — Lockwasher, M3 external 9213-0530-003
Inverters (4) — Screw, M3x6 Nylon 9211-1730-065
CPU to plate (4) — Screw, M4x8 Sems 0140-6226-113
Connector panel (2)
Ground straps, keypads
(2)
Mounting plate (10)
Fan, 12Vdc (HPDU) (4) — O-ring 0210-0547-300
1 When replacing a backlight or a backlight inverter, you must replace both inverters and the backlight assembly
found in the Backlight Kit (Item 7).
2 Keypads will likely be damaged during membrane switch replacement, order parts accordingly.
3 Remove and discard the heatsink from the replacement fan before installing it onto the CPU heatsink on the

HPDU CPU board.

Note: See Appendix B for HPDU/Touchscreen upgrade and repair kit ordering information.

10-14 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)/Touchscreen

4 6 7
10
9 34

8
2 14
3

26 11
17
25
12
24 21

13

20
23

AB.98p127
15 18
22 16 19

30

38
31

AB.98p183
39
32
33
37 35

28

5
29

21 36

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-15

Engström Carestation

10.8.2 High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)

Item Description Part Number

— HPDU Assembly, complete — without keypad set and See Appendix B
guard.
1 Enclosure, rear (HPDU) 1009-6089-000
2 Gasket, cover plate 1009-5678-000
3 Door 1009-5679-000
4 CPU Board, HPDU (without Compact Flash card) M1223519
5 Battery, Lithium 3V (positive side up) 1009-5800-000
6 Kit, 12 in LCD with LED backlight 2090145-001
71 Kit, 12 in LCD with LED backlight 2090145-001
7a Harness, inverter 1009-5527-000
7b Spacer, 8mm Nylon 1009-5695-000
7c Insulator, tube Not available
8 Grommet, diagonal cut (backlight cable) 1009-3151-000
9 Enclosure, front 1505-3424-000
10 Gasket, EMC 1.8mm OD hollow RND (2.3 m per 1009-5802-000
enclosure)
11 Window (LCD display) 1009-5676-000
12 Encoder assembly 1503-3012-000
13 Knob, soft touch GEMS steel blue 1609-3090-000
14 2 Membrane switches, right 1009-5505-000

152 Membrane switches, lower 1009-5507-000

162 Membrane switches, left 1009-5506-000

17 Keypad, right-side (part of keypad set) See Keypad sets
18 Keypad, lower (part of keypad set) in table on
page B-3.
19 Keypad, left (part of keypad set)
20 Speaker assembly, 8-ohm 1605-3263-000-S
21 Enhanced Serial Port with interface boards - HPDU M1057953-S
22 Cable, ribbon CPU to Display 1009-5520-000
23 Grommet 1009-3152-000
24 Fan, 12Vdc (HPDU) M1128637
25 Capsule, fan filter 896089
26 Filter, fan 897010
27 Compact Flash Card, formatted M1055008
28 External Compact Flash Interface Replacement Kit M1056240
29 3 Fan, CPU - with heatsink 12V 1009-6095-000
30 Screw, M4x12 PAN 0140-6226-111
31 Guard 1505-3419-000
32 Screw, M4x25 PAN 0140-6226-125

33 Spacer 1505-3434-000

34 HPDU Front bezel label, Engström Carestation M1143618

Not shown: Where used (quantity)

10-16 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)

Item Description Part Number

Speaker (2) — Screw, M3x6 Sems 0140-6219-128
Door (2)
Rear enclosure (4) — Screw, M4x12 relieved body 1504-3001-000
Rear enclosure (4) — Lockwasher, M4 external 9213-0540-003
Fan (4) — Screw, M3x16 1504-3003-000
Fan (4) — Lockwasher, M3 external 9213-0530-003
Inverters (4) — Screw, M3x6 Nylon 9211-1730-065
CPU to plate (4) — Screw, M4x8 Sems 0140-6226-113
Connector panel (2)
Ground straps, keypads (2)
Mounting plate (10)
Fan, 12Vdc (HPDU) (4) — O-ring 0210-0547-300
1
When replacing a backlight or a backlight inverter, you must replace both inverters and the backlight assembly found
in the Backlight Kit (Item 7).
2 Keypads will likely be damaged during membrane switch replacement, order parts accordingly.
3 Remove and discard the heatsink from the replacement fan before installing it onto the CPU heatsink on the HPDU

CPU board.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-17

Engström Carestation

4 6 7

9 10 34

8
3 14
2

11
26
17
25
12
24 21

13

20
23

AB.98p127
15 18
22 16 19

27

28
4
5
29

21
AB.98p129

30

31

32 33

10-18 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
Main enclosure (external)

10.9 Main enclosure (external)

Item Description Part Number

1 Mount Arm/PM Module Rack M1182471
2 Screw, M4x8 0144-2436-108
3 Screw Thumb M6x16 M1182842
4 Ring, Retaining External 4.8 SFT SST 1505-3035-000
5 1 STDF Screwlock, #4-40 Female 1504-3007-000
6 Jacksocket, M2.5/M2 SST 1505-3023-000
7 Filter Guard (includes media), Fan 80MM 1505-3027-000
7a Filter media 1505-3029-000
9 3 Screw M3x40 CTSK Socket Head 1505-3057-000
10 AC Inlet, Filter with fuseholder 1505-5001-000
11 Screw M3-0.5x8 Flat Head Pozidriv 9211-0530-083
12 Fuse Drawer, AC Inlet 1505-5002-000
13 Fuse, 2A 250V 5x20 mm Delayed Time 1503-3073-000
14 Switch, On/Standby DPST 1605-3043-000
15 Retainer, Power Cord 1505-3033-000
164 Screw, M3x8 POSI Pan Head SEMS SST 0140-6219-130
17 Stud Equal Potential 0208-0070-300
182 Gasket EMC 3x4 with pressure sensitive adhesive 1505-3002-000
19 M4-0.7x12 Pozidriv Pan Head Relieved SST 1504-3001-000
20 Lockwasher, M4 Internal 0144-1118-128
21 Cable, Display Unit 1505-5600-000
22 Cable, Patient Module Rack 1505-5601-000
23 Plug Button 1505-3015-000
24 Cable, AC Power Cord See Section 10.14
25 O2 Pipeline Inlet Filter Adapter 1505-3268-000
(See Section 10.13 for Filter Part Numbers)
26 Air Pipeline Inlet Filter Adapter 1505-3269-000
(See Section 10.13 for Filter Part Numbers)
1 Apply Loctite 277.
2
Total length = 1230 mm (300 mm top/bottom — 315 mm sides).
3 Item 9 retained with nut on inside of chassis (see Section 10.10).
4 Tighten screw at bottom to 0.45 Nm. Tighten screws on both sides to 1.0 Nm.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-19

Engström Carestation

19 20 12

18 21 10 11
5 6 14

15 13

4 3

17

7 22

1 2 16
23
9
24

26 25

AB.98p176

10-20 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
Main enclosure (internal)

10.10 Main enclosure (internal)

Item Description Part Number

1 Power Supply Module M1052831
2 Screw 4-40x3/16 Pozidriv Pan Sems 1505-3004-000
3 Harness (Power Supply to PMB) 1505-5700-000
4 Harness (AC Inlet to Power Supply) 1605-3261-000
5 Wire, chassis safety ground 1605-3060-000
6 Harness, Jumper AC Inlet 1505-5718-000
7 Nut, M4 KEPS 0144-3717-314
8 Lockwasher, M4 external 9213-0540-003
9 Harness (On or Standby) 1605-3059-000
10 Motherboard - Current (requires VMB M1052980-S). See M1053184
Appendix B, Motherboard (backplane) block diagram -
current.
10 Motherboard - Original. See See Appendix B, Motherboard 1505-5504-000
(backplane) block diagram -original.
11 Screw, M4X6 Pan Head SEMS 1505-3000-000
12 Power Management Board (PMB) 1505-5502-000-S
13 Heat Sink 1505-5004-000
14 Screw, M3-0.5x20 Pan Head Pozidriv 0140-6719-103
15 Lockwasher, M3 external 9213-0530-003
16 Fan, 24Vdc 14CFM with harness 1505-3025-000
17 Screw, M3x50 Pan Head Pozidriv SST 1505-3037-000
18 Lockwasher, M3 Split Lock SST 1505-3036-000
19 Washer, 3.18ID 8.64OD 0.76T SST 1006-5234-000
20 Vent Monitor Board (VMB) - current (requires Motherboard M1052980-S
M1053184). See Appendix B.
20 Vent Monitor Board (VMB) - original. See Appendix B. 1505-5501-000-S
21 Vent Control Board (VCB) 1505-5500-000-S
22 Retainer assembly (includes items 32 and 33), M1195740
PCA/Card Cage
23 Guide, Card 1505-3001-000
24 Harness (battery to PMB) 1505-5702-000
25 Tie wrap 0203-5915-300
26 Chassis fan kit (includes Screw, M3x40, 2 each) 1505-3024-000-S
27 Nut, M3 Keps 0144-3717-302
28 Strap, Battery Restraint 1504-3509-000
29 Battery Tray 1009-3133-000
30 Battery (Internal) 1009-5682-000
31 Label, Battery Service Instruction 1009-5530-000
32 M4-0.7x12 Pozidriv Pan Head Relieved SST 1504-3001-000
33 Star Washer 9213-0540-003

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-21

Engström Carestation

19 15
8 18 14
4 5 6 7 9 10 17 16 13 12 20 21

3 11

31 30 29 28 26 25 24 23
22
27

J1

Battery 2 Battery 1

Wire Color
Black
Red

33
32

10-22 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
Vent Engine

10.11 Vent Engine

Item Description Part Number

— Vent Engine Assembly – Complete M1081816-S
— Vent Engine Sub-assembly M1115997-S
IMPORTANT Order this part only if vent engine water
contamination/entry or hydrocarbon contamination occurs.
(not shown) Mounting screws, 4 M4x8 Pozidriv 0140-6226-107
Does not include the following:
Harness, vent engine to VCB/VMB - 1505-5706-000
Inspiratory Manifold Panel Assembly wtih Safety Valve - 1505-
8502-000
Outlet Manifold Panel Assembly, including all mounted
components - 1505-8505-000
O2 pipeline Adapter from inlet manifold - 1505-3206-000
AIR pipeline Adapter from inlet manifold - 1505-3207-000
A Manifold, Main Assembly 1505-8504-000
(does not include mounted components)
B Pressure Sensor Assembly, expiratory – inspiratory 1505-8503-000-S
(includes Items 13 through 19)
C Manifold, Insp Valve Assembly (includes effort valve; does not 1505-8502-000
include safety valve actuator or safety valve seal)
11 Regulator w/screws 1505-3256-000
O-ring, EPR, 2-012 1503-3056-000
22 Port, Regulator 1505-3260-000
3 Gasket, Port 1505-3261-000
4 Inlet manifold See Section 10.13
O-ring, EPR, 2-016 1006-3616-000
Screw, M5-0.8x30 SHCS 1102-3049-000
5 Transducer Flow 0-160 LPM 1505-3208-000
O-ring, EPR, 2-018 0210-0684-300
6 Fitting, 4mm G1/8 Self Sealing Legris 1505-3266-000
7 Plug, 4mm dia Legris 1006-3530-000
8 Valve, Flow Control 160 LPM 1505-3209-000
O-ring, EPR, 2-012 1503-3056-000
9 Restrictor, Pneumatic 1505-3218-000
10 Gasket, Pneumatic restrictor 1505-3220-000
11 Plate, Pneumatic restrictor 1505-3219-000
12 Screw, M4x8 Pan Head Pozidriv 9211-0440-083
13 Manifold, Zeroing Valve 1505-3248-000
14 Valve, Zeroing 3/2 1505-3249-000
15 O-ring, EPR, 2-007 1006-3213-000
16 3 PCA Airway Pressure Sensing Board 1505-5506-000-S
17 Screw, M3x16 Pan Head Pozidriv A4 SST 1504-3003-000
18 O-ring, Buna-N, 2-005 1009-3306-000
19 Gasket, Zeroing Valve 1505-3211-000
20 Screw, M3x6 Pan Head Pozidriv A2 SST 0140-6219-128

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-23

Engström Carestation

Item Description Part Number

21 Outlet manifold See Section 10.12
O-ring, EPR, 2-016 1006-3616-000
O-ring, EPR, 2-012 1503-3056-000
Screw, M5-0.8x20 SHCS 0144-2131-919
22 Transducer, O2 Concentrate 1505-3215-000
23 Plate, O2 Sensor 1505-3247-000
24 Screw, M2x6 Pan Head Pozidriv SST 0140-6712-102
25 O-ring, VITON, BS 4518 0171-16 1505-3059-000
26 Screw, M4-0.7x12 SHCS 1102-3006-000
27 Gasket, Inspiratory Manifold 1505-3262-000
28 Valve Seat, Free Breathing 1503-3204-000
29 4 Valve Flapper, Free Breathing 0211-1454-100
30 O-ring, silicone rubber M1136785
31 Harness, vent engine to VCB/VMB 1505-5706-000
32 Tie Wrap 0203-5915-300
33 Valve, Umbrella Check 1505-3267-000
34 Seal, safety valve with disc 1505-8600-000
35 Safety valve actuator (includes safety valve support) M1114504
36 Subplate, O2 Flow Control Valve (FCV) assembly M1079145
37 Screw M4x25 SHCS, O2 FCV and Subplate N122017
38 O-ring - 2, O2 FCV Subplate 1503-3056-000
39 Screw M4x10 SHCS, Air FCV N122015
1 Do not use old regulator. Order revision 100 or greater.
2
Apply Teflon tape to threads.
3 When replacing the PCA Airway Pressure Sensing board, ensure that the o-ring (15) is

properly seated in the manifold before mounting the board in place.

4 Install the flapper valve from the threaded side of the valve seat. Trim the tail piece close to the

outside surface of the seat (refer to removed flapper).

10-24 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
Vent Engine

3 4 5 1

2 AB.98p173

1 9 10
A

6
6
7
39 AB.98p174

7 8 8
11
36

12
28
C

12

27 31

34 35 26 B 21 33 32
22 16

36 16 14 19 B

13
38 18
17
37
15
AB.98p182 AB.98p089

35

28 22

23
29 25
AB.98p175

24
34
30

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-25

Engström Carestation

10.12 Outlet manifold

Item Description Part Number

A 1 Outlet Manifold Panel Assembly; includes EMC gaskets, 1505-8505-000

Inspiratory port, Auxiliary pressure port, Occlusion port, O-
rings, Exhalation housing latch, Aerogen labels, and Port
cover.
1 Port, Insp M1183963
2 O-ring, 2-016, EPR 1006-3616-000
3 Port, auxiliary pressure M1183965
4 O-ring, 2-011, EPR 017-923
5 Seal, Rolling Shaft 1505-3225-000
6 Ring, Retaining 1406-3540-000
7 Port, Occlusion Outlet Manifold (Adult and Neonatal) M1182480
8 Pull, Exhalation Housing Latch 1505-3236-000
9 Screw M4-0.7x12 SHCS 1102-3006-000
10 2 PCA Ultrasonic Neb Control 1505-3251-000
11 Screw M3-0.5x6 Pan Head Pozidriv Sems SST 0140-6219-128
12 Spring, Exhalation Housing Latch 1505-3237-000
13 Rod, Exhalation Housing Latch 1505-3238-000
14 Housing, Exhalation Housing Latch M1182830
15 Screw Shoulder M3x0.5-12.7 SS 1011-3147-000
16 Spring, Compression 6.1 OD 12.7L 1006-3735-000
17 PCA, Exh Flow Interface Board 1505-5508-000
18 Cable Exh Flow Sensor (Lubed cable) 1505-5603-000
19 PCA Exh Flow Sensor Board (for Rev 101 or higher) 1505-5507-000
20 Screw 6-32x1/4 PH Pan Head SST 0140-6524-102
21 Actuator, Voice Coil and Magnet, Voice Coil 1505-3227-000
See Section 10.11 for Vent Engine outlet manifold o-rings.
22 Bracket, Voice Coil Connector 1505-3228-000
23 Adapter, Voice Coil Magnet M1182828
24 Aerogen Nebulizer label, Big M1204514
25 Aerogen Nebulizer label M1193436
26 Plug Cover 1011-3813-000
271 Exhalation Valve Heater power connector (for future use) —
1 Assembly supports systems with and without
the Exhalation Valve Heater power connector,
which is for future use.
2 Use special tool (Section 10.1.3 on page 10-3) to remove collar from Nebulizer connector.

Apply Loctite 271 to treads of connector when replacing collar.

10-26 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
Outlet manifold

10

2 1

8 9

AB.98p194

3 4 5 6

24 25 27 26

16
15
11 9 12 13 14

17
10
18

19

22 11 20 11

23
Note: When installing the voice coil, be
sure to route the wires around the coil
as shown. Ensure the wires are below
AB.98p184

the thread engagement of item 23. Do

not pinch the wires.

21

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-27

Engström Carestation

10.13 Inlet Manifold

Item Description Part Number

1 Air Pipeline Inlet Assembly (includes Filter Bowl, O-ring, 1505-8595-000
and Filter Element) Standard
2 O2 Pipeline Inlet Assembly (includes Filter Bowl, O-ring, 1505-8594-000
and Filter Element) Optional
3 Filter Bowl with O-ring 1505-3062-000
4 O-ring, Filter Bowl 1503-3034-000
5 Filter Element 1505-3060-000
6 Transducer, Pressure 827 kPa (120 psi) 1011-3413-000
7 Adapter, O2 Pipeline 1505-3206-000
8 Adapter, Air Pipeline 1505-3207-000
9 Screw, M4-0.7x12 Pozidriv Pan Head Relieved SST 1504-3001-000
10 O-ring, OD23.9 ID20.35 EPDM DURO70 -019 1006-3614-000
11 Manifold (includes EMC gasket) 1505-8501-000
12 O-ring, EPR 2-122 70 DURO 1504-3612-000
13 Filter Disc, Wire Mesh 2 Micron 1504-3708-000
14 Check Valve 1505-3273-000
15 Inlet fitting, Air See table below
16 Inlet fitting, O2 See table below

Part Number

Inlet Fitting 1 - O2 2 - Air

DISS 9913-6489-400 9913-6557-800
DISS Female 1505-3851-000 1505-3830-000
NIST 1001-5967-000 1001-5826-000
SIS 1505-3852-000 1505-3831-000
S90-116 1505-3274-000 1505-3275-000

10-28 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
Inlet Manifold

AB.98p088
3 4 5

AB.98p103
1 2

6
13

12

Adapter – course side shown (downstream)

AIR O2
11

7 9

14
2 1
10

8 9
AB.98p102

AB.98p104

10
15 16

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-29

Engström Carestation

10.14 AC power cords

Item Description Part Number

1 Power Cord —
Australia, AS3112, 220-240V~, 50-60Hz 1500-3561-000
Brazil, NBR14136, 100-120V~, 50-60Hz M1217469
220-240V~, 50-60Hz, 4 mm
China, GB2099, 220-240V~, 50-60 Hz M1062785
Danish, Hospital Grade SB 107-2-D1, 220-240V~, 1505-3878-000
50-60 Hz
Europe, CEE 7/7, 220-240V~, 50-60Hz 1500-3291-000
India and South Africa, BS 546, 220- 240V~, 50-60Hz 1505-3817-000
Japan, JIS8303, 100-120V~, 50-60Hz M1098772
North America (NA), NEMA 5-15,100-120V~, 50-60Hz 1505-3816-000
Swiss, SEV 1011, 220-240V~, 50-60Hz 1500-3292-000
United Kingdom, BS1363, 220-240V~, 50-60 Hz 1500-3283-000
2 Power Cord Jumper, 1.0 meters 1505-3844-000
3 Power Cord Jumper, 0.5 meters 1505-3843-000
4 Retainer, Outlet Power Cord Jumper 1505-3041-000
5 Retainer, Inlet Power Cord 1505-3033-000
6 Screw, M3x8 Pozidrive Head Sems 0140-6219-130

2 1

1 3
AB.98.008

AB.98.049
AB.98.052

1 1

Note: Tighten screw on outlet retainer (4) to 0.45 Nm.

5 Tighten screw on inlet retainer (5) to 0.45 Nm.
Tighten screws (6) on both sides to 1.0 Nm.

10-30 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
AC Inlet/Outlet Components

10.15 AC Inlet/Outlet Components

Item Description Part Number

1 AC Inlet/Outlet module 1505-5006-000
2 Outlet Receptacle, Australia, AS 3112 1001-3305-000
Outlet, Receptacle, China GB2099 M1061131
Outlet Receptacle, Danish, Hospital Grade SB 107-2-D1 1011-3910-000
Outlet Receptacle, Europe, CEE 7/7 1202-3551-000
Outlet Receptacle, France/Belgium, CEE 7/4 1505-5008-000
Outlet Receptacle, India and South Africa, BS 546 1006-3805-000
Outlet Receptacle, Japanese 1006-3578-000
Outlet Receptacle, North America (NA), Nema 5-15 1006-3555-000
Outlet Receptacle, Swiss, SEV 1011 1006-3807-000
Outlet Receptacle, United Kingdom (UK), BS1363 1001-3309-000
3 Circuit Breaker, 1A, Rocker 1009-5722-000
Circuit Breaker, 2A Rocker 1009-5721-000
Circuit Breaker, 3A Rocker 1009-5720-000
Circuit Breaker, 4A Rocker 1009-5719-000
Circuit Breaker, 6A Rocker 1505-5007-000
4 Retainer, Outlet Power Cord Jumper 1505-3041-000
5 Retainer, Inlet Power Cord 1505-3033-000
6 Screw, M3x8 Posidriv Head SEMS SST 0140-6219-130
7 Toroid, 120-240V 1009-5692-000
8 Screw, M6x70 0144-2131-923
9 Lockwasher, M6 9213-0560-003
10 Washer 0402-1107-500
11 Circuit board, Inrush, 100-120V 1006-3245-000-S
Circuit board, Inrush, 220-240V 1006-3246-000-S
12 Harness, 120 V Inrush to toroid 1505-5709-000
Harness, 220 V Inrush to toroid 1505-5715-000
13 Harness, AC inlet to Inrush 1505-5711-000
14 Harness, to 100/120 V toroid to outlets 1505-5710-000
Harness, to 220/240 V toroid to outlets 1505-5716-000
15 Cable clamp 1009-3184-000
16 Screw, M4x16 PH Pan Head SST Type 316 9211-0440-163
17 Lockwasher, M4 external 9213-0540-003
18 Plate, base cover 1505-3603-000
19 Screw, M4x8 Pozidriv Flat Head 0140-6226-107

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-31

Engström Carestation

4 1 2
18 19

3 3

6 5 3
Note: Tighten screw on outlet retainer (4) to 0.45 Nm. Tighten screw on
inlet retainer (5) to 0.45 Nm. Tighten screws (6) on both sides to 1.0 Nm.

7 11

12

10 9 8 13

14

15 16 17 Alternate mounting of Inrush board

10-32 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
AC Inlet/Outlet Components

Receptacle Power Cord Receptacle Power Cord

AS 3112/GB2099 ME 2853
Australia/China Japanese

Hospital Grade SEV 1011

SB 107-2-D1 Swiss
Danish

CEE 7/7 BS1363

Europe (EURO) United Kingdom (UK)

CEE 7/4 Nema 5-15

French/Belgian North American (NA)

BS 546 NBR14136
India and South Africa Brazil

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-33

Engström Carestation

10.16 Cart (current)

Note To identify the current cart, the back handle mount is a molded part of the lock base; it
is a separate part on the original cart. See Section C.1 on page C-2 for part numbers
and descriptions for the original cart.

Item Description Part Number

1 Lock Base M1190693
2 Lock Plate Assembly M1190695
3 Caster Kit, Non-locking M1144300
4 Caster Kit, Locking M1144299
5 Base Casting M1190730
6 Handle, Back M1190696
7 Handle, Front M1190697
8 Receiver Assembly (hardware included)
Kit includes 1 assembly 1505-3850-000
Kit includes 2 assemblies 1505-3847-000
9 Panel, Rear Assembly M1190701
10 Locator Pin, Rear Panel M1190690
11 Weight 1009-3337-000
Screw, M6x70 0144-2131-923
Lockwasher, M6 9213-0560-003
Washer 0402-1107-500
Not Shown: Description (quantity)
Cart Lock Plate Repair Kit (does not include lock plate) M1232075
Cart Hardware Kit M1232074
Roll pin 1/4x1 (2)
Screw SS FHSCS M5x12 (4)
Label, Sticker Screw, Cover (8)
Screw M6x25 SS Socket Head Cap SST (6)
Screw M6x16 Socket Head Cap SST (6)
Screw M4x16 Socket Head Cap SST (1)
Screw SHCS M8x22 ST II PL (2)
Screw SHCS M4x18 SS (2)
Screw M4x8 PPHMS Eco-Fix Zinc (2)
Washer 5x15x1 (2)
Screw M5x12 PPHMS Eco-Fix Zinc (2)
Screw Fast-Lead Southco 12-P-403 (1)
Retainer Southco 12-6-1 (1)

CAUTION Carts that do not include AC outlets have a weight installed in the base
in place of the toroid. To reduce the risk of tipping the cart, do not
remove the weight.

10-34 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
Cart (current)

Back Front

6 7 1

5 3
AB.98.353

AB.98.354
4

AB.98p195

AB.98p196
A B
10

Note: For new installations of receiver

assemblies (8), use the hardware provided
in the kit to open mounting holes in the
cross plate assembly. Thread the hardware
from inside the cart at the location as it
11
applies.
– Use location A for single receiver.
– Use locations B for dual receivers.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-35

Engström Carestation

10.17 Module rack

Item Description Part Number

Module Rack, complete assembly 1505-3849-000
1 Housing (only), Module Rack 1505-3802-000
2 Screw, M3x0.5-12 Pan Head 1102-3078-000
3 Washer, Flat M3 0144-1003-132
4 Cable, Patient Module Rack 1505-5601-000
5 Port cap socket with screw M1141813
(Lower module bay ports are capped - not supported)
6 Port (not supported)

2 3
6

5
4

10-36 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
Compact Airway Modules

10.18 Compact Airway Modules

AB.98p193
This system is compatible with the E series modules E-miniC, ECOV, ECOVX, E-
CAiO, E-CAiOV, and E-CAiOVX and the M series modules M-miniC, M-COV, M-
COVX, M-CAiO, MCAiOV, and M-CAiOVX. (Modules must be software version 3.2 or
greater. E-MiniC and M-MiniC modules must be software version 1.0 or greater.)
Letters in the compact airway modules stand for:
• E - plug-in gas module
• M - plug-in gas module
• C - CO2 (and N2O in compact gas modules)
• O - patient O2
• V - patient spirometry
• X - gas exchange
• A - anesthetic agents
• i - agent identification
Important The Engström ventilator is not intended for use with anesthetic agents. It does not
measure or display anesthetic agents.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-37

Engström Carestation

10.18.1 Airway Module Planned Maintenance Kits

Replacement
Item Description
interval
8001760-HEL Planned Maintenance (PM) Kit for Compact Airway modules Once a year
The PM kit includes the required Nafion tubes, the occlusion filter for the
pneumatic unit, the reference gas filter assembly with an o-ring and a
new sticker, the D-fend o-rings and the fan filter.
Note: The PM kit does not include the CO2 zero absorber.
895933 CO2 zero absorber Once every 4 years

Note It is recommended to replace the D-fend water trap, the gas sampling line and the
spirometry tube as part of the planned maintenance procedure. See Engström User
Reference Manual for compatible accessories.

WARNING Only use Datex Ohmeda calibration gas. Do not use any other
calibration gases or the calibration will not succeed.

E Modules M Modules Calibration Gas Regulator

E-miniC M-miniC
E-CO M-CO 755587 (US only)
7555581 M1006864 (US only)
E-COV M-COV
755534
E-COVX M-COVX
E-CAiO M-CAiO
E-CAiOV M-CAiOV 755571 (US only)
755583
E-CAiOVX M-CAiOVX

10-38 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
Compressor

10.19 Compressor

10.19.1 EVair03 Compressor

Item Description Part Number

1 EVair03 Compressor (only)
230V 50Hz 1609000
120V 60Hz 1609002
For service information and parts, refer to the EVair03
Compressor Technical Reference Manual (CI-3090 rev C)
2 Drain Bottle Kit 5612316
3 Inlet fitting, pipeline Air: —
DISS 9913-6557-800
DISS Female 1505-3830-000
NIST 1001-5826-000
S90-116
Fitting 1505-3275-000
Seal 1010-3220-000
SIS 1505-3831-000
4 Outlet hose, Air: —
DISS 1505-3810-000
DISS Female 1505-3812-000
NIST 1505-3811-000
S90-116 1505-3815-000
SIS 1505-3813-000
5 O-Ring -019 70 EPDM 1006-3614-000
6 Foam, Vibration Damper 1505-3829-000
7 Screw, M6x20 SHCS Shoulder 1505-3031-000
8 Washer, 6.35x11x2.4 Nylon Fender 1505-3034-000
9 Filter, air inlet 6985795
Not Shown:
Filter Kit, f/OF302-1.5SDA 5471001
10, 000 Hour Kit – 230V/50 Hz 5471002
10, 000 Hour Kit – 120V/60 5471003
Trim, compressor Long 1505-3604-000
Trim, compressor Short 1505-3605-000

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-39

Engström Carestation

6
7 8
2
5 4

7 8

5 3

10-40 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
EVair Compressor

10.19.2 EVair Compressor

Item Description Part Number

1 EVair Compressor (only)
220-240V, 50-60 Hz 301-994-000
110-120V, 60Hz 301-995-000
2 Air Connector Inlet, pipeline: —
DISS 9913-6557-800
DISS Female 1505-3830-000
NIST 1001-5826-000
S90-116 Fitting 1505-3275-000
SIS 1505-3831-000
Seal 1010-3220-000
O-ring - 019 70 EPDM 1006-3614-000
3 Outlet hose, Air: —
DISS/M16 2064368-001
SIS/M16 2064371-001
NIST/M16 2064369-001
S90-116/M16 2064370-001
DISS Body/M16 2064373-001
4 AC P-clip 1/4“ 2066647-001
AC P-clip 3/8” 2066648-001
Screw M4x12 for P-clip 0140-6226-111
Washer flat for P-clip 0144-1025-165
5 Trim, compressor Long (used without AC outlet box) 1505-3604-000
6 Trim, compressor Short (used with AC outlet box) 1505-3605-000
Not Shown:
Fuse SPT 5x20 4 A (Ceramic) 220-240V 200-030-001
Fuse SPT 5x20 6.3 A (Ceramic) 110-120V 200-030-002
Inlet Filter (Qty 1) 302-031-000
Filter Kit (annual maintenance kit) 302-082-000
Motor Kit (15,000 hours) 500-017-000
230V/50 Hz
120V/60
For service information and parts, refer to the EVair
Compressor Technical Reference Manual (2066031-001)

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-41

Engström Carestation

3
5 6

10-42 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Illustrated Parts
Feature option labels

10.20 Feature option labels

10.20.1 Vent Housing (current)

Item Description Part Number

1 NIV Label M1137916
2 Neonatal Label M1057713
3 SpiroDynamics Label M1057707
4 FRC Label M1057705

1 2 3 4

AB.98p167
10.20.2 Vent Housing (original)

Item Description Part Number

1 Feature Label Holder M1057702
2 NIV Label M1137916
3 Neonatal Label M1057713
4 SpiroDynamics Label M1057707
5 FRC Label M1057705

2 3 4 5
AB.98p110

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 10-43

Engström Carestation

10.21 Key/BID label

Item Description Part Number
1 Key/BID label 1504-3521-000

AB.98p192

10-44 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 EView Electronic Data Logger

11 EView Electronic Data Logger

In this section
11.1 What is an EView Data Logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-2
11.1.1 Media Compatibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-3
11.2 EView overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-4
11.3 EView installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-5
11.4 Software download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-7
11.4.1 Verify software download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-7
11.5 Acquire and transfer data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-8
11.5.1 Data Transfer Settings menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-8
11.5.2 Data Transfer Setup menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-9
11.5.3 Transferring EView data to USB or SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-10
11.6 EView functional testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-11
11.6.1 Data Transfer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-11
11.6.2 Transferring EView data to the PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-12
11.7 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13
11.7.1 Troubleshooting table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13
11.7.2 Error Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14
11.8 Service tools and parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16
11.8.1 Software tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16
11.8.2 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16
11.8.3 Label ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16
11.9 External components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-17
11.10 Internal components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-18
11.11 Repair procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-19
11.11.1 Removing the PCA board from the housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-20
11.11.2 Removing PCA board from back plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-20
11.11.3 Removing and replacing the Turbo XB board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-21
11.11.4 Removing internal Compact Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-21
11.11.5 Re-assembling PCA assembly into housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-22

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 11-1

Engström Carestation

11.1 What is an EView Data Logger

The EView electronic data logging device is an optional accessory which allows
patient and ventilator data to be downloaded from the Engström system. Data is
transferred by using an SD media card or a USB flash drive, then uploaded onto a PC.
Data can be examined and stored electronically or can be printed for use in a patient’s
medical records.
Important The EView is designed solely for use with the Engström family of critical care
ventilators.
The data from the EView is comprised of procedure data, ventilator settings,
measured data and numerics, waveforms, alarms, checkout data, and snapshots.
Desired data can be user-configured to meet facility needs. Higher breath rates,
waveforms, smaller sample intervals, and longer time periods may significantly
increase data transfer time.
The EView is designed for live data transfer during system operation and can be
moved from system to system as patient data is needed.
The EView contains two electronic boards: the PCA board and the Turbo XB.
These circuit boards are used to log data (communicate) with the Engstrom ventilator
using D-O Com 1.5 protocol. The internal data storage provides a circular buffer large
enough to hold 7 days of data. The EDLA hardware provides for Internal Backup
Power of EView hardware. Backup power is sufficient to allow for the writing of data to
the internal CF card and the closing of files to prevent corruption of the CF card when
power is removed from EView. In the event of an EView power loss, the EView
software immediately closes all connection to the internal buffer, and terminates any
transfers in progress.

WARNING User must rely on the Engström primary displays and controls for
ventilation therapy decisions.
Note The HPDU Enhanced Serial Port and Engström system software (5.X or greater) are
required to operate EView. To upgrade an HPDU from the Standard Serial port to the
Enhanced Serial Port, order Enhanced Serial Port (p/n M1057953-S).

Figure 11-1. EView Data Logging Device (optional accessory)

11-2 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 EView Electronic Data Logger
Media Compatibility

11.1.1 Media Compatibility

Although the EView has been tested using several brands and sizes of media
available, some media may not be compatible. If there are problems, try a different
brand or size of transfer media.
Note The EView is not compatible with SDHC media.
Transfer times will vary depending upon the speed and size of the transfer media. SD
cards come in different transfer speed ratings, SD cards not marked: “High Speed” or
“Ultra High Speed” are likely to have only approximately 2 Mb/s capability. More
recent SD cards are capable of transferring data up to 20 Mb/s.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 11-3

Engström Carestation

11.2 EView overview

3
4

AB.98.233
AB.98.232

6
7

Figure 11-2: Front and back views of EView

1 Communication LED The green LED lights continuously when the EView is properly connected and
communicating with the serial port located on the back of the Engström.
2 SD card slot Slot for Secure Digital card.
3 Media LED The blue LED lights when data is being written from EView to a storage device (SD
card or a USB flash drive).
4 USB Port Slot for USB flash drive.
5 Ethernet port Not currently supported
6 Serial port connection EView communicates to and is powered by the ventilator through this connection.
7 Reset button Push to reset EView in the event of an error. Intended for factory use only.

CAUTION Pushing the reset button during Data Logging operations could
potentially corrupt the Compact Flash card resulting in a loss of all
transferred data.

11-4 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 EView Electronic Data Logger
EView installation

11.3 EView installation

The EView electronic data logging accessory requires the Engström ventilator to be
equipped with a High Performance Display Unit (HPDU) with the Enhanced Serial
Port and Engström System software 5.X (or greater).
To install EView when enhanced serial port option is installed:
1. Power down the Engström.
2. Remove the upper left screw (A) from the main display guard using a Phillips
screwdriver. (Note: some models may have an additional connector guard (B)
covering the serial port (C); this connector guard must be removed and discarded.

AB.98.227
B C

3. Apply a light coating of Loctite 277 (just enough to wet the surface) to Standoff
screw (D) and insert into the upper left of the display guard and tighten.
4. Check the serial port to ensure there is a Standoff screw (D) inserted into the back
plate. If not, apply a light coating of Loctite 277 (just enough to wet the surface)
and insert the second Standoff screw (D) into the back plate of the enhanced
serial port and tighten.

E
D

5. Align the EView serial port to the display unit serial port (E) and connect the
EView to the display. Firmly press the EView against the display unit to ensure the
EView is securely seated onto the connector.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 11-5

Engström Carestation

6. Insert a Thumbscrew (F) through the left support tab onto the Standoff that
secures the display guard and tighten.
7. Use the second Thumbscrew (F) and insert it through the lower support tab onto
the Standoff and tighten.

Important Do not move standoffs between Engström systems. All standoffs have Loctite applied
to the threads to hold them in place. Removal of the standoffs will decrease the
function of the Loctite and the standoffs may loosen when trying to remove the EView
thumbscrew.

11-6 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 EView Electronic Data Logger
Software download

11.4 Software download

Use the EView SFW Application Card to install/update system software to the EView.
See “Software tools” on page 11-16.
1. Insert the EView SD Software card into the SD slot.
2. Power the Engström on. The media LED (blue) lights indicating software is being
downloaded and stops when the software download is complete.
3. Remove the EView software SD card.

11.4.1 Verify software download

To verify that new software has been loaded:
1. Insert a USB Flash Drive or SD card into the designated port.
2. Verify the blue LED lights indicating data transfer to the memory drive. When the
blue LED turns off, the data transfer is complete.
3. Remove the USB device or SD card from the EView and insert into the USB port
or SD card slot on the PC.
4. View the Error Log data from the PC to verify software version.
5. Perform EView Functional Testing. For detailed instructions, see Section 11.6 on
page 11-11.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 11-7

Engström Carestation

11.5 Acquire and transfer data

11.5.1 Data Transfer Settings menu

Patient data from the Engström ventilator may be transferred to a PC using a USB
flash drive or SD card.
Important All settings should be set prior to inserting the transfer media into the EView. New
data transfer settings will not take effect while the EView is downloading data to
media.

CAUTION Do not remove EView from a powered Engström ventilator before the
EView internal backup power source has fully charged. This requires
the Engström ventilator to be powered on for a minimum of 2 minutes.
1. Push System Setup.
2. Select Install/Service and enter the password. “Install/Service Menu (Super
User)” on page 4-3 for password information.
3. Select Data Transfer Settings - Transfer Media.
4. Select USB, SD, or Both.
Note Use of USB flash drive or SD card is dependent upon hospital settings.
• If USB is selected, SD will be disabled.
• If SD is selected, USB will be disabled.
• If Both is selected, USB and SD will be enabled.

Data Transfer Settings

Transfer Media USB USB, SD or Both
Previous Menu

11-8 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 EView Electronic Data Logger
Data Transfer Setup menu

11.5.2 Data Transfer Setup menu

Use the Data Transfer Setup menu to select settings for desired patient data
transfer.
1. Select Snapshots or Vent Data.
• Snapshots transfers only the Snapshot data for the chosen Time Period.
Snapshots is similar to a Vent Check option. If Snapshots is selected, skip
step 3.
• Vent Data transfers all available data at the Sample Interval for the chosen
Time Period.
2. Select Time Period and a value over which the transfer data will span. Time
period may be from 15 minutes to 7 day increments.
3. Select Sample Interval and a value (enabled only if Vent Data was selected).
Data may be transferred for: every breath, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30 and 60 minute
intervals.
4. Select Waveforms.
• On will include waveform data.
• Off will exclude waveform data.
5. Select Patients.
• Select All to transfer patient data for All patients during the selected Time
Period.
• Select Current to transfer only the patient data for the current patient.
Important Data from the EView is transferred and identified using the patient ID. In lieu of Patient
ID, data will be transferred by Engström serial number. Follow facility procedures
regarding patient data privacy protection.

15 min to 7 day (variable increments)

Breath, 1 min, 5 min, 10 min, 15 min, 30 min, 60 min
On or Off
All or Current

*Time Period increments may be set to: 15 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hr, 4 hr, 8 hr, 12 hr, 1
day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 11-9

Engström Carestation

11.5.3 Transferring EView data to USB or SD

Use the transfer media type previously selected in the Data Transfer Settings menu.
Important The EView is not compatible with SDHC media.
1. Insert the designated media type (SD card or USB flash drive).
• Insert the SD card with card label facing away from the
display.
• Do not force media into corresponding port/slot connections
as damage could occur.

2. The blue data transfer LED turns on to signify that the

requested data is being downloaded.
The time of transfer is dependent upon the amount of data being transferred, and
the speed and size of the transfer media used. For example, if Breath is selected
as the sample interval and Waveforms is turned On in the Data Transfer settings,
data transfer could possibly take up to one hour per day of data transferred.
3. Remove media when the blue LED turns off.
Note Use only the blue LED on EView for download status. The LED on the USB flash drive
does not pertain to downloading through EView.
When the transfer of data is complete, the media should contain ASCII, tab-limited
files. See “Transferring EView data to the PC” on page 11-12 for more information.

CAUTION Do not remove media or shutdown the Engström ventilator before blue
LED has illuminated or during download as this could corrupt SD card
or USB flash drive.

11-10 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 EView Electronic Data Logger
EView functional testing

11.6 EView functional testing

11.6.1 Data Transfer Setup

Connect a patient circuit and a test lung to the ventilator to complete the following test.
1. Mount the EView to the Engström ventilator.
2. Power up the Engström system.
3. Wait for the green LED to light indicating data transfer to the EView.
4. Push System Setup, and then select the Data
Transfer Setup menu. Select the following menu
items:
• Vent data
• Time period - 15 minutes
• Sample interval - Breath
• Waveforms - On
• Patients - Current
5. If not already in VCV mode, select Vent Setup – VCV.
6. Set Respiratory Rate (RR) to 20 and Tidal volume
(TV) to 300 ml and confirm settings.
7. Select Start Ventilation and wait 60 seconds.
8. Insert USB Flash Drive or SD card into the designated
port.
• Note: Use of USB Flash Drive or SD card is dependent upon hospital
preferences for Transfer Media setting.
• Most SD cards have a switch on the edge of one side of the card. Sliding it up
or down will unlock or lock the card. When the card is locked you will not be
able to transfer data.
9. Verify the blue LED lights indicating data transfer to the memory drive. When the
blue LED turns off, the data transfer is complete.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 11-11

Engström Carestation

11.6.2 Transferring EView data to the PC

1. Remove the transfer media from EView and insert it into the USB port or SD card
slot on the PC. The Vent Data folder displays containing the Patient ID folder and
Error Logs.
Note log.txt files are hidden files.
To show hidden files:
a. Open a Windows Explorer window.
b. Select Tools, Folder Options, and then the View tab.
c. Under Hidden files and folders, select Show Hidden files and folders.
2. Double-click the Vent Data folder, and then the Patient folder to access the data
text and waveform files. Patient folder naming structure: Patientid1_mmddyy

3. Ensure the text files for Settings, Measured, Waveforms, Procedures, and Alarms
data exist.
Data text file naming structure:
• A - Alarms
• C - Checkout Information
• D - Dynostatic Curves or Spirometry Data (Zip file)
• L - SpiroDynamics data from Paux (Zip file)
• N - Measured Data (Numeric)
• P - Procedure Data
• S - Setting
• Z - Waveform (The Zip file contains the W-Waveform files and the L-
Spirodynamics data files only if that option is enabled.)

File Number
Time (HHMM)
Date (YYMMDD)
Patient ID or Machine Serial Number
File Identifier

4. Right-click on the Settings text file and select “Open With”, then select a
spreadsheet application to view the file.
When the file opens, look under the Settings heading to verify the following:
• Set Rate = 20
• Set TV = 300
5. Close the Settings text file and remove the media from the PC.

11-12 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 EView Electronic Data Logger
Troubleshooting

11.7 Troubleshooting
Note Ensure that the Engström ventilator is properly configured to support the EView Data
Logger. See Section 11.1 on page 11-2 for requirements.

11.7.1 Troubleshooting table

Symptom Problem Solution

Green LED flashing Internal compact flash memory has Wait 5 minutes for system to repair
been corrupted. memory.
Green LED Off when properly Communications not established. Wait 2 minutes for communications to
connected to Engström establish.
ventilator Unit is not properly configured with Verify that Engström system has
enhanced serial ports. Enhanced Serial port option and 5.X or
greater software.
Blue LED does not illuminate The selected port/slot connection may Review Data Transfer Settings menu
not have been enabled. procedure.
Data transfer may have successfully
occurred. Check media device.
EView media connectors are damaged. Replace the interface board.
Blue LED flashing Transfer Media Error Reformat transfer media.
Replace Transfer media.
Empty Transfer media.
Transfer media is incompatible. Attempt transfer with different brand/
size of media.
Removed media during transfer. Wait for blue LED to stop flashing
before re-inserting media to attempt
another data transfer.
Blue LED does not turn off Large amount of data transferring 1Wait for data to finish transferring.
Note: The time of transfer is dependent
upon the speed and size of the transfer Replace internal flash card or
media used. software.

Not all data requested is on Transfer media is full. Attempt transfer using media with
transfer media sufficient free memory.

1
For example, if Breath is selected for the sample interval and Waveforms is turned On in the Data Transfer settings, data transfer
could possibly take up to one hour per day of data transferred.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 11-13

Engström Carestation

11.7.2 Error Logs

A hidden Error Log file is created for each completed media transfer, with a filename
format of DO_XXXXXXXXXXXXX_yymmdd_hh.mm_log.txt (where
XXXXXXXXXXXXX is the 13 digit machine serial number of the ventilator). The Error
Log file is limited to a file size of 1 MB (approximately 3000 error items).
Important When transferring Error messages, ensure transfer media has at least 2 MB available
space.
Error log text file example:
Log - Applications Started - EView SW Version 0.4.30...
Log - Unable to Establish Communications
22-Jan-2009 16:11:17.36 Log - Communications Established with CBCG001050000
23-Jan-2009 13:01:54.57 Log - Power loss detected
Log - Application Started - EView SW Version 0.4.3.0...
29-Jan-2009 13:05:00.36 Log - Communications Established with CBCG001050000
To optimize the performance of the EView, it is acceptable to store the error log
information in multiple files on the CF card, and then delete the oldest file when the
Error Log size exceeds that which can be output. If multiple files are used internally,
when the Error Log is output to the transfer media, the EView application should
generate a single error log using the most recent error entries; this file is limited to 1
MB in size.
Each error entry contains a timestamp, error message, runtime exceptions, and the
function that produced the error. Errors output to the Error Log prior to the EView
obtaining the System Time from the Engström will be logged without a timestamp.

Message What it indicates Troubleshooting Action Required

Application Started EView SW Version x.x.x None

Communications Established with Communications between EView None
xxxxxxxxxxxxx and the Engström ventilator have
been established. Note:
xxxxxxxxxxxxx is the serial
number of the ventilator.
Vent xxxxxxxxxxxxx SW Version Engström software is not Use Engström software version 5.05 or
not Compatible compatible with EView. greater.
Note: xxxxxxxxxxxxx is the serial
number of the ventilator.
Unable to Establish The EView device is properly Check for proper pin connection between
Communications powered up, but unable to the EView and the ventilator.
establish communications with the If condition persists contact Technical
ventilator. Service.
Transfer Failed - Media Transfer media is not compatible Use a different transfer media.
Incompatible with EView.
Transfer Failed - Unable to Create Problem with transfer media. Use a different transfer media or reformat
files current transfer media.
Transfer Media Locked SD card is write-protected. Remove the write-protection from the SD
card by sliding the switch located on the
right side of the card to the un-locked
position.
Transfer Media Removed during User did not allow transfer to Check transfer media to ensure file system
transfer complete before removing the is intact, if not re-transfer files.
transfer media.

11-14 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 EView Electronic Data Logger
Error Logs

Message What it indicates Troubleshooting Action Required

Transfer Media Full Transfer media is full. Reformat or delete files from transfer media
to free space.
Database Error - Recovered The system had an internal error Wait for delay at start-up.
and was able to repair itself. This
problem may result in a small
delay to the start-up time.
Database Error - Data Lost The system had an internal error Partial data may have been lost and is non-
and data was lost. recoverable. Check transfer media to
ensure file system is intact, if not re-transfer
files.
Power Loss Detected Power loss occurs each time If error is occurring when a power loss is not
power is removed from device. expected, check supply voltages on the
ventilator.
CF File System Corrupted The Compact Flash (CF) file If the system cannot recover from this
system has been corrupted. The failure, replace the CF card.
system will try to repair itself but
some data may be lost.
CF File System Repaired A Compact Flash file system The system was repaired, but some data
corruption was detected and may be lost. Check transfer media to
repaired. ensure file system is intact, if not re-transfer
files.
Software Exception Software has detected an Contact Technical Service.
unexpected condition.
Transfer Failed - Upgrade Media A transfer was attempted with an The EView will protect its upgrade media
Detected upgrade media. from being accidentally overwritten. Attempt
transfer with appropriate transfer media.
Communications Error - Message Software detected an unexpected Check for proper pin connection between
Length condition the EView and the ventilator.
If condition persists contact Technical
Service.
Communications Error - Software detected an unexpected Check for proper pin connection between
Checksum condition the EView and the ventilator.
If condition persists contact Technical
Service.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 11-15

Engström Carestation

11.8 Service tools and parts

11.8.1 Software tools

Item Description Part Number

1 EView SFW Application 0.4.X (on SD card) M1162944-S

11.8.2 Accessories

Item Description Part Number

1 M4 Thumbscrew Kit (qty. 2) M1157105
2 M4 Hex Male/Female Standoff (requires 2) M1139207
3 Foam Pad (qty. 2) M1159708
4 Enhanced Serial Port, see Section 11.1.1 on page 11-3. M1057953-S

1 2 3

11.8.3 Label ID

Item Description Part Number

1 Label ID EView M1144494

11-16 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 EView Electronic Data Logger
External components

11.9 External components

Item Description Part Number

1 Housing front, EView M1129633
2 Plate Back Assembly M1144632
3 Foam pad, (Qty. 2) M1159708
4 Screw M3x8, (Qty. 2) 0140-6219-130
5 Screw, Pozidriv M3x6 (Qty. 4) 0140-6219-128

5 5
3

1 2

5
3

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 11-17

Engström Carestation

11.10 Internal components

Item Description Part Number

1 PCA Board M1128354
2 Turbo XB M1144335
3 Hardware Kit - Includes the following: M1145139
Pan head screw (spacer, lock washer and nut)
4 Internal Card, Compact Flash M1149180

1 2

4
Front

11-18 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 EView Electronic Data Logger
Repair procedures

11.11 Repair procedures

WARNING To prevent fires:
• Use lubricants approved for O2 environments, such as Krytox. Other
lubricants may burn or explode in high O2 concentrations.
• All covers used on the system must be made from antistatic
materials. Static electricity can cause fires in high O2
concentrations.

w Obey infection control and safety procedures. Used equipment may

contain blood and body fluids.

w Some internal parts have sharp edges and can cause cuts or
abrasions. Use care when servicing internal components.

w After repairs are completed, always perform the checkout procedure.

See Section 3 and Section 11.6 of this manual.

CAUTION Electrostatic discharge through circuit boards may damage the

components on them. Wear a static control wrist strap before touching
the circuit boards. Handle all circuit boards by their non-conductive
edges. Use anti-static containers when transporting them.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 11-19

Engström Carestation

11.11.1 Removing the PCA board from the housing

1. Loosen the two thumbscrews (A) and remove the EView data logging device from
the back of the Engström HPDU.

2. Remove the four screws (B) that hold the housing to the back plate and the two
screws (C) located on the left-hand side of the device that hold the PCA board to
the housing.

B B

C C

11.11.2 Removing PCA board from back plate

1. Remove the housing from the EView device per Section 11.11.1 on page 11-20.
2. Remove the three screws (B) from the PCA board.

3. Gently remove the ribbon cable (C) from the PCA board.

11-20 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 EView Electronic Data Logger
Removing and replacing the Turbo XB board

11.11.3 Removing and replacing the Turbo XB board

1. Remove the housing from the EView device per Section 11.11.1 on page 11-20.
2. Remove the PCA board from the backplate per Section 11.11.2 on page 11-20.
3. Turn the PCA board over to access the Turbo XB.

4. Remove the two screws/nuts (D) that hold the Turbo XB board to the PCA board.
Be careful not to lose the spacer and washers.
5. Pry the Turbo XB board from the PCA board by placing each thumb on the corner
of the Turbo XB board; gently lift and remove the board from the pins.
6. Replace the Turbo XB (E) by slanting the board at a 30 degree angle and sliding
the board in so it is seated firmly into the pins.

11.11.4 Removing internal Compact Flash

1. Remove the housing from the EView per Section 11.11.1 on page 11-20.
2. Remove the old Internal Compact Flash card and firmly insert the new Internal
Compact Flash card.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 11-21

Engström Carestation

11.11.5 Re-assembling PCA assembly into housing

1. Reassemble the EView data logging device in reverse order.
2. Set the housing with the inside surface facing up and place the assembly into the
housing at an angle aligning the correct ports with appropriate cutouts.
• Ensure the back plate and housing mounting holes align.
• Ensure that the ribbon cable is connected and seated correctly.
• Ensure that the USB port is fully inserted through the cutout and press the
PCA/Back plate down into the housing recess.
3. Secure the backplate to the housing.

11-22 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Schematics and Diagrams

12 Schematics and Diagrams

In this section
Schematics are subject to change without notice.
Circuit boards are available only as complete assemblies.

12.1 Pneumatic System – original. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-2

12.2 Pneumatic system – current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-3
12.3 Vent engine manifold flow diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4
12.4 System cable/harness interconnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-5
12.5 Electrical architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-6
12.6 Power distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-7
12.7 Motherboard (backplane) block diagram – original . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-8
12.8 Motherboard (backplane) block diagram – current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-9
12.9 PMB block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-10
12.10 VMB block diagram – original . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-11
12.11 VMB block diagram – current (sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-12
12.12 VMB block diagram – current (sheet 2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-13
12.13 VCB block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-14
12.14 Monitoring Module Rack block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-15
12.15 AC outlet module; 100-120 V (with isolated outlets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-16
12.16 AC outlet module; 220-240 V (with isolated outlets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-17

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 12-1

Engström Carestation
12.1 Pneumatic System – original

30 mm Male Cone

Pneumatic Exhalation

H
Resistor Flow Sensor
Expiratory Zero
Flow Valve
High Pressur
e Valve
Transducer Flow
Regulator Sensor Pneumatic EXP
Exhalation
P 25 psi Test Resistor P Valve 22 / 15 mm
172 kPa Port T H Expiratory Pressur
e Male / Female
Inlet Check
Primary Filter Valve
Inlet Inspiratory Pressur
e

Air P
Total Flow Inspiratory Zero Patie
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2

INSP

Flow 22 / 15 mm Micropump
High Pressur
e Flow Nebulizer
Valve Male / Female
Transducer Regulator Sensor
25 psi Test Inspiratory
P 172 kPa Port T H Effort
Valve
Inlet Check
Filter Valve
Primary Safety
Inlet Relief V
alve
Free Breathing
O2

AB.98.065
CheckValve

Auxiliary Pressur
e
Transducer Relief
Valve

Auxiliary Pressur
e P
PurgeValve

Paux

1/8,3/16,1/4 inch Stepped Hose Bar

b

Inlet Manifold Vent Engine Manifold Outlet Manifold

12-2 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Schematics and Diagrams
12.2 Pneumatic system – current

30 mm Male Cone

Pneumatic Exhalation

H
Resistor Flow Sensor
Expiratory Zero
Flow Valve
High Pressure Valve
Transducer Flow
Regulator Sensor Pneumatic EXP
Exhalation
P 25 psi Test Resistor P Valve 22 / 15 mm
172 kPa Port T H Expiratory Pressure Male / Female Neonatal Flow Sensor - Option
Inlet Check
Primary Filter Standard Valve
Inlet Inspiratory Pressure
H
Air P
Total Flow Inspiratory Zero Patient
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2

INSP

Flow 22 / 15 mm Micropump
High Pressure Flow Nebulizer
Valve Male / Female
Transducer Regulator Sensor
25 psi Test Inspiratory
P 172 kPa Port T H Effort
Valve
Inlet Check
Filter Optional Valve
Primary Safety
Inlet Relief Valve
Free Breathing
O2 Check Valve

Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve

Auxiliary Pressure P
Purge Valve

AB.98.072
Paux

1/8, 3/16,1/4 inch Stepped Hose Barb

Inlet Manifold Vent Engine Manifold Outlet Manifold

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 12-3

Engström Carestation
12.3 Vent engine manifold flow diagram
Inlet Inlet
Filter P P Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard

O2 Air
Regulator Regulator

Air
Test Port

O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow
Valve Sensor Sensor Sensor Valve

Atmosphere

Paux

Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor

Relief

AB.98.072
H

INSP Paux

EXP

12-4 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Schematics and Diagrams
12.4 System cable/harness interconnections

Insp Effort
Valve

Safety
Relief V
alve

Air PipelineP

O2 PipelineP

H
I2C Exp Flow Exp Flow Exp Flow
Sensor Bd Infc Bd Sensor

Motherboard
(backplane) RS-232 O2 Sensor

RS 485
NEO Sensor VMB ExpP

PSMPort Vent Monitor

Board
J7 ExpP Zero
Valve
RS 422 Future
Expansion
Port 2 C I
Piezo-Electric
RS 422 Future Nebulizer
VCB Neb Board
Expansion
Port 1 Vent Control
Board Air
J10 Flow Valve
RS 232
DU serial Port O2
Flow Valve
Nurse Call

Display Unit D 2 - 12V

Exhal V
alve

PMB J8 4AHr
Serial Batteries
Power

E
RS-232 Air Flow/

A
Management Temp
Serial
Board 150W Mains

A: Display Unit cable USB

DU Port
J1

F
Power Supply
G RS-232 O2 Flow/
Temp

J4 RS-232 Total Flow/

B: Monitoring module cable Ethernet J2
Temp

C: Vent Engine harness Back Panel

J12 Insp P
Connectors
D: Battery to PMB harness
PMB
E: Power Supply to PMB harness
B
J11
Fan Insp P Zero
Monitoring Valve
F: On/Standby Switch harness Monitoring Module Module Power Entry
On/Standby
Vent and Aux P
G: AC Inlet to Power Supply harness Port Ext Bat
Module
J3 Engine Safety Switch

AB.98.060
Connector
Fan
H: Flex cable Aux P Purge
Valve
I: Nebulizer cable

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 12-5

Engström Carestation
12.5 Electrical architecture

AB.98.056
12-6 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000
 Schematics and Diagrams
12.6 Power distribution
Display Unit CPU Board

PMB CPU 3.3V

Power Management Board L CD 3.3V
+12.5V Motherboard +4.1V Step Dwn
(backplane) CPU 2.5V
(switched bus voltage)
PCMCIA3.3V
16V
AC 150W F Reg PCMCIA5V
Power Mains AC-DC 43W
12.5V CPU 5V
Entry F Power F Reg +6.0V Step Dwn
FAN 5V
Module Supply +20V
+12V fan1 USB 5V
to
+3.3V LCD 12V
+31V
(battery +3.3V stdby DIS 8V (not used)
voltage) 3.2 W

Charger

15W
F
Monitoring Module Power Supply Board MGAS

+5V Step Dwn

14.5W
26W +15.1VDD LDO
I-LMT +15V LDO
24V +/-17V Flyback
Battery -15V LDO
NESTPR

+ 1 2 . 5 V (s w i t c h e d b u s v o l t a g e )
7.8W

PSM
16W
I-LMT
16W

VCB
Ventilator Control Board
4W +3.3V

+1.8V

+9V

+9VA

+5.5VA
2W
+5VA

+6VA
-6V

1W Neb 12V

9W Valve Drive (12V)

VMB
Vent Monitor Board

+5V Vdd
4W
+5VA
+6V

-6V
8W Exp Flw Snsr
AB.98.059

Valves (12V)

+12.5V (10V
A Internal Expansion) up to 20W
20W
+12.5V (10V
A Ext Expansion Port 1) up to 20W
I-LMT

+12.5V (10V
A Ext Expansion Port 2) up to 20W

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 12-7

Engström Carestation
12.7 Motherboard (backplane) block diagram – original

RS 232 RS 485 RS 485 RS 422

EXP
ANSION PO
RT#2 (RS-485) EXP
ANSION POR
T #1 (RS-422)
DISPLA
Y INTERF
ACE CONNECT
OR MONITOR SERIA
L CONNECT
OR MOD BUS I/O CONNECT
OR PSM I/O (RS-485) CONNECT
OR
CONNECT OR CONNECT OR

MOD _B US _16 V

P SM/R S48 5_ 16 V

P SM/R S48 5_ 16 V

R S42 2_ 12 V
12.5VBUS EMI Filters EMI Filters EMI Filters EMI Filters EMI Filters
EMI Filters
ESD Protection ESD Protection ESD Protectio
n ESD Protectio
n ESD Protectio
n

DU/PMB COMM RS232 DU/MN COMM RS232

DU/MOD BUS & PSM COMM RS485
MAINS LED DU/MOD BUS & PSM RESET

MONITOR ON/ST
ANDBY
16V Current Limiter MOD_PWR_
FAIL
16V EMI Filter ILIM_MOD_EN
12.5VBUS
16V 16V Current Limiter PSM_PWR_
FAIL
PMB (PO WE R M AN AG EMEN T B OARD CO NNEC TO R)

EMI Filter ILIM_PSM_EN

12.5VBU
S
12.5V Current Limiter EXP_PWR_F
AIL
EMI Filter ILIM_EXP_EN PWR_FAIL(3)

ILIM_EN(3)

AUX_AUDIO_PW
R AUX_AUDIO_PWR

DU/VCB COMM RS42

2
12.5VBUS
12.5VBUS EXP1_COMM
DU/VMB COMM RS422
EXP_MBUS_RESET

EXP_MBUS_COMM

VCB/VMB COMM RS422

VM_BUZZER_ON

(VE NT ILAT OR CO NT RO L B OA RD C O NN EC TO R)
BUZZER_SNS
E

VM_EXHAL_OPE
N

VMB (VE NT ILAT OR MONI TO R B OARD C O NN EC TO R)

MNVR_OPE
N

SAFE_CLSE

OK_TO_ZERO

RESE
T

CF_TXD/RXD

I2C BUS

VCB
SPI BUS

EXPD[7:0]

BA[2:0]

IRQ6 CNTL

EXPBUS CONTROL

AB.98.068
12.5VBUS TEST HEADE
R

12-8 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Schematics and Diagrams
12.8 Motherboard (backplane) block diagram – current

MONITOR SERIAL / NURSE CALL NEON Flow Sensor EXPANSION (RS-422) EXPANSION (RS-422)
DISPLAY INTERFACE CONNECTOR MODULE BUS CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR PORT #1 J4 PORT #2 J5 PORT #3 J6

PSM/RS485_16V

RS422_12.5V
MOD_BUS_16V

RS422_12.5V
CO M
NO

NC
EMI Filters EMI Filters EMI Filters EMI Filters EMI Filters EMI Filters
ESD Protection ESD Protection ESD Protection ESD Protection ESD Protection

12.5VBUS
DU/MN COMM RS232
DU/PMB
COMM DU/MOD BUS & PSM COMM RS485
RS232 DU/MOD BUS & PSM RESET
Service RS422
VMB 3rd RS422 Application /
MAINS LED
Therapy Device
MONITOR ON/STANDBY 16V Current Limiter MOD_& PSM PWR_FAIL Communication
EMI Filter ILIM_MOD_EN
16V
12.5VBUS THERAPY 12.5VBUS
12.5V Current Limiter MODULE_PWR_FAIL 1
EMI Filter ILIM_TMP_EN_1
PO WER MANAGEMENT BO ARD CONNECTO R

THERAPY
12.5VBUS MODULE_PWR_FAIL 2
12.5V Current Limiter PWR_FAIL(3)
EMI Filter
ILIM_TMP_EN_1
ILIM_EN(3)

AUX_AUDIO_PWR AUX_AUDIO_PWR

DU/VCB COMM RS422

Neonatol Analog Flow Signals

VENTILATO R CO NT RO L BOARD CO NNECTOR

THERAPY COMMUNICATIONS (RS422)
DU/VMB COMM RS422
12.5VBUS Nurse Call Enable

VCB/VMB COMM RS422

12.5VBUS
VM_BUZZER_ON

VENTILATOR MONITOR BOARD CONNECT OR

BUZZER_SNSE

VM_EXHAL_OPEN

MNVR_OPEN

SAFE_CLSE

OK_TO_ZERO

RESET

SPI BUS
Craig Tolmie
February24, 2006 EXPD[7:0]
Version 2
BA[2:0]

IRQ6 CNTL

EXP BUS CONTROL

AB.98.057
1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 12-9
Engström Carestation
12.9 PMB block diagram
VBUS
VBAT

PS_V_ADJ
Fuse
Isolated

P o w e r S u pp ly
MAINS_PWR +3.3V
ENABLE +16V

C o n n ec t or
Diode DC_DC (VDD) +12V

M B C o n ne c to r
Convert
Int Battery
Voltage BATT1_V
MODE BATT_STROBE Connector
Sense
AC_GOOD FAN_HIGH
ISO
AC_GOOD SET_SYS_ON
Isolated
+12.5V CLR_SYS_ON
DC_DC
ENABLE SYS_ON EXT_BA T_SEL
Convert
FAN_ON Int Battery Voltage BATT2_V
FAN_GOOD Connector Sense
LOW_CHG_RA TE
EXT_VBA
T BATT_STAT_1 BATT_STROBE
Switch
EXT_BAT_ON_FULL
BATT_STAT_2 EXT_BAT_I_LMT +3.3V +3.3V
INT_BAT_DISABLE (VDD) (VDD)
EXT_BA
T_SEL ON/STBY_UP EXT_BATT_CLK
Voltage/
+12.5V Current BATT_I CURRENT_SENSE
Current
12V Sense
Converter
LDO
A_GND

VBAT V_GND_1.5V uC GND Battery

Switch
Charger/ BATT_DISCHARGE

C o n ne c t or
TX Discharge
OPTO Detector

MB
RS-232
BATT_CONNECT BATT1_V RX ISO
VSTBY BATT2_V
BATT_I BATT_I
BATT_STROBE TEMP TEMP
SENSOR
MUX
VDD WATCHD0G
Battery Connect WDOG
OR VFAN
Timer
EXT_BA
T_V
On/Standby
EXT_BA
T_I
Switch
RESET
Connector

ON/STBY_UP Debug/Programming
Connector
VSTBY
VREF

ISP Connector
SET_SYS_ON

FF
CLR_SYS_ON SYS_ON
Q
VFAN1
Fan1 SAFETY_SW AUX_AUDIO_PWR
Connector
MAINS_PWR
MAINS_PWR Internal

C o n ne c t or
VBUS Battery VBAT
VBAT ISOLA
TED

MB
VBUS Speed FAN1_GOOD OR TRKLE_CHRG_CTRL Trickle
Fuse Linear Reg PS
Detect Charger
EXT_VBA
T
FAN1_ON
Step-Down
+12V VFAN2
SMPS FAN1_HIGH Fan2 +12V
Connector
VBAT
Speed FAN2_GOOD BATT_DISCHARGE
Linear Reg BATT_STAT_1
Detect

C on n ec t or
Step-Down +3.3V MAINS_LED_C VBAT_SENSE OVER_CHARGE
Isolated Logic BATT_STAT_2
SMPS (VDD) FAN2_ON AC_GOOD

MB
Drive /FLOAT_CHARGE
MAINS_LED_A
FAN2_HIGH Circuit
Battery
FAN_FAIL_DET_EN
Charge
+12.5V CURRENT_SENSE
Controller
VBUS DRIVER PS_V_ADJ
C o nn e c to r

Level Shifter
VSTBY AC_GOOD
LDO SYS_ON OPTO PM_P
MB

VBAT CHARGER_ON

AB.98.057
ISO BATT_CONNECT AND

12-10 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Schematics and Diagrams
12.10 VMB block diagram – original
12.5VBUS VBUS
Filter Fuse

AIRHP_5V Voltage O2HP_5V Voltage +5.5VA Linear 6V1_SW Switching

Ref Ref Regulator Regulator
Fuse
-5.5VA Charge AUXGND
Pump Filter
O2_5V Linear VDD Linear EX_5V Linear
Regulator Regulator Regulator
VDD +5VA
VDD Filter

O 2RX
I2 C _ S D A

O 2T X
4096VADC Voltage 4096VBARO Voltage
O2 Sensor
Ref Ref
NRZ_O2RX

Drvr
VDD VDD

VC BR X

V C B TX
D UR X

DU TX
Paracube SPI 4096VINSP Voltage Filter

uC _A CT
NRZ_O2TX UART #O2_RDY Ref

Drvr
O2_5V SPI/EXCOM_CS SPI/ADC_CS
Exhal Flow Sensor
1.8432MHz
EX_5V
SPI/O2_CS AVCC VCC

Driver
VMTX_DURX

D iff.
Acutronics EX_SDA DURX DIFF ATA
D
Barometric Pressure
EX_SCL

U AR T1
Transducer

1 0 - B it A D C
10-BITADC INPUTS

S K Filte r

R ec eive r
B a ro
O2 Supply Pressur
e ESD/EMI 4096VBARO BARO_P

IA
SDX15A4 EMI Filter VMRX_DUTX

D iff .
Transducer Suppression uC JT
AG DUTX DIFF ATA
D
O2_P

5X 2
O2HP_5V
T O V EN T E NG IN E ( 1 1 x2 )

EX_SDA

S K F ilte r
BEI Edclif
f AIR_P
EX_SCL

D riv e r
VMTX_VCRX

Dif f.
VCRX DIFFATA
D
MUX_OUT

U AR T0
JTAG_5V
Air Supply Pressur
e

T O M O T HE RB OA R D (4 0x 2 )
#ZERO_INSP
Transducer ATmega128

R eceive r
EXHAL_OPEN
Microcontroller VMRX_VCTX

D if f.
AIRHP_5V SAFE_OPEN VCTX DIFFATA
D
S K F ilter

BEI Edclif
f
14.7456MHz
Buffer/Drvr #OK_TO_ZERO
#BUZZER_ON
Safety Relie
f #OVER_PRES
S
#BUZZER_SNS
E
Valve 8:1
12.5VBUS MUX[2:0]
Fuse Analog
Mux #UC_RESET WD_RESET
Bicron #O2_RDY

Div id er
Amp
NC 12.5VBUS 12P5_TEST #SAFE_CLSE
#ZERO_INSP
#EXCOM_RDY
Insp Effort Watchdog # STROBE
RESET

Div id e r
AREF

Amp
Valve EX_5V EX5V_TEST
12.5VBUS
Fuse

C OM P
HV_RESET VDD

VDD
VDD
Bicron

Div ide r
Amp
O2_5V O25V_TEST
NO

VCB_MNVR_OPEN
Div id er
N-CH
Amp

Off Board FET

O2HP_5V O2P5V_TEST 1.8432MHz
VDD

Div id e r

R S2 3 2
1.8432MHz
Amp
AIRHP_5V AIRP5V_TEST

D rv r
N-CH N-CH #SAFE_CLSE SPI Buffer/Drvr

5X2
FET FET

RS 2 32
UART

Rcv r
SPI/EXCOM_CS
Div id er
Amp

+5.5VA 5P5_TEST

#VC_SAFE_CLSE
EXHAL_OPEN
+5.5VA #EXHAL_OPEN
Div id er

Co m p
Amp

-5.5VA N5P5_TEST #OVER_PRESS

Expiratory ZERO_12V SAFE_OPEN Logic
Pressure VC_MNVR_OPEN
WD_RESET
Sensor Board ZERO_R
TN
#VC_SAFE_CLSE
SPI VDD #SAFE_CLSE
12-Bit
SK Filter
8x 1

MPX2010 ADC
In s p
IA

EMI Filter

AB.98.061
N-CH Logic #ZERO_INSP
FET FET SPI/ADC_CS

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 12-11

Engström Carestation
12.11 VMB block diagram – current (sheet 1 of 2)

AB.98.061
12-12 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000
 Schematics and Diagrams
12.12 VMB block diagram – current (sheet 2 of 2)

AB.98.061
1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 12-13
Engström Carestation
12.13 VCB block diagram
NEB_PWR_ON MUX[0:2]

NEB_12V NEB_12V NEB12V

T
BA[2:0]
12.5VBUS
VBUS 12P5_TEST O2VLV_I
Clock Clock MUX_OUT MUX_OUT
+5VA +5VA 5VA_TEST AIRVLV_I
Oscillator Distribution Power
+6VA Power +6VA 6 VA_ T EST NEB12V
T
Supply
-6VA Supplies -6VA NEBFL
W_I
Bidirectional Monitors N6VA_TEST
8-Ch 8-Ch
D[31:24] Tranceivers EXPD[7:0] +5.5VA +5.5VA 5P5VA_TEST MUX MUX AMB_TEMP Temp
(LVC/LCX) O2AIRFL_9V O2AIRFL_9V 9V_TEST
A MOD_PWR_
FAIL Sensor
+5V CF_T/RXD
1
O2VLV_I
TOTFL_9V TOTFL_9V 9V_TESTB
E XP AN SI ON PO RT 3

Bidirectional 12-Bit O2 Valve

D[31:16] RESET ADC
Tranceivers FD[31:16] 16-Bit Driver
Flash
(LVC/LCX) DAC
CF_T/RXD
1 (4M X 16) FL_WP FS_PWR_EN
D[31:0] EXHVL
V_I
EXHVL
V_V
RS232 O2VLV_EN
AUX_PRES
S
Tranceiver SRAM INP_PRESS
(512K X 16)
4.096V 4096V_ADC 2 04 8V REF 4.096V

S PI BU S
CF_T/RXD
0
B DM C O NN EC TO R

REF REF AIRVLV_I

Development
MCF5407 Coldfire SRAM Air Valve
SPI BUS
BDM BUS Microcontroller (512K X 16) 16-Bit Driver
DAC
EXP BUS_CONTROL
OK_TO_ZERO EEP_W
P
I2C BUS EEprom
AIRVLV_EN
EXP_MBUS_RESET EXPD[7:0
]
EPLD CONTROL
LINES
ILIM_EN(3) EXHVL
V_I
I2C BUS EXHVL
V_V
MNVR_OPEN

SAFE_CLSE Clock BA[2:0] 16-Bit Exh. V

alve
Oscillator DITHER DAC Driver
IRQ6 CNTL(2)
24mA VCB/VMB COMM RS42
2
IRQ2 CNTL(2) A[23:0] Drivers BA[23:0]
RS422 DU/VCB COMM RS422 16-Bit
(LVC/LCX)
Tranceivers EXP1 COMM DAC
UARTs
C onfig ur atio n
T erm ina tio n

6 Channels
P owe r-up

24mA TOTAL FLOW COMM EXHVL

V_EN

V EN T E NG INE C ONN E CTOR

64-Byte FIFO
s
Drivers D[7:0] RS232 O2 FLOW COMM
(LVC/LCX) Bidirectional Tranceivers AIR FLOW COMM VALVE_EN
D[31:24] Tranceivers
AUX_AUDIO_PW
R (LVC/LCX)
ZEROINSP_EN
EPLD DITHER
PURGEAUXP_EN
RESET VC_BUZZER_O
N Zero Valve
EXP_BUS CONTROL ZEROINSP_ON
Drivers
VM_BUZZER_ON Audio Current Watchdog Latch PURGEAUXP_ON
Alarm Sense Logic Control LATCH CONTRO
L

Interrupt IRQ2 CNTL(2)

IRQs/ACK
External Vectors
AUX_PRESS

IA
R ES ET W D _S T RB
Watchdog
J TA GC ONN E CT OR

& Reset

MOT HE R B OA R D C ONN E CT OR
UART SPI BUS
SPI
INTERF
ACE

VALVE_EN IRQ6 CNTL(2

)
Glue Logic
B PD[7 :0]

RESET
INP_PRESS

IA
BUZZER_SNSE
Voltage
Monitors CURRENT
LMT PWRFAIL SIGNAL
S
BUZZER_SNSE

AB.98.067
OVER_PRESS

C omp
+1.8V Power PURGEAUXP_ON CF_T/RXD
0 EXP _MBUS COMM
OVER_PRESS
Supply RS485
Input Latch ZEROINSP_O
N VREF
EXP_MBUS_RESET Tranceiver EXPMBUS RESET
16-bits SPARE1
(LVC/LCX) VM_BUZZER_O
N NEB_12
V
+3.3V Power VM_EXHAL_OPE
N
NEB_TICK_LS
Supply
NEB_TICK_LS NEBULIZING_L
S
NEBULIZING_LS VM_BUZZER_O
N NEB_ST
OP

MUX[0:2] TOTAL FLOW COMM

FL_WP OK_TO_ZERO O2 FLOW COMM
EEP_W
P AIR FLOW COMM
ILIM_EN(3)
ZEROINSP_EN
OVER_PRESS
PURGEAUXP_EN MNVR_OPE
N
VC_BUZZER_O
N
Output Latch SAFE_CLSE
EXHVL
V_CNTL
16-bits
(HC) AIRVLV_CNTL
LATCH CONTROL O2VLV_CNTL AUX_AUDIO_PW
R
Status LED
s
EXPBIT0
EXPBIT_CNT
L YEL YEL YEL YEL RED YEL YEL YEL
NEB_PWR_O
N
12.5VBU
S
NEBVLV_CNTL
SW 35P5 RXDU TXDU RESE
T EXPZ AUXZ OVP
12.5VBUS

12-14 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Schematics and Diagrams
12.14 Monitoring Module Rack block diagram

MBUS_P_RESET

E SD Prote ction

Monitoring Module
MOD BUS I/O
MBUS_M_RESET

R ece pticle # 1
E MI Filters
MBUS_P_D
ATA_485

MBUS_M_D
ATA_485

16V_PWR_10V
A_LIMIT

LDO
max +15VD
Vdropout
0.5V

Monitoring Module
R ecepticle #2
+15V
LDO

E SD Protection

MONITOR IN G MODULE P OW ER
Fly-Back
SMPS

-15V
LDO

Monitoring Module
R ecepticle # 3
Buck +5V
LPF
SMPS

Voltage Monitors

AB.98.066
RED RED RED RED

+15V -15V +5V +15VD

Monitoring Module
FAIL FAIL FAIL FAIL

R ecepticle #4
1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 12-15
Engström Carestation
12.15 AC outlet module; 100-120 V (with isolated outlets)

OUTLET ANE
P L

AC INLET/OUTLET MODUL
E

IEC 320

TO
VENTILATOR

SYSTEM BREAKER OUTLET

BREAKERS

AC INLET

EQUIPOTENTIAL STU
D
COUNTRY SPECIFI
C
OUTLET
S

CHASSIS
GROUND

INRUSH PCA00-120V
1 R2
1.8 ISOLATION TRANSFORMER

VIO
FUSIBLE
10% K1
BLK
(BRN) LINE IN 5W
4 1 LINE OUT
THERMAL FUS
E
RV2 CR1
1.5KE250C 6 5 1 130C RED
150V 250V
D6521ZOV151RA20 IN 3 CONNECTOR
1500W SOLID BRN
10% JH1A-W-A
C120V-Q STATE RED
DELAY BRN
Differential G1 R1 TIMER OUT 4
Mode 1 THERMAL FUSE
U-5B 10
250V 20% 2 130C
T1
15% 2W KH111 LOAD CONNECTOR
2 120V ORN BLU
F1
RV1 1A
D6521ZOV141RA20 250VAC BLK
FUSE2AG NC
(BLU) NEUTRAL IN 140V NEUTRAL OUT

RV3
D6521ZOV141RA20 WHITE
140V NC
Common
Mode 1

AB.98.062
G2
U-5B
250V
2 15%
GND (GRN/YEL) CHASSIS GROUND

12-16 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Schematics and Diagrams
12.16 AC outlet module; 220-240 V (with isolated outlets)

OUTLET ANEL
P

AC INLET/OUTLET MODUL
E

IEC 320

TO
VENTILATO
R

SYSTEM BREAKER OUTLET

BREAKERS

AC INLET

EQUIPOTENTIAL STU
D
COUNTRY SPECIFIC
OUTLET
S

CHASSIS
GROUND

INRUSH PCA 220-2

40V
R2
6.8

10% K1
7W
(BRN) LINE IN FUSIBLE 4 1 LINE OUT
CR1 ISOLATION TRANSFORME
R
RV2 1.5KE440C
A 6 5 T1
D65ZOV271RA140 440V KH115 VIO
275V 5% 1 240V
Differential 1500W JH1A-W-A
C240V-Q 3 BLK
SOLID
Mode 1 G1 R1 STATE
10 THERMAL FUSE
U-9B DELAY 130C RED
470V 2W TIMER 4
15% 20%
2 CERAMIC 2 BRN
RED BRN
F1
RV1 1A THERMAL FUSE
D65ZOV271RA140 CONNECTOR
250VAC 130C
(BLU) NEUTRAL IN 275V FUSE2AG NEUTRAL OUT
CONNECTOR
ORN BLU
RV3
D65ZOV271RA140
Common 275V BLK
Mode NC

AB.98.063
1 G2
U-9B
470V
2 15% WHITE
NC
GND (GRN/Y) CHASSIS GROUND

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 12-17

Engström Carestation

12-18 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Appendix A - Medical Grade Gases

Appendix A - Medical Grade Gases

In this section
This section provides information about medical grade gases.
A.1 Medical-Grade Gases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
A.1.1 Medical-Grade Air Recommended Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
A.1.2 Medical-Grade Air Auxiliary Filter Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
A.1.3 Medical-Grade Oxygen Recommended Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 A-1

Engström Carestation

A.1 Medical-Grade Gases

A.1.1 Medical-Grade Air Recommended Specifications

The following information has been obtained from the Compressed Gas Association,
“Compressed Gas For Human Respiration” Pamphlet G-7, unless otherwise noted.

Limiting Characteristic Gaseous

% O2 (v/v) Balance predominantly N2 1 Atm/19.5% to 23.5%

Hydrocarbons (condensed) in Mg/M3 of gat at NTTP 5 ppm

Carbon Monoxide 10 ppm

Odor None
Carbon Dioxide 500 ppm

Halogenated Hydrocarbons 2 2 ppm

Dewpoint 2 39° F (4° C) at 50 psig

Particulate 3 2 micron

1
Note The term “atm” (atmospheric) denotes the oxygen content normally present in
atmospheric air; the numerical values denote the oxygen limits for synthesized air.
2
Note From NFPA 99 Health Care Facilities 2002 Edition.
3
Note From GE recommendation on filtering pipeline Air.

A.1.2 Medical-Grade Air Auxiliary Filter Recommendations

The Engström ventilator was designed to be operated using Medical-Grade Air. The
generally accepted standards for medical air are ISO 8573-1:2002 (E) specifications
quality class 1.2.1, Breathing Air. The key elements that relate to equipment reliability
are liquid hydrocarbons, moisture, and particulates. In general the standards for
medical air from an air compressor system calls for no particulates larger then 1.0
micron, a maximum pressure dew point of 39°F (4°C) at 50 psig, and a maximum oil
content of 0.01 ppm.
The Engström ventilator has internal inlet filters, and optional inlet filters are available
if the integrity of the customer’s ventilator pipeline is questionable. The intent of the
internal filter is to block any large particles that may be introduced when the ventilator
is not connected to a wall source or during the connection process, it does not filter
particulates finer than 5 micron, oil or moisture. The optional inlet filter is provided to
give a visual indication of contaminate problems. It has a clear bowl so that the filter
material is visible to the user. If there is any indication of contamination from
particulates or moisture, the ventilator should be removed from the source and the
source must be cleaned. This inlet filter will not protect the ventilator from damage if a
continuous source of particulate or moisture is present in the supply lines.
Damage to the ventilator due to medical gas contamination is not a waranteed
condition. The ventilator should only be operated using medical-grade gas.
GE Healthcare LSS Research and Development Engineering conducted tests to
determine if a filter, or a combination of filters would effectively remove contamination
from an unfiltered source.

A-2 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Appendix A - Medical Grade Gases
Medical-Grade Oxygen Recommended Specifications

Listed below is the filter combination that provides the best results when used under
ventilation conditions. None of the filters tested, including the filters listed were 100%
effective. GE Healthcare does not warranty these filters nor make any specific claims
of their efficacy or reliability. Use of these filters does not change the ventilator product
warranty. GE Healthcare is not responsible for the maintenance or support of these
filters.
• Wilkerson Particulate filter F28 Type A with automatic drain
• Wilkerson Coalescing filter M18 Type B with automatic drain
The coalescing filter can capture particles down to 0.01 micron, so the particulate filter
must be installed up stream of the coalescing filter, otherwise premature failure can
occur. The filters must be properly maintained as recommended by the filter
manufacturer. Only genuine replacement parts from the filter manufacturer must be
used. GE Healthcare will not supply these filters or mounting hardware. All
components must be sourced and assembled locally. The filters must be mounted to
the cart or wall and a hose connection between these filters and the ventilator inlet is
required to minimize stress on the inlet manifold. Adding filters to the pipeline source
can cause a pressure drop to the ventilator. This pressure drop will increase as the
filters degrade, replace filters frequently.
Other manufacturers filters may be substituted if they meet or exceed all of the
performance specifications of these filters.
To locate a local distributor or get performance specifications, go to:
http://www.wilkersoncorp.com.

A.1.3 Medical-Grade Oxygen Recommended Specifications

The following information has been obtained from the Compressed Gas Association,
“Compressed Air For Human Respiration” Pamphlet G-7 unless otherwise noted.

Limiting Characteristic Gaseous Liquefied

Oxygen Min. % (v/v) 99.5% 99.5%

Inerts Balance Balance
Odor None None
Water 6.6 6.6
Dewpoint °F -82°F -82°F
Methane 50 ppm 25 ppm
Ethane and Other Hydrocarbons 6 ppm 3 ppm
(such as Ethane)
Ethylene 0.4 0.2
Acetylene 0.1 0.05
Carbon Dioxide 10 ppm 5 ppm
Nitrous Oxide 4 ppm 2 ppm
Halogenated Refrigerants 2 1
Solvents 0.2 0.1
Other by Infrared 0.2 0.1
Permanent Particulates 1.0 mg/l 1 mm
Fibers (40 g diameter) 6mm

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 A-3

Engström Carestation

A-4 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Appendix B - HPDU kits

Appendix B - HPDU kits

In this section
B.1 HPDU Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
B.1.1 Replacing a Standard DU or HPDU or HPDU Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . B-2
B.1.2 Upgrading an existing HPDU to a HPDU Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
B.1.3 HPDU Touchscreen Repair Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
B.2 Keypad sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3
B.2.1 Engström Carestation URM and keypad set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3
B.3 Hardware and Software Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 B-1

Engström Carestation

B.1 HPDU Kits

The following HPDU kits allow you to replace an existing display unit on an Engström
ventilator with a HPDU touchscreen. Refer to the individual kits for installation
procedures.
Note The HPDU Touchscreen kits (M1210177-S and M1210178-S) do not include the
language keypad sets or User’s Reference Manuals and must be ordered separately,
see “Keypad sets” on page B-3.
Note HPDU kits are compatible with system software 4.X or greater.
Note System software version 7.X is required to support HPDU Touchscreen functionality.

B.1.1 Replacing a Standard DU or HPDU or HPDU Touchscreen

To replace a Standard Display Unit (DU) or a High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)
or a HPDU Touchscreen, order kit M1210177-S. The kit includes the following:

Item Description Part Number Qty

1 Display Assembly, HPDU 12 inch Touch Engström M1209769 1
2 Label, HPDU Front Bezel Engström Carestation M1143618 1
3 Label, HPDU Front Bezel Engström Pro M1143620 1
4 Screw, M4x12 Socket Head Cap 1102-3006-000 4

B.1.2 Upgrading an existing HPDU to a HPDU Touchscreen

To upgrade a HPDU with a HPDU Touchscreen, order kit M1210178-S. The kit
includes the following:

Item Description Part Number Qty

1 Printed Wiring Assembly Display Unit Touch Sensor Board M1198435 1
2 Touch Panel Enclosure Sub-assembly (enclosure, glass, — 1
gasket, encoder, ComWheel)
3 Foam Pad, short M1210088 2
4 Foam Pad, long M1210093 2
5 Harness, CPU Tach M1200701 1
6 Standoff, Hex M4x8 male/female M1207915 1
7 Label, HPDU Front Bezel Engström Carestation M1143618 1
8 Label, HPDU Front Bezel Engström Pro M1143620 1

B.1.3 HPDU Touchscreen Repair Kit

To repair a HPDU Touchscreen, order repair kit M1210179-S. The kit includes the
following:

Item Description Part Number Qty

1 Touch Panel Enclosure Sub-assembly (enclosure, glass, — 1
gasket, encoder, ComWheel)
2 Label, HPDU Front Bezel Engström Carestation M1143618 1
3 Label, HPDU Front Bezel Engström Pro M1143620 1

B-2 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Appendix B - HPDU kits
Keypad sets

B.2 Keypad sets

B.2.1 Engström Carestation URM and keypad set

The HPDU Upgrade Kit requires a User’s Reference Manual (URM) and a Keypad
Set, which are ordered separately. The Keypad Set includes a language specific
keypad overlay set. For original DU Keypad sets, see Section C.5.1.

User’s Reference Manual Keypad Set

Language 4.X 5.X 6.X 7.X 6.X 7.X

Bulgarian NA M1141006 M1175260 M1205546 NA* NA*

Chinese M1073131 M1087107 M1175262 M1205548 M1056555 M1210100
Croatian NA M1141007 M1175263 M1205549 NA* NA*
Czech M1073132 M108108 M1175264 M1205550 M1056543 M1210099
Danish M1073133 M1087109 M1175265 M1205551 M1056553 M1210101
Dutch M1073134 M1087110 M1175266 M1205552 M1056536 M1210102
English M1073129 M1087105 M1175267 M1205553 M1056532 M1210103
English, US only M1073130 M1087106 M1175268 M1205554 M1056532 M1210103
Estonian M1089761 M1141010 M1175269 M1205555 NA* NA*
Finnish M1073135 M1087111 M1175270 M1205556 M1056541 M1210104
French M1073136 M1087112 M1175271 M1205557 M1056534 M1210105
German M1073137 M1087113 M1175272 M1205558 M1056535 M1210106
Greek M1073138 M1087114 M1175273 M1205559 M1056547 M1210107
Hungarian M1073139 M1087115 NA M1205560 M1056548 M1210108
Italian M1073140 M1087116 M1175274 M1205561 M1056537 M1210109
Japanese M1073141 M1087117 M1175275 M1205562 M1056549 M1210110
Korean M1090432 M1141011 M1175276 M1205563 NA* NA*
Latvian NA NA NA M1205565 NA* NA*
Lithuanian NA M1141005 M1175277 M1205566 NA* NA*
Norwegian M1073142 M1087118 M1175278 M1205567 M1056545 M1210111
Polish M1073143 M1087119 M1175279 M1205568 M1056544 M1210112
Portuguese M1073144 M1087120 M1175280 M1205569 M1056540 M1210113
Romanian NA M1141008 M1175281 M1205570 NA* NA*
Russian M1073145 M1087121 M1175283 M1205571 M1056551 M1210114
Serbian NA M1141009 M1175284 M1205572 NA* NA*
Slovakian NA NA NA M1205573 NA* NA*
Spanish M1073146 M1087122 M1175285 M1205575 M1056539 M1210115
Swedish M107347 M1087123 M1175286 M1205576 M1056550 M1210116
Turkish M1073148 M1087124 M1175287 M1205577 M1056546 M1210117

N/A* - Keypad set is not available for this language, order appropriate English keypad
set.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 B-3

Engström Carestation

B.3 Hardware and Software Compatibility

The following tables provide hardware and software compatibility information for the
Engström ventilator.

Table B-1: Display Unit Compatibility

Part Number Description Requirements

2086401-S Service Application/System Software v7.X (HPDU/ HPDU with touchscreen hardware
Touchscreen) (to enable the touchscreen option)
M1179456-S Service Application/System Software v6.X (HPDU) HPDU
M1148265-S Service Application/System Software v5.X (HPDU) HPDU
M1079267 Service Application/System Software v4.25 (HPDU) HPDU
1505-8000-000 Service Application/System Software v2.23 (DU) Original DU

Important • Engström software v4.25 and greater supports the High Performance Display Unit
(HPDU).
• Engström software v2.23 supports the original Display Unit (DU).
• Upgrading to a newer version of System Software requires a new language
specific User's Reference Manual (URM), which is provided to the customer. In
addition, some upgrades may require a new language specific keypad set. The
URM and keypad set must be ordered separately, see Section B.2.
• When upgrading software on an existing HPDU, new display membrane switches
are required. See Section 10.8.2 on page 10-16 for part numbers.

Table B-2: Hardware/Software Compatibility

System Software Version

Part Number Board ID (Label) 7.01 6.01 5.05 4.25 2.23

1505-5502-000-S (current) PMB 1505-5502-000 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

M1052980-S (current) VMB M1052980 Yes Yes Yes Yes No
1505-5501-000 (original) VMB (obsolete) 1505-5501-000 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
1505-5500-000-S (current) VCB 1505-5500-000 Yes Yes Yes No No
Rev 111 and greater
M1239246 (original) VCB 1505-5500-000 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Rev 110 and lower
M1223519 (current) HPDU CPU M1223519 Yes Yes Yes Yes N/A
Yes = Compatible, No = Not compatible, N/A = Not applicable

B-4 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Appendix B - HPDU kits
Hardware and Software Compatibility

Table B-3: Hardware/Hardware Compatibility

Hardware Revision Requirements

M1052980-S (current) VMB all revisions M1053184 (current) Motherboard

1505-5501-000-S (original) VMB all revisions (obsolete) 1005-5504-000 (original) Motherboard (obsolete)
1505-5500-000-S (current) VCB Rev 109 and greater 1505-5502-000-S (current) PMB all revisions
1505-5500-000 (original) VCB Rev 108 and lower 1505-5502-000 (current) PMB Rev 105 and greater
M1053184 (current) Motherboard M1052980-S (current) VMB
1005-5504-000 (original) Motherboard (obsolete) 1505-5501-000-S (original) VMB (obsolete)

Important When replacing either the original VMB (1501-5501-000-S) or original Motherboard
(1505-5504-000), it requires that both the original VMB and original Motherboard be
replaced with the current VMB (M1052980-S) and current Motherboard (M1053184).
The original VMB and original Motherboard are obsolete.
Use the Service Log (Section 4.4.6 on page 4-19) to see the hardware and software
versions on the ventilator. The hardware revision is also shown on the board label.

VCB Rev 107

PMB Rev 105

PMB Rev 103

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 B-5

Engström Carestation

B-6 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Appendix C - Original parts

Appendix C - Original parts

In this section
This section provides procedures and illustrated parts lists which are not the current
configuration but are still applicable.
C.1 Carestation Cart (original) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2
C.2 External components (original) - front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
C.3 External components (original) - rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4
C.4 Display Unit (DU) – Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-5
C.4.1 Removing the Display Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-6
C.4.2 Disassembling the Display Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-7
C.4.3 Replacing the CPU board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-8
C.4.4 Replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-9
C.4.5 Replacing the LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-9
C.4.6 Replacing the backlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-10
C.4.7 Replacing the inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-11
C.4.8 Replacing the front enclosure or components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-12
C.5 Display Unit (original) – Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-15
C.5.1 Display Unit Keypad sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-16
C.6 Standard Display Arm – Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-17
C.6.1 Adjusting the upper pivot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-17
C.6.2 Adjusting the lower pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-18
C.6.3 Adjusting the arm bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-18
C.6.4 Removing the Standard display arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-19
C.6.5 Removing Standard display arm from the ventilator chassis . . . . . . . . C-19
C.7 Standard Display Arm – Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-21
C.7.1 Standard display arm mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-21
C.7.2 Standard display arm assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-23

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 C-1

Engström Carestation

C.1 Carestation Cart (original)

The following table list parts for the original cart. See Section 10.16 on page 10-34 for
the current cart parts list and descriptions.

Item Description Part Number

1 Back Handle, Cart M1190696
2 Lock Plate Kit 03-11-048
3 Caster Kit, non-locking M1144300
4 Caster Kit, locking M1144299
5 Base Casting M1190730
6 Receiver Assembly (hardware included)
1 assembly 1505-3850-000
2 assemblies 1505-3847-000
7 Panel Assembly, rear M1190701
8 Weight 1009-3337-000
Screw, M6x70 0144-2131-923
Lock washer, M6 9213-0560-003
Washer 0402-1107-500

CAUTION Carts, which do not include AC outlets, have a weight installed in the
base (in place of the toroid). To reduce the risk of tipping the cart, do not
remove the weight.

6
1

2
7

3
5
B
AB.98.017

4 Note: For new installations of

receiver assemblies (6), use the
A B hardware provided in the kit to open
mounting holes in the rear panel
assembly (7). Thread the hardware
from inside the cart at the locations
that apply.
8
* Use location A for single receiver.
* Use location B for dual receivers.

C-2 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Appendix C - Original parts
External components (original) - front

C.2 External components (original) - front

Item Description Part Number

1 Display Unit (HPDU/HPDU Touchscreen) See Section 10.8
2 Module rack See Section 10.17
3 Cart (current) See Section 10.16
4 Foot, Main Vent Housing 1505-3430-000
5 Screw, M5x20 Socket Head 0144-2131-919
6 Latch Plate, Receiver, Main Vent Housing 1505-3432-000
7 Belleville Washer, 1505-3051-000
8 Screw, M5x14 Shoulder 1505-3052-000
9 Cage, air transfer 1505-3250-000
10 Screw, M4x8 Pan Head 9211-0440-083
11 Handle, Left, Main Vent Housing 1505-3429-000
12 Handle, Right, Main Vent Housing 1505-3428-000
13 Screw M4.07x12 Socket Cap Button Head SST M1163008
14 Washer M4 external 9213-0540-003

11 12
13 14 13 14
10 5
2

9
6

7
8
AB.98.127

Torque = 2 Nm

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 C-3

Engström Carestation

C.3 External components (original) - rear

Item Description Part Number

1 Main enclosure (external) See Section 10.9
Main enclosure (internal) See Section 10.10
2 Display arm mounting hardware See Section 10.7
Display arm assembly See Section 10.7.2
3 Guard, DU connector 1505-3419-000
4 Screw, M4x12 0140-6226-111
5 Spacer, connector guard 1505-3434-000
6 Screw, M4x25 0140-6226-125
7 Housing, Main Vent M1185368
8 Tape, Wear UHMW Polyethylene 1505-3030-000

1 7 6
5

8 8 8
AB.98.009

(22 cm) (22 cm) (13 cm)

C-4 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Appendix C - Original parts
Display Unit (DU) – Service

C.4 Display Unit (DU) – Service

The DU uses a PCMCIA interface to manages software upgrades and to run the
Engström Service Application diagnostics. The DU is compatible with system software
versions 2.X and lower.
Note The item numbers in the following illustrations in this section correspond to the parts
list in Section 10.9 on page 10-19.
The fan filter (26) and the access door (27) to the PCMCIA interface can be replaced
with the display unit in place.
To replace the filter, slide the filter capsule (27) downward to remove it from the
display unit.
To service other components of the display unit, you must first remove the display unit
from the machine.

26
27
27

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 C-5

Engström Carestation

C.4.1 Removing the Display Unit

The Display Unit (DU) attaches to the pivot arm with screws that are accessible under
the pivot covers. For information on the Standard Display Arm, see Section C.6 on
page C-17 and for the Remote Display Arm, see Section 9.6 on page 9-35.
1. Remove the pivot arm covers (A) on each side of the upper pivot.
• The pivot covers are held in place by three tabs in the locations shown by the
arrows.
• Slide a thin blade between the cover and the pivot housing to release each
tab.
2. Raise the display unit so that it faces backwards.
3. Disconnect the display cable (B).
4. Remove the four screws that hold the display unit to the upper pivot (C).

B
A

C
AB.98p171

C-6 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Appendix C - Original parts
Disassembling the Display Unit

C.4.2 Disassembling the Display Unit

Place the display unit face down on an anti-static pad. Before removing the rear
enclosure, ensure that the release tabs on the PCMCIA frame are fully depressed.
1. Loosen the four captive screws (A) at each corner of the rear enclosure.
2. Lift the rear enclosure slightly and pivot it away from the lower enclosure at the
bottom side of the display unit.

5 26

A
A

20

12
A
A

21 28 1

You can now access the items listed below. The item numbers correlate to the parts
list on page 10-19:
• Fan (26)
• Connector panel assembly (21)
• Encoder assembly (12)
• Battery (5)
• Speaker (20) — To access the mounting screws for the speaker, you must first
remove the ten screws that hold the mounting plate to the front enclosure so that
you can raise the bottom edge of the assembly slightly. For detailed instructions,
see Section C.4.5 on page C-9.
• Rear enclosure (1) — You can transfer the captive screws to the new enclosure.
However, the gasket (28) is held in place with adhesive. When replacing the rear
enclosure, also include a new gasket.
Replacing additional items in the display unit requires further disassembly.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 C-7

Engström Carestation

C.4.3 Replacing the CPU board

1. Remove the two screws from the connector panel assembly (21).
2. Disconnect the following cables:
• Inverter harnesses (A)
• Membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (B)
• Speaker cable (C)
• Encoder assembly cable (D)
• Membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (E)
• Fan cable (F)
• LCD cable (G)

H
H

A H
5

21
Verify J17 Jumpers

open
C 3-4
5-6
H 7-8
9-10

D E F

3. Remove the remaining four screws (H) that hold the CPU board to the mounting
plate.
4. Remove the CPU board from the mounting plate.
5. If you are replacing the PCMCIA frame (3)
on an existing CPU board, remove four
3
screws on back of CPU board. You must
also apply new gaskets (4) to the frame.
Align the ends of the gaskets with the top 4
edge of the frame, as shown.
6. Transfer the battery (5) to the new CPU
board. See Section C.4.4 on page C-9 for
detailed instructions.
7. Reassemble in reverse order.

CAUTION Align the LCD cable connector parallel with the PCB connector prior to
pressing into place.
8. Download latest software (Section 8.2 on page 8-3).

C-8 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Appendix C - Original parts
Replacing the battery

C.4.4 Replacing the battery

1. Gently lift battery to the left until it can be removed from holder.
2. Touching only the sides of the battery, place the battery under the retaining clip.

CAUTION When replacing the battery be careful to only touch the sides of the
battery, not the top or bottom as corrosion may occur.
Note System re-boot may be required up to three times to properly load BIOS and display
the Normal Screen.
Note After the system is restarted, check that the Time/Date settings are correct. Reset, if
necessary.

C.4.5 Replacing the LCD display

1. Disconnect the following cables:
• Membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (A)
• Encoder assembly cable (B)
• Lower Membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (C)
• Fan cable (D)
• LCD cable (E)
2. Remove the ten screws (circled) that hold the mounting plate to the front
enclosure.

B C D

3. Remove the mounting plate assembly from the front enclosure.

4. Disconnect the backlight harnesses (F) from the inverter boards.
5. Slide the grommet (G) out of the mounting plate slot and transfer it to the new
LCD.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 C-9

Engström Carestation

6. Remove the four screws (circled) that hold the LCD to the mounting plate.

G
F

7. Lift the left side of the LCD display slightly away from the mounting plate to pull
some of the display ribbon cable (H) to the top side of the plate. Flip the LCD over
to the left of the assembly.
8. Disconnect the display ribbon cable (I).

LCD Display

I H

9. Reassemble in reverse order.

Note When replacing the LCD, pull the excess ribbon cable to the bottom side of the
plate as you lower the LCD on to the plate. For the backlight harness grommet (G),
ensure that the slit in the grommet faces toward the inside of the keyhole.

C.4.6 Replacing the backlights

The backlight replacement kit includes a backlight assembly (with two backlights) and
two inverters with mounting hardware. To replace the backlight assembly follow the
procedure in Section C.4.5 on page C-9 to access the assembly. To replace the
inverters, use the procedure in Section C.4.7.
1. Remove the one screw (J) that holds the backlight assembly to the LCD.

C-10 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Appendix C - Original parts
Replacing the inverters

2. Slide the backlight assembly to the left to free it from the retaining tabs and then
lift it out of the holder.

J
G

Slit

3. Transfer the grommet (G) to the new backlight assembly.

4. Reassemble in reverse order.

C.4.7 Replacing the inverters

The display unit includes a front inverter and a rear inverter, one for each backlight.
The inverters “sandwich” the mounting plate and use it as a heatsink. Follow the
procedure in Section C.4.5 on page C-9 to access the inverters. Replace one inverter
at a time.
1. Disconnect the backlight cable (A) from the inverter.
2. Remove the two Nylon screws (B) that hold the inverter to the backplate.
3. Slide the inverter out of the sleeve and disconnect it from the CPU harness (C).
4. Reassemble in reverse order.

Front inverter B

Rear inverter B

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 C-11

Engström Carestation

C.4.8 Replacing the front enclosure or components

Disassemble the display unit following procedures in the previous sections to the point
where you have removed the mounting plate assembly from the front enclosure.
If you are replacing the front enclosure, you can transfer the encoder (12) assembly to
the new enclosure, but you must build up the replacement enclosure with the
following:
• New window (11)
• New membrane switches — right-side (14), lower (15), left-side (16)
• New keypads - right-side (17), lower (18), left-side (19)
• New EMC gasket (10)
If you are replacing a keypad or a membrane switch, you must replace both of these
items.

10
11
16
19
14
17

12 Nub
15
18

Replacing the window

1. Place the front enclosure face up on a flat surface.
2. Press down on one corner of the window to free it from the enclosure.
3. Work your way around the window until you can get a hold of it from the back.
4. Slowly pry the window from the enclosure.
5. Place the front enclosure face down on a flat surface, taking care not to damage
the encoder.
6. Remove any remaining residue from the mounting area; clean with isopropyl
alcohol.
7. Remove the inside protective material from the front of the window.
8. Peel the front outside frame of the release liner.
9. Lower the window straight down in the enclose, noting the notch in the window
and the matching nub on the enclosure.
10. Before seating the window, position it in contact with the bottom and right sides of
the frame (see arrows) so that the larger gap between the window and the
enclosure is at the top and left edges (as viewed from behind).
11. Remove the protective film from the back side of the window.

C-12 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Appendix C - Original parts
Replacing the front enclosure or components

Replacing a membrane switch and keypad

1. Remove the screw that attaches the grounding strap to the enclosure.
2. Pry the membrane switch and keypad from the enclosure.
3. Remove any remaining residue from the mounting area; clean with isopropyl
alcohol and let dry.
4. Remove the backing from the membrane. Be sure to remove the small backing
below the flex cable. For the lower membrane, remove the protective film from the
IRDA window.

5. Insert the flex cable and ground strap through the slot in the enclosure. Ensure
that all of the ground strap passes through the slot and does not remain folded
over under the membrane.

Ground strap fully inserted

6. Carefully lower the membrane straight down to the enclosure. Seat the membrane
in place.
7. Remove the backing from the keypad and install it over the membrane switches.
8. Attach the ground strap to the enclosure.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 C-13

Engström Carestation

Installing the EMC gasket

To fully seal the display unit enclosure, you will need approximately 2.3 meters of
EMC gasket (10).
1. Cut the gasket into five strips to the lengths as shown below.

1206 mm
286 mm (four sides)

222 mm 222 mm

286 mm
10

2. Sparingly apply “Super Glue Gel” to the channels in the outside grove of the
enclosure near the corners, and then insert the continuous length of gasket.
3. Sparingly apply “Super Glue Gel” to the channels in the inside grove around the
window near the corners, and then insert the individual lengths of gasket.

C-14 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Appendix C - Original parts
Display Unit (original) – Parts

C.5 Display Unit (original) – Parts

Item Description Part Number

1 Enclosure, rear Discontinued
2 CPU Board, display unit (with PCMCIA frame) Discontinued
3 Frame, PCMCIA Discontinued
4 Gasket, knife edge (2 each) 1009-5804-000
5 Battery, Lithium 3V (positive side up) 1009-5800-000
6 Display, DG 61, LCD 12-inch color (includes M1164277
backlights)
7 Backlight Kit, DG41 1009-8422-000
(backlight assembly, 2 inverters, and hardware)
7a Inverter, backlight 1009-5694-000
7b Harness, inverter 1009-5527-000
7c Spacer, 8mm Nylon 1009-5695-000
8 Grommet, diagonal cut (backlight cable) 1009-3151-000
9 Enclosure, front 1505-3424-000
10 Gasket, EMC 1.8mm OD hollow RND (2.3 m per 1009-5802-000
enclosure)
11 Window 1009-5676-000
12 Encoder assembly 1503-3012-000
13 Knob, soft touch GEMS steel blue 1609-3090-000
14 Membrane switches, right 1009-5505-000
15 Membrane switches, lower 1009-5507-000
16 Membrane switches, left 1009-5506-000
17 Keypad, right-side (part of keypad set) See Keypad Set
18 Keypad, lower (part of keypad set) in table on
page C-16.
19 Keypad, left (part of keypad set)
20 Speaker assembly, 8-ohm 1605-3263-000
21 Rear Connector Panel Assembly (with interface 1505-8507-000
boards)
22 Cable, ribbon CPU to Display 1009-5520-000
23 Grommet 1009-3152-000
24 Fan, 5Vdc 1504-3516-000
25 Capsule, fan filter 896089
26 Filter, fan 897010
27 Door, PCMCIA 1009-5679-000
28 Gasket, cover plate 1009-5678-000
Not shown: Where used (quantity)
Speaker (2) — Screw, M3x6 Sems 0140-6219-128
Door (2)
CPU to plate (4) — Screw, M4x8 Sems 0140-6226-113
Connector panel (2)
Ground straps, keypads (2)
Mounting plate (10)
Rear enclosure (4) — Screw, M4x12 relieved body 1504-3001-000
Rear enclosure (4) — Lock washer, M4 external 9213-0540-003
Fan (4) — Screw, M3x16 1504-3003-000

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 C-15

Engström Carestation

Item Description Part Number

Fan (4) — Lock washer, M3 external 9213-0530-003
Inverters (4) — Screw, M3x6 Nylon 9211-1730-065
PCMCIA frame (4) — Screw, M2x16 0140-6216-100

Note HPDU upgrade kits are available. See Appendix B for upgrade kit part numbers.

2 6 7

9 10

3 8
27 14
28 4

11
26 5
17
25
12
24 21

13

20
23

AB.98p127
15 18
22 16 19

C.5.1 Display Unit Keypad sets

The keypad sets in the following table are for the original DU. Keypad sets are only
available for the languages listed. For HPDU keypad sets, see page B-3 for part
numbers.

Language Part Number

Chinese 1505-3453-000
Czech 1505-3443-000
Danish 1505-3452-000
Dutch 1505-3438-000
English 1505-3435-000
Finnish 1505-3442-000
French 1505-3436-000
German 1505-3437-000
Greek 1505-3447-000
Hungarian 1505-3448-000
Italian 1505-3439-000

C-16 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Appendix C - Original parts
Standard Display Arm – Service

Language Part Number

Japanese 1505-3449-000
Norwegian 1505-3445-000
Polish 1505-3444-000
Portuguese 1505-3441-000
Russian 1505-3451-000
Spanish 1505-3440-000
Swedish 1505-3450-000
Turkish 1505-3446-000

C.6 Standard Display Arm – Service

For information on servicing the DU and HPDU, see Section C.2 on page C-3 and
Section 9.4 on page 9-14, respectively.
The Standard display arm includes the following three pivot points that allow the
display unit to be positioned for optimal viewing.
• The upper pivot allows for tilting the display.
• The lower pivot allows for raising or lowering the display.
• The arm mounts to the chassis on a bearing that allows the display to be moved
side to side.
To access the adjustment hardware for the

AB.98p171
upper and lower hardware, remove the pivot
arm covers on each side of the pivot.
• The pivot covers are held in place by
three tabs in the locations shown by the
arrows.
• Slide a thin blade between the cover and
the pivot housing to release each tab.
Cover
To access the adjustment screw for the arm
mount bearing, remove the display arm cover.

C.6.1 Adjusting the upper pivot

1. Position the display unit as shown:
• Arm vertical and Adjust
• Display unit horizontal.
2. Release the display unit, and verify that
the display unit does not sag from its
own weight.
3. Push down slightly at the front of the
display unit. The display unit should
remain in place.
4. Verify that the display unit can be tilted
without excessive force.
5. Adjust the upper pivot as necessary.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 C-17

Engström Carestation

C.6.2 Adjusting the lower pivot

1. Position the display unit as shown:
• Arm forward,
Adjust
• Upper and lower pivots in line
horizontally, and
• Display unit vertical.
2. Release the display unit, and then
verify that the display unit does not sag
from its own weight.
3. Push down slightly at the top of the
display unit. The display unit should
remain in place.
4. Verify that the display unit can be
raised and lowered without excessive
force.
5. Adjust the lower pivot as necessary.

C.6.3 Adjusting the arm bearing

1. Position the display unit as shown
above:
• Arm forward,
• Upper and lower pivots in line Adjust
horizontally, and
• Display unit vertical.
2. Move the display unit side to side as
shown on the right.
3. Verify that the display unit can be
moved without excessive force and that
it remains in place with slight sideways
pressure.
4. Adjust the bearing as necessary.

C-18 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Appendix C - Original parts
Removing the Standard display arm

C.6.4 Removing the Standard display arm

1. The display unit attaches to the Standard
display arm with screws that are
accessible under the display arm covers.
2. Remove the display arm covers on each
side of the upper display arm.
The display arm covers are held in place
by three tabs in locations shown by
arrows.

AB.98p171
3. Slide a thin blade between the cover and
the housing to release each tab.
4. Raise the display unit so that it faces
backwards. C B

5. If installed, remove and discard the

display connector guard (A) and screws.
Disconnect the display cable (B).
A
6. Remove the four screws that hold the
display unit to the upper display arm (C).
7. Place the display unit face down on an
anti-static pad for re-assembly.

AB.98p191
C.6.5 Removing Standard display arm from the ventilator chassis
1. The Standard display arm attaches to the ventilator chassis with screws that are
accessible under the lower display arm covers.
Remove the display arm covers on each side of the lower display arm. The display
arm covers are held in place by three tabs.
2. Slide a thin blade between the cover and the display arm housing to release each
tab.
3. Disconnect the display connection
cable located on the back of the vent
chassis as shown (A).

4. Remove the four screws, two on each

side, from the lower display arm (B),
and then remove the display arm.

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 C-19

Engström Carestation

5. Remove the center screw (C) that

secures the rotate plate.

6. Lift the center plate. Remove the three

screws (circled) from the display arm
mount, and then remove mount.

C-20 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Appendix C - Original parts
Standard Display Arm – Parts

C.7 Standard Display Arm – Parts

C.7.1 Standard display arm mount

Item Description Part Number

1 Cable, Display Unit 1505-5600-000
Cable, Remote Display unit (2 meter) M1063496
Cable, Remote Display unit (5 meter) M1135865
2 Base Display Arm Mount 1505-3415-000
3 Screw M4-0.7x8 SHCS 9211-0640-083
4 Washer, M4 Flat 0144-1025-165
5 Bearing Rotate Display Arm 1505-3418-000
6 Plate Rotate Display Unit 1505-3414-000
7 Screw M6x20 SHCS w/ Nylon Strip 1505-3038-000
8 Washer Belleville small 1505-3017-000
9 Washer Thrust Steel 6.35ID 17.45OD 1505-3021-000
10 Bearing Thrust 1505-3020-000
11 Mount Pivot Display Unit 1505-3412-000

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 C-21

Engström Carestation

1 2 5

3 Connect Cable Coil Cable

4

9
10
9
6
8

Display

11

3
4

C-22 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Appendix C - Original parts
Standard display arm assembly

C.7.2 Standard display arm assembly

Item Description Part Number

1 Mandrel Display Arm Spring 1505-3417-000
2 Sleeve Display Arm Spring Mandrel 1505-3431-000
3 Spring Torsion Display Arm 1505-3016-000
4 Arm Display 1505-3410-000
5 Bearing Tilt Display Arm 1505-3416-000
6 Screw M8x60 SHCS 1505-3018-000
7 Washer Belleville Big 1505-3040-000
8 Nut M8 Keps 0144-3717-348
9 Screw M4x12 SHCS 1102-3006-000
10 Cover Display Arm 1505-3411-000
11 Screw M3-0.5x6 Pan Head Pozidriv Sems s/s 0140-6219-128
12 Cover Display Unit Pivot Mount 1505-3413-000

1
5

2 3

6
8

7
5

9
10
8 11

12

1505-1018-000 ZAB 01 2016 C-23

Engström Carestation

C-24 ZAB 01 2016 1505-1018-000

 Appendix D - Engström Carestation Planned Maintenance and Installation Checklist
forms

Appendix D - Engström Carestation

Planned Maintenance and Installation
Checklist forms
In this section
D.1 Engström Carestation Planned Maintenance Checklist form - 1505-1018-000-PMC
D.2 Engström Carestation Installation Checklist form - 1505-1018-000-INC

1505-1018-000 B 01 2016 D-1

Engström Carestation TRM 1505-1018-000
Planned Maintenance Checklist
.

Customer Name: Service Record

Number:
System ID or Serial Number: Equipment ID:
Software version: Date:
Performed by:
Circle the service month interval: 6, 12, 24, 48

Every 12 months
Refer to the Technical Reference Manual for detailed test and
maintenance instructions.

Inspect the system

Important: Check all components' date wheels and verify that the
date codes and part replacement schedules are compliant.
.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Pass / Fail
• Check that casters are not loose • Casters roll and lock as
or damaged. See "Replacing the needed and are firmly
cart caster" in the Technical mounted to the machine
Reference Manual for detailed base.
information. • Display unit fan filter is
• Visually inspect the display unit clean.
fan filter. • Vent engine fan filter is
• Visually inspect the vent engine clean.
fan filter. • No physical damage.
• Visually inspect the exhalation • O2 and Air filters are
valve assembly. clean.
• Visually inspect the gas inlet • Arm is in good condition
filters (O2 and Air). and tightened.
• Check movement of the display • Check movement of
unit arm joints. patient module rack arm.
• Check movement of the patient If necessary, use hex
monitoring module rack. wrench to adjust tension.
• Check that accessory • Accessory components
components are securely are securely attached.
attached (if equipped). • Air and O2 are securely
• Check that pipeline or connected to gas inlets.
compressor gas supplies are
connected (if equipped).

1
Power cords
.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Pass / Fail
• Verify AC power cord • Power cord
configuration. configuration is correct.

• Check that all AC • All power cords are

power cords are fully seated correctly.
seated.
• Power clamp screws
• Check and if necessary are tightened to 1.0
tighten the following: Nm and the retainer
power clamp screws to and outlet screws are
1.0 Nm; tighten the tightened to 0.45 Nm.
inlet power cord
retainer
(1503-3033-000) screw
to 0.45 Nm; tighten the
outlet power cord
retainer
(1505-3041-000) screw
to 0.45 Nm.

Verify annunciators
.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Pass / Fail
• Power on unit using the • Buzzer sounds for
system switch. approximately 2
• Verify main audio sounds. seconds.
• Verify the alarm LEDs blink. • Main audio alarm
sounds just before
the startup screen
displays.
• LEDs blink.

2 1505-1018-000-PMC B 10 2015
Vent engine debris clean out
.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Perform the vent engine debris No debris in vent Pass / Fail
clean out. engine.

Vent engine leak test (low pressure)

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform the vent engine low Pass / Fail
• P1 Leak result
pressure leak test using the
is less than or
PC Service application.
equal to 10 ml/
min.

Pass / Fail / Not

• P2 Leak result
applicable
does not
exceed 10 ml/
min.

Vent engine leak test (high O2 pressure)

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform the vent engine Leak rate does not Pass / Fail
high O2 pressure leak test exceed 26 ml/min.
using the PC Service
application.

Vent engine leak test (high Air pressure)

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform the vent engine Leak rate does not Pass / Fail
high Air pressure leak test exceed 50 ml/min.
using the PC Service
application.

1505-1018-000-PMC B 10 2015 3
Calibrate airway pressure transducer Zero and Span
.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Pass / Fail / Not
• Calibrate the airway • Using PC Service
applicable
pressure Application 2.02
transducers, Zero and 10.1: Verify
and Span. “Insp Span
Passed”, “Aux Span
Passed” displays in
Message Log.
Manually check the
Expiratory pressure
transducer for a
reading of 100
cmH2O +/- 0.2
cmH2O when the
proper DAC value
has been entered.

Pass / Fail / Not

• Using PC Service
applicable
Application 10.2 or
higher: Verify “Insp
Span Passed”, “Aux
Span Passed”, and
Exp Span Passed”
displays in
Message Log.

Free-breathing valve
.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform the free-breathing Inspiratory pressure Pass / Fail
valve test using the PC is more positive
Service application. than -3 cmH2O.

4 1505-1018-000-PMC B 10 2015
Inspiratory effort valve test
.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform the inspiratory effort Squeeze bulb does Pass / Fail
valve test using the PC not fully inflate in
Service application. less than 5
seconds.

Auxiliary pressure relief valve test

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform the auxiliary Pressure is greater Pass / Fail
pressure relief valve test than 90 cmH2O but
using the PC Service less than 230
application. cmH2O.

VCB buzzer test

.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Perform the VCB buzzer test. VCB Buzzer sounds. Pass / Fail

Mechanical overpressure valve test

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform the mechanical Pressure is greater Pass / Fail
overpressure valve test than 100 and less
than 130 cmH2O.

Touchscreen calibration
.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Perform Touchscreen calibration Touchscreen targets Pass / Fail / Not Applicable
calibrated.

1505-1018-000-PMC B 10 2015 5
Super User/Administrator tests
.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform O2 valve Pass is displayed. Pass / Fail
calibration.
Perform Air valve Pass is displayed. Pass / Fail
calibration.
Perform exhalation valve Pass is displayed. Pass / Fail
calibration.
Perform back light test. Back light(s) turn off Pass / Fail
and screen
brightness may
change.

Checkout procedure
.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Perform System Checkout. All checks pass. Pass / Fail

Battery performance test

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform the battery test. Discharge Time is Pass / Fail
greater than 60
minutes.

Electrical safety test

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Measure the ground The measured Pass / Fail
resistance. ground resistance is
less than 0.2 Ohms.

6 1505-1018-000-PMC B 10 2015
Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments
Measure the leakage The measured Pass / Fail
current. leakage current is
less than 300
μAmps @ 120 / 100
Vac and is less than
500 μAmps @ 220 /
240 Vac.

Every 48 months (in addition to 12 month tests and

maintenance)
Refer to the Technical Reference Manual for detailed test and
maintenance instructions.

Parts replacement
.

Part Number Part Description 12-Month 24-Month 48-Month Replaced Yes/No Comments
1009-5800-000 Lithium battery X
1009-5682-000 System batteries X

Inspect boards for dust

.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Visually inspect boards Boards are clean. Pass / Fail
located behind display unit
fan for dust.

Regulator output pressure test

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform the regulator output Pressure is 25 ± Pass / Fail
pressure test. 0.50 psi

1505-1018-000-PMC B 10 2015 7
8 1505-1018-000-PMC B 10 2015
Engström Carestation TRM 1505-1018-000
EVair03 compressor (if installed)
Refer to the EVair03 Technical Reference Manual CI-3090 for
detailed instructions.

Planned Maintenance Checklist

.

Customer Name: Service Record

Number:
System ID or Serial Number: Equipment ID:
Software version: Date:
Performed by:
Circle the service month interval: 6, 12, 24, 48

Required parts installation

.

Part Number Description 12-months or 5000 10, 000 hours (check Comments
hrs hour meter)
5471001 Annual Filter kit X
5471002 10,000 hour kit - X
230V/50 Hz
5471003 10,000 hour kit - X
120V/60 Hz

Every 12 months
Refer to the Jun-Air EVair03 Compressor (Model OF302-1.5SDA)
Technical Reference Manual (CI-3090) for additional information.

Note The filter kit is recommended to be replaced every 5000 hours or

annually, whichever comes first on compressors that are used as the
primary source of air.

Note Compressors that are used as backup only require the 5 µm pipeline
filter replacement (4071210) annually. The filter kit replacement is
still recommended at 5000 hours.

9
Inspect the system
.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Pass / Fail
• Open the drain valve • No water present in the
on the receiver, if water receiver.
is present in the • O-rings are in good
receiver. condition.
• Check the o-rings and • Hoses are connectors
non-return valve and are in good condition.
replace if necessary. • Compressor is free of
• Check the condition of debris.
the internal hoses and
connectors.
• Clean all dust and
debris from the
compressor exterior
and interior, especially
the cooler fins and
fans.

Install annual filter kit

.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Install the annual filter kit. Filters have been installed Pass / Fail
following the instructions in
the Jun-Air EVair 03
Compressor Technical
Reference Manual.

10 1505-1018-000-PMC A 10 2015
Pump-up test
.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Pass / Fail
• Perform the • Compressor
compressor pressure
pump-up test. stabilizes at 550
• Verify the +/-50 kPa (80
compressor +/-7.3 psi) within
pump begins to 30 seconds.
run and the • Green light on
compressor power switch is
pressure gauge illuminated.
stabilizes at 550
+/-50 kPa (80
+/-7.3 psi) within
30 seconds
• Verify the green
indicator light (in
power switch) is
on.

Pressure switch setting

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Pass / Fail
• Connect Medical • Inlet pressure on
Air pipeline to the the gauge is 280
inlet. The to 650 kPa (41 to
pipeline gauge 94 psi).
should indicate
280 to 650 kPa • Pump is in
(41 to 94 psi). standby with the
• Verify the pump power light
is in standby illuminated.
while the power
switch light
remains lit.

Pass / Fail
• Check the cut-in • Compressor
pressure switch powers on at
settings and 225-265 kPa
verify the (32.6-38.4 psi).
compressor
starts (powers
on) at 225-265
kPa (32.6-38.4
psi).

1505-1018-000-PMC A 10 2015 11
Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments
Pass / Fail
• Check the cut- • Compressor
out pressure turns off at 280
switch settings +/-10 kPa (39 -
and verify the 42.1 psi).
pump turns off at
280 +/-10 kPa
(39 - 42.1 psi).

Auto drain
.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Verify the auto drain Drain activates every Pass / Fail
activates at 2 minutes.
approximately two
minute intervals.

Electrical safety test

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Measure the ground The measured Pass / Fail
resistance. ground resistance is
less than 0.2 Ohms.
Measure the leakage The measured Pass / Fail
current. leakage current is
less than 300
μAmps @ 120 / 100
Vac and is less than
500 μAmps @ 220 /
240 Vac.

Every 10,000 hours

In addition to the 12-month requirements, replace the following parts
every 10,000 hours. All parts should be replaced before performing
the checks, tests, and calibrations.

12 1505-1018-000-PMC A 10 2015
 Note If the annual maintenance also occurs at this time, order and install
filter kit (5471001).
.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Install 10,000 hour kit after 10,000 hour kit is installed. Pass / Fail
10,000 hours of operation
(check hour meter).

1505-1018-000-PMC A 10 2015 13
14 1505-1018-000-PMC A 10 2015
Engström Carestation TRM 1505-1018-000
EVair compressor (if installed)
Refer to the EVair Technical Reference Manual 2066031-001 for
detailed instructions.

Planned Maintenance Checklist

.

Customer Name: Service Record

Number:
System ID or Serial Number: Equipment ID:
Software version: Date:
Performed by:
Circle the service month interval: 6, 12, 24, 48

Every 12 months
The internal filter replacement is recommended to be replaced every
5,000 hours or annually, whichever comes first on compressors that
are used as the primary source of air.
Compressors that are used as backup only require filter inspection
and functional checks annually. The internal filter replacement is still
recommended at 5,000 hours.
The information alert appears after 5,000 hours of operation.
Refer to the EVair Compressor Technical Reference Manual
2066031-001 for detailed test and maintenance instructions.

Inspect the System

.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Clean or replace the cabinet Cabinet filter is clean. Pass / Fail
filter.

Annual kit installation

.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Install the annual filter kit. Filters have been installed Pass / Fail
following the instructions in the
EVair Compressor Technical
Reference Manual.

15
Pressure 01 functional test
.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform functional leak test Difference in the Pass / Fail
in section 10.3, step 4. The two displayed
difference between the two pressure does not
displayed pressures must exceed 60 kPa (0.6
not exceed 60 kPa (0.6 bar, bar, 8.7 psi).
8.7 psi).
Perform functional pump up Compressor Pass / Fail
test in section 10.3, step 4. pressure reaches
The compressor pressure the 300 kPa (3.0
should reach 300 kPa (3.0 bar, 43.5 psi) with
bar, 43.5 psi) with in 15 15 seconds or less.
seconds or less.

Pressure 02 functional test

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Follow steps in section 10.5. Pass / Fail
• Maximum
pressure out
does not
exceed 50 kPa
(0.5 bar, 7.3
psi) after 9
minutes.
• Maximum
Pressure In
value does not
exceed 50 kPa
(0.5 bar, 7.3
psi) after 20
seconds.

Flow functional test

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Follow steps in section 10.5. Control valve is set Pas / Fail
at 300 +0/-20 kPa
(3 bar, 43.5 psi)

16 1505-1018-000-PMC A 10 2015
Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments
Follow steps in section 10.5. The flow value Pass / Fail
measured is >35 L/
min.

Electrical safety test

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Measure the ground The measured Pass / Fail
resistance. ground resistance is
less than 0.2 Ohms.
Measure the leakage The measured Pass / Fail
current. leakage current is
less than 300
μAmps @ 120 / 100
Vac and is less than
500 μAmps @ 220 /
240 Vac.

Every 15,000 hours

In addition to the 12 month requirements, replace the following parts
every 15,000 hours. All parts should be replaced before performing
the checks, tests, and calibrations.
.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Install 15,000 Motor Kit after 15,000 hour Motor Pass / Fail
15,000 hours of operation Kit is installed.
(check hour meter).

1505-1018-000-PMC A 10 2015 17
18 1505-1018-000-PMC A 10 2015
Engström Carestation TRM 1505-1018-000
Airway module (if installed)
Refer to the appropriate Airway Module Manual for detailed
instructions.

Planned Maintenance Checklist

.

Customer Name: Service Record

Number:
System ID or Serial Number: Equipment ID:
Software version: Date:
Performed by:
Circle the service month interval: 6, 12, 24, 48

Required parts installation

.

Part number Part description 12 months 48 months Comments

E-series module - Planned maintenance kit X
8001760-HEL
E-series module - CO2 absorber X
895933

Every 12 months
.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Pass / Fail
• Verify the front cover and the • Front cover and the
front panel sticker are intact. front panel sticker
• Verify all connectors are intact are intact.
and are properly attached. • Connectors are
• Verify the D-fend latch is intact and properly
moving properly. attached.
• Verify the airway module box • D-fend latch is
and latch are intact. moving properly.
• Metal D-fend connectors and • Airway module box
the D-fend o-rings are clean and latch are intact.
and intact. • Metal D-fend
connectors and the
D-fend o-rings are
clean and intact.

19
Install planned maintenance kit
.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Install all parts from the planned All parts have been Pass / Fail
maintenance kit. installed from the
planned maintenance
kit.

Gas sampling system leak test

.

Procedure Expected results Actual Outcome Comments

results
E-series: Perform Pressure reading does not Pass / Fail
steps 1 through 8 in drop more than 4 mmHg
section 5.3.1. Check during one minute.
that the pressure
reading does not
drop more than 4
mmHg during one
minute.

Spirometry system leak test

.

Procedure Expected results Actual Outcome Comments

results
E-series: Perform Pressure reading does not Pass / Fail
steps 1 through 5 in drop more than 3 mmHg
section 5.3.2. Check during one minute.
that the pressure
reading does not
drop more than 3
mmHg during one
minute.

20 1505-1018-000-PMC A 10 2015
Fan check
.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Perform steps 1 and 2 in Airway module fan is running. Pass / Fail
section 5.3.3. Make sure
the airway module fan is
running.

Sample flow rate check

.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Perform steps 1 through The flow rate is within the Pass / Fail
5 in section 5.3.4. The specification limit of 200 +/-20
flow rate shall be within ml/min for E-series airway
the specification limit of modules.
200 +/-20 ml/min for E-
series airway modules.

Reference gas flow rate check

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform steps 1 through 4 in section Reference flow is within Pass / Fail
5.3.5. Check that the reference flow is the following range:
within the following range:
• 31 to 45 ml/min with
• 31 to 45 ml/min with CO, COV, CO, COV, CAiO, and
CAiO, and CAiOV modules. CAiOV modules.
• 27 to 40 ml/min with COVX and • 27 to 40 ml/min with
CAiOVX airway modules. COVX and CAiOVX
modules.

Zero valve operation

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform steps 1 through 7 in section The CO2, N2O, and Pass / Fail
5.3.6. Check that the CO2, N2O, and anesthesia agent values
anesthesia agent values drop back near drop back near 0% and the
0% and the O2 reading new 21% (room O2 reading near 21%
air). (room air).

1505-1018-000-PMC A 10 2015 21
Ambient pressure
.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform steps 1 and 2 in section 5.3.7. The ambient pressure Pass / Fail
The ambient pressure value shown value showed does not
should not differ more than +/-10 mmHg differ more than +/-10
from the value shown by the barometer. mmHg from the value
shown by the barometer.

Fall time measurement

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform steps 1 through 4 in section Measured fall times are Pass / Fail
5.3.8. Check that the measured fall times within the following ranges:
are within the following ranges.
• CO2 fall time: <400
• CO2 fall time: <400 ms ms
• O2 fall time: <400 ms • O2 fall time: <400 ms
• CO2-O2 delay: <800 ms • CO2-O2 delay: <800
ms

Occlusion detection
.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform steps 1 and 2 in section 5.3.9. The message “Sample line Pass / Fail
Check that the message “Sample line blocked” displays within 30
occluded” displays within 30 seconds. seconds.

Air leak detection

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform steps 1 through 3 in section The message “Check D- Pass / Fail
5.3.10. Check that the message: fend” displays after 30
“CheckD-fend” displays after 30 seconds.
seconds.

22 1505-1018-000-PMC A 10 2015
Spirometry check
.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform steps 1 through 5 in section The measured flow values Pass / Fail
5.3.11. The measured flow values are are shown in real-time in
shown in real-time in the VT insp and the VTinsp and VTexp
VTexp fields in the airway module fields in the airway module
spirometry data menu. The acceptance spirometry data menu. The
criteria is: The VTinsp and VTexp values VTinsp and VTexp values
should differ less than +/-30 ml of 500 ml. are less than +/-30 ml of
500 ml.

Airway module calibration

.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Perform steps 1 through 10 in section 5.3.12. The message “OK” displays. Pass / Fail
Open the regulator and feed gas calibration gas
until the message “OK” displays.

Every 48 months (in addition to the 12 month procedure)

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Replace the CO2 absorber The CO2 absorber has Pass / Fail
been replaced.

1505-1018-000-PMC A 10 2015 23
24 1505-1018-000-PMC A 10 2015
Engström Carestation TRM 1505-1018-000
Installation Checklist
.

Customer Name: Service Record

Number:
System ID or Equipment ID:
Serial Number:
Software version:
Performed by:
Date:

Inspect the system

.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Pass / Fail
• Check for shipping damage. If • No shipping
any damage is found, take damage was
photos and notify the shipping observed.
carrier. • Ventilator is
• Unpack and assemble the unpacked and
ventilator. Refer to "Setup and properly
Connections" in the User’s assembled.
Reference Manual (URM). • Protective tape has
• Remove protective tape from been removed from
cart casters, if applicable (cart cart casters.
only). • Casters roll and
• Verify that casters are not lock as needed and
loose or damaged. (Refer to are firmly mounted
"Replacing the cart caster" in to machine base
the Technical Reference
Manual TRM) for detailed
information).

1
Power cords
.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Pass / Fail
• Verify AC power cord • Power cord
configuration. configuration is correct.

• Check that all AC • All power cords are

power cords are fully seated correctly.
seated.
• Power clamp screws
• Check and if necessary are tightened to 1.0
tighten the following: Nm and the retainer
power clamp screws to and outlet screws are
1.0 Nm; tighten the tightened to 0.45 Nm.
inlet power cord
retainer
(1503-3033-000) screw
to 0.45 Nm; tighten the
outlet power cord
retainer
(1505-3041-000) screw
to 0.45 Nm.

Verify annunciators
.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Pass / Fail
• Power on unit using the • Buzzer sounds for
system switch. approximately 2
• Verify main audio sounds. seconds.
• Verify the alarm LEDs blink. • Main audio alarm
sounds just before
the startup screen
displays.
• LEDs blink.

2 1505-1018-000-INC A 10 2015
Configuration/System tests
.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Pass / Fail
• Verify the factory installed • Factory installed
ventilation options match the options match the
configuration purchased with configuration
the machine. purchased.
• Select Service log and Alarm • Reviewed error and
log and review error and alarm log entries to
alarm log entries that were identify any
entered previous to the facility installation failures.
installation. These are log • Touchscreen is
entries that were generated calibrated and
during the normal tracks touches
manufacturing process. Look accurately.
for any new log entries that • Display indicates
have occurred after that calibration
installation. Use the Reset passes for each of
logs (if you have SP04) after the following:
reviewing alarm entries.
• O2 FCV
• Select the Touchscreen tab
• Air FCV
and perform the Touchscreen
• Exhalation
calibration.
valve
• Access the Service
• Backlight test
Calibration menus and
perform: • Verified Calibration
Flag is set to Off
• O2 FCV
(unchecked)
• Air FCV
• “Calibration
• Exhalation valve
Required” message
• Backlight test
is not displayed.
• Set Calibration flag to Off • All elements of the
(uncheck). System checkout
• Power system Off then On pass.
and verify the “Calibration • The “On Battery”
Required” message is not alarm and the
shown in the lower left portion battery indicator
of the display. icon display.
• Perform System Check
(automated checkout)
• Perform Power Failure test.

1505-1018-000-INC A 10 2015 3
Electrical safety test
.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Measure the ground The measured Pass / Fail
resistance. ground resistance is
less than 0.2 Ohms.
Measure the leakage The measured Pass / Fail
current. leakage current is
less than 300
μAmps @ 120 / 100
Vac and is less than
500 μAmps @ 220 /
240 Vac.

4 1505-1018-000-INC A 10 2015
Engström Carestation TRM 1505-1018-000
EVair03 compressor (if installed)
Refer to the EVair03 Technical Reference Manual CI-3090 for
detailed instructions.

Installation Checklist
.

Customer Name: Service Record

Number:
System ID or Equipment ID:
Serial Number:
Software version:
Performed by:
Date:

Unpacking
.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Open the compressor panel Protective foam is Pass / Fail
(unlock the four captive screws 1/4 removed.
turn), and then remove the
protective foam insert.

Verify annunciators
.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Verify the green indicator light (in Pass / Fail
power switch) is on.

5
Pump-up test
.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Turn on the compressor The compressor Pass / Fail
power switch pump begins to run
and the compressor
pressure guage
stabilizes at 550
+/-50 kPa (80 +/-7.3
psi) within 30
seconds.

Pressure switch test

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform the following steps
if the compressor is not
going to be used as the
primary air source (backup
air source only):
Connect Medical Air pipeline The pipeline should Pass / Fail
to the inlet. The pump indicate 280 to 650
should be in Standby while kPa (41 to 94 psi).
the power switch remains lit.
Cut-in pressure. Decrease The compressor Pass / Fail
pipeline pressure. starts (turns on) at
225-265 kPa
(32.6-38.4 psi).
Cut-out pressure. Increase The compressor Pass / Fail
the pipeline pressure. ceases (turns off) at
280 +/-10 kPa (39
to 42.1 psi).

Electrical safety test

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Measure the ground The measured Pass / Fail
resistance. ground resistance is
less than 0.2 Ohms.

6 1505-1018-000-INC A 10 2015
Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments
Measure the leakage The measured Pass / Fail
current. leakage current is
less than 300
μAmps @ 120 / 100
Vac and is less than
500 μAmps @ 220 /
240 Vac.

Final checks
.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Pass / Fail
• Verify the drain bottle is • Drain bottle
attached to the side of and tubes are
the compressor and the secured and
drain tube is attached properly
to the drain port on the attached.
compressor panel.

Pass / Fail
• Verify the auto drain • Auto drain
activates at activates
approximately two approximately
minute intervals. every 2
minutes.

1505-1018-000-INC A 10 2015 7
8 1505-1018-000-INC A 10 2015
Engström Carestation TRM 1505-1018-000
EVair compressor (if installed)
Refer to the EVair Technical Reference Manual 2066031-001 for
detailed instructions.

Installation Checklist
.

Customer Name: Service Record

Number:
System ID or Equipment ID:
Serial Number:
Software version:
Performed by:
Date:

Inspect the compressor

.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Check the AC power strain relief Power cord is secured Pass / Fail
clamp. by the strain relief
clamp.

Verify annunciator
.

Procedure Expected results Outcome Comments

Display LCD illuminates when Display illuminates when Pass / Fail
compressor is plugged in AC. power is turned on.

9
Pressure 01 functional test
.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform the Pass / Fail
• The difference
compressor pump-up
between the two
test.
displayed
pressures does
not exceed 60
kPa (0.6 bar, 8.7
psi).
• The compressor
pressure reached
300 kPa (3.0 bar,
43.5 psi) within
15 seconds or
less.

Pressure threshold settings

.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Perform the following Pass / Fail
• The lower
steps if the
pressure
compressor is not
threshold at the
going to be used as
AIR IN for the
the primary air source
automatic
(backup air source
backup start is
only).
240 to 320 kPa
• Verify the (34.8 to 46.4 psi,
pressure 2.4 to 3.2 bar).
threshold setting • The higher
for the backup pressure
mode is threshold at the
appropriate for AIR IN for the
the facility. automatic
• Connect the backup stop is 20
Medical Air to 100 kPa (2.9
pipeline hose to to 14.5 psi, 0.2 to
the comoressor 1.0 bar).
AIR IN
connection.

10 1505-1018-000-INC A 10 2015
Electrical safety test
.

Procedure Expected results Actual results Outcome Comments

Measure the ground The measured Pass / Fail
resistance. ground resistance is
less than 0.2 Ohms.
Measure the leakage The measured Pass / Fail
current. leakage current is
less than 300
μAmps @ 120 / 100
Vac and is less than
500 μAmps @ 220 /
240 Vac.

1505-1018-000-INC A 10 2015 11
Engström Carestation
Technical Reference Manual, English
1505-1018-000
01 2016 ZAB
Printed in USA